Expansion of Propylene Glycol Plant by 50000 MTPA

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

For

Expansion of Propylene Glycol Plant by 50000 MTPA

At

S.F.No. 1/6, 1/8, 23 to 29, 30/3 & 31

Manali Industrial Area, Manali, Chennai – 600 068

Village: Sathangadu

Taluk: Ambattur

District: Thiruvallur

State: Tamil Nadu

[Project termed under Schedule 5(f) Category ‘B’ – “Synthetic organic chemicals

industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug

formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic

chemicals and chemical intermediates)” as per EIA Notification 2006 and its

Amendments- However due to applicability of General Condition (Project site located

at Critically Polluted Area as notified by CPCB from time to time– Manali Industrial

Area), the project to be appraised as Category ‘A’]

Submitted by:

MANALI PETROCHEMICALS LIMITED-PLANT-II

EIA CONSULTANT:

ECOTECH LABS PVT. LTD.

No. 48, 2nd

Main Road,

South Extension,

Ram Nagar,

Pallikaranai,

Chennai – 600 100.

March 2022

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization

I, Dr. A. Dhamodharan, hereby confirm that the below mentioned experts prepared the

EIA/EMP for the “Expansion of Propylene Glycol Plant by 50000 MTPA” at

S.F.No. 1/6, 1/8, 23 to 29, 30/3 & 31, Sathangadu Village, Manali Industrial Area,

Manali, Chennai – 600 068, Ambattur Taluk, Thiruvallur District, Tamil Nadu State by

M/s. Manali Petrochemicals Limited- Plant II and also confirms that the prescribed ToR

have been complied with and that the data submitted is factually correct as per the project

data provided by Proponent.

Signature:

Date: 29.03.2022

Name: Dr.A.Dhamodharan

Designation: Managing Director

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: Eco Tech Labs Pvt Ltd

NABET Certificate No & Validity: NABET/EIA/2124/SA 0147 & 15.09.2023

Declaration of Experts contributing to the EIA

I hereby certify that I was involved in the preparation of EIA/EMP for the “Expansion of

Propylene Glycol by 50000 MTPA” at S.F.No. 1/6, 1/8, 23 to 29, 30/3 & 31,

Sathangadu Village, Manali Industrial Area, Manali, Chennai – 600 068, Ambattur Taluk,

Thiruvallur District, Tamil Nadu State by M/s. Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant II as

EIA Coordinator with the support of the following Functional Area Experts.

EIA Co-ordinator

Name : Ms Vijayalakshmi

Signature:

Date:29.03.2022

Contact Information:

M/s Eco Tech Labs Pvt Ltd

No.48, 2 nd main road,

Ram Nagar South Extension,

Pallikaranai,

Chennia – 600100.

Email: [email protected]

Functional Area Experts (FAEs):

S. No. Functional

areas

Name of the

experts

Involvement

(Period and task)

Signature and date

1

AP

Mrs. K.

Vijayalakshmi

1. Selection of Baseline

Monitoring stations based on the wind

direction

2. Interpretation of Baseline

data by comparing it with standards

prescribed by CPCB against the type

of area

3. Identification of sources

of air pollution and suggesting

mitigation measures to minimize

impact

Period: December 2021 – March 2022

2

WP

Dr. A.

Dhamodharan

1. Selection of baseline

Monitoring Locations for Ground

water analysis and also identifying

nearest surface water to be studied.

2. Interpretation of baseline

data collected

3. Identification of impacts

based on the baseline study conducted

and also to the ground water and

nearby surface water due to the

proposed project

4. Preparation of suitable

and appropriate mitigation plan.

Period: December 2021 –March 2022

3

SHW

Dr. A.

Dhamodharan

1. Identification of nature of

solid waste generated

2. Categorization of the

generated waste and estimating the

quantity of waste to be generated

based on the per capita basis.

Identification of impacts of SHW on

Environment

3. Suggesting suitable

mitigation measures by recommending

appropriate disposal method for each

category of waste generated

4. Top soil and refuse

management


4

SE

Mr. S. Pandian

1. Primary data collection

through the census questionnaire

2. Obtaining Secondary data

from authenticated sources and

incorporating the same in EIA report.

3. Impact assessment &

proposing suitable mitigation plan

4. CSR budget allocation by

discussing with the local body and

allotting the same for need based

activity.


5

EB

Dr. A.

Dhamodharan

1. Primary data collection

through field survey and sheet

observation for ecology and

biodiversity

2. Secondary Collection

through various authenticated sources

3. Prediction of anticipated

impacts and suggesting appropriate

mitigation measures.


6

HG

Dr. T. P. Natesan

1. Study of existing surface

drainage arrangements in the core and

buffer zone, impact due to mining on

these drainage courses and suggestion

of mitigative measures

2. Determination of

groundwater use pattern, development

of rainwater harvesting program.

Storm water management through

garland drainage system.


7 GEO Dr. T. P.

Natesan

1. Field survey for assessing

regional and local geology, aquifer

distribution, Determination of

groundwater use pattern, development

of rainwater harvesting program.


8

SC

Dr. A.

Dhamodharan


report

2. Identification of possible

impacts on soil, prediction of soil

conservation and suggesting suitable



9

AQ

Mrs. K.

Vijayalakshmi

1. Collection of

Meteorological data for the baseline

study period

2. Plotting wind rose plot

and thereby selecting the monitoring

locations based on the wind pattern

3. Estimation of sources of

air emissions and air quality modeling

is done

4. Interpretation of the

results obtained

5. Identification of the

impacts and suggesting suitable



10

NV

Mr. Vivek

Mariappan

1. Selection of monitoring

locations


data

3. Prediction of impacts due

to noise pollution and suggestion of

appropriate mitigation measures

Period: December 2021

11

LU

Dr. T. P. Natesan

1. Collection of Remote

sensing satellite data to study the land

use pattern.

2. Primary field survey and

limited field verification for land

categorization in the study area

3. Preparation of Land use

map using Satellite data for 10km

radius around the project site.


12

RH

Mrs. K.

Vijayalakshmi

1. Identification of the risk

2. Interpreting consequence

contours

3. Suggesting risk

mitigation measures


AP - Air pollution monitoring, prevention and control

AQ - Meteorology, air quality modeling and prediction

EB - Ecology and biodiversity

HG - Hydrology, ground water and water conservation

LU - Land use

NV - Noise & Vibration

RH - Risk assessment and hazards management

SC - Soil conservation

SE - Socio-economics

SHW - Solid and hazardous waste management

WP - Water pollution monitoring, prevention and control

Geo -Geology

Acknowledgement

The following personnel are gratefully acknowledged for their fullest support in collection,

compilation of needful data regarding the project and kind cooperation in fulfilling the report

on Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)/EMP for “Expansion of Propylene Glycol

Plant by 50000 MTPA” at S.F.No. 1/6, 1/8, 23 to 29, 30/3 & 31, Sathangadu Village,

Manali Industrial Area, Manali, Chennai – 600 068, Ambattur Taluk, Thiruvallur

District, Tamil Nadu State by M/s. Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant II.

M/s. Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant II

Mr. M. Karthikeyan Whole Time Director (OPERATIONS)

Mr. T. Thangasagaran HOG (TS/PROJECTS/QA)

Mr. G. R. Sridhar GM (OPERATIONS)

Mr. R. Sivasankaran DGM (PROJECTS)

Mr. T. Balaguru AGM (SHE)

Mr. C. Saravanan DM (SHE)

Mr. R. Raghuraman DM (PROJECTS)

M/s Eco Tech Labs Pvt Ltd

Dr A.Dhamodharan - Managing Director

Ms K.Vijayalakshmi - Technical Manager

Ms K.Vijayalakshmi - EIA Cordinator

Ms K.Amudha - Trainee Engineer

List of Abbreviations

EO

FO

HC

Ethylene Oxide

Fuel oil

Hydrocarbon

HSE Health,Safety And Environment

IMD India Meteorological Department

LFL Lower Flammable Limit

LP Low Pressure

MPL Manali Petrochemicals Limited

PFD Process Flow Diagram

PO Propylene Oxide

RA Risk Assessment

TNPCB Tamil Nadu Pollution Control Board

MoEF&CC Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change

SPIC Southern Petrochemicals Industries Corporation Limited

HSD High Speed Diesel

STP Sewage Treatment Plant

ETP Effluent Treatment Plant

DPG Di-propylene Glycol

TPG Tri-propylene Glycol

PG Propylene Glycol

DCP Di-Chloro Propane

R-LNG Regasified-Liquefied Natural gas

RVDF Rotary Vacuum Drum Filter

NGT National Green Tribunal

CTO Consent to Operate

CTE Consent to Establish

NABET National Accreditation Board for Education and Training

1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….14

1 INTRODUCTION...................................................................................................................................... 36

1.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................................36

1.2 Purpose of the EIA Report .................................................................................................................37

1.3 Brief description of the project ...........................................................................................................37

1.4 Scope & Methodology Adopted .........................................................................................................38

1.4.1 Objective of EIA Report ............................................................................................................38

1.4.2 Scope of Work ............................................................................................................................39

1.4.3 EIA Process ................................................................................................................................40

1.5 Objective of the study ........................................................................................................................42

1.6 Applicable Regulatory Framework ....................................................................................................42

1.7 TOR COMPLIANCE ..............................................................................................................................45

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................................................ 98

2.1 Project Description .............................................................................................................................98

2.2 Type of Project ...................................................................................................................................98

2.3 Need of the project .............................................................................................................................98

2.4 Site Location ......................................................................................................................................99

2.5 Salient features of the Project site ....................................................................................................105

2.6 Proposed Schedule for Approval and Implementation .....................................................................107

2.7 Project Details ..................................................................................................................................107

2.7.1 Existing Facility .......................................................................................................................107

2.7.2 Existing Utilities .......................................................................................................................109

2.7.3 Existing ETP facilities ..............................................................................................................111

2.7.4 Existing Product Production .....................................................................................................113

2.7.5 Proposed Facility ......................................................................................................................114

2

2.7.6 Proposed Utilities .....................................................................................................................121

2.7.7 Proposed RO and Sewage Treatment Plant ..............................................................................121

2.7.8 Sulphur Balance .......................................................................................................................123

2.8 Raw materials and Transportation ....................................................................................................124

2.9 Land use Details ...............................................................................................................................126

2.10 Manpower ........................................................................................................................................131

2.11 Power and Fuel Requirements ..........................................................................................................131

2.12 Site Photographs ...............................................................................................................................132

2.13 Project cost .......................................................................................................................................134

2.14 Water Requirement ..........................................................................................................................134

2.14.1 Source of Water Supply ..........................................................................................................139

2.15 Solid Waste Management .................................................................................................................139

2.16 Hazardous Waste Management ........................................................................................................140

2.17 Non-Hazardous Waste Management ................................................................................................142

2.18 Greenbelt Development ....................................................................................................................143

2.19 Air Pollution Control Measures........................................................................................................147

2.20 Odour Control Measures ..................................................................................................................147

2.21 Water Pollution Control Measures ...................................................................................................147

3 Description of Environment ..................................................................................................................... 149

3.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................................149

3.2 Study Area ........................................................................................................................................149

3.2.1 Classification of the study Area: ..............................................................................................153

3.3 Land use Analysis ............................................................................................................................154

3.3.1 Land Use Classification ...........................................................................................................154

3.3.2 Methodology ............................................................................................................................154

3.3.3 Satellite Data ............................................................................................................................156

3.3.4 Scale of mapping ......................................................................................................................156

3.3.5 Interpretation Technique ..........................................................................................................156

3

3.3.6 Field Verification .....................................................................................................................157

3.3.7 Description of the Land Use / land cover classes .....................................................................157

3.3.8 Land use Land cover for the Study area ..................................................................................158

3.4 Hydrogeology ...................................................................................................................................160

3.4.1 Drainage Pattern .......................................................................................................................162

3.5 Geomorphology of District ..............................................................................................................162

3.5.1 Geomorphology of study area ..................................................................................................163

3.6 Geology: ...........................................................................................................................................165

3.7 Soil Profile in district .......................................................................................................................166

3.8 Water Environment ..........................................................................................................................167

3.8.1 Ground water quality monitoring .............................................................................................167

3.8.2 Surface Water Analysis ............................................................................................................174

3.9 Climatology & Meteorology ............................................................................................................176

3.9.1 Ambient Air Quality .................................................................................................................178

3.10 Noise Environment ...........................................................................................................................182

3.10.1 Day Noise Level (Leq day) ......................................................................................................183

3.10.2 Night Noise Level (Leq Night) ................................................................................................184

3.11 Soil Environment..............................................................................................................................184

3.11.1 Baseline Data............................................................................................................................184

3.12 Ecology and Biodiversity .................................................................................................................186

3.12.1 Methods available for floral analysis .......................................................................................186

3.12.2 Field study& Methodology adopted .........................................................................................187

3.12.3 Study outcome ..........................................................................................................................187

3.12.4 Calculation of species diversity by Shannon – wiener Index, Evenness and richness by

Margalef: 195


Margalef for trees .....................................................................................................................................196

3.12.6 Frequency Pattern .....................................................................................................................198

3.12.7 Floral study in the Buffer Zone: ...............................................................................................200

4

3.12.8 Faunal Communities ................................................................................................................200

3.13 Demography & Socio Economics ....................................................................................................202

3.13.1 Literacy & Education ...............................................................................................................203

3.13.2 Employment details ..................................................................................................................204

3.13.3 Salient features in the study area: .............................................................................................206

Key Socio economic Indicator ...............................................................................................................206

3.14 Traffic Survey ....................................................................................................................................207

4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures................................................................... 209

4.1 Introduction .....................................................................................................................................209

4.2 Environmental Impacts ....................................................................................................................209

4.2.1 AERMOD SOFTWARE ................................................................................................................229

5 ANALYSES OF ALTERNATIVES ........................................................................................................ 244

5.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................................244

5.2 Site Alternative .................................................................................................................................244

5.3 Alternative for Technologies ............................................................................................................244

5.3.1 Water supply stream .................................................................................................................244

5.3.2 Technology ...............................................................................................................................244

6 Environmental Monitoring Program ........................................................................................................ 245

6.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................................245

6.2 Environmental Monitoring Plan .......................................................................................................245

6.3 Environmental Monitoring Methodologies ......................................................................................247

6.4 Budget for Environmental Monitoring Plan .....................................................................................247

6.5 EHS Policy and Environment Management Cell .............................................................................248

7 ADDITIONAL DETAILS ....................................................................................................................... 251

7.1 Public Consultation ..........................................................................................................................251

7.2 Risk Assessment ...............................................................................................................................251

7.3 R&R Action Plan .............................................................................................................................252

8 Project Benefits ........................................................................................................................................ 253

5

8.1 Improvements in Physical Infrastructure ..........................................................................................253

8.2 Improvements in Social Infrastructure .............................................................................................253

8.3 Employment Potential-Skilled, Semi-Skilled & unskilled ...............................................................253

8.4 Benefits of Propylene Glycol (PG) ..................................................................................................253

9 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis ...................................................................................................... 255

10 Environment Management Plan ............................................................................................................... 256

10.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................................256

10.2 Objectives of EMP ...........................................................................................................................256

10.3 EMP Structure and Organization......................................................................................................256

10.4 EMP Roles and Responsibilities ......................................................................................................257

10.5 Environmental Management Plan for Construction Phase ...............................................................259

10.6 Environmental Management Plan for Operation Phase ...................................................................260

10.6.1 Air Quality Management ..........................................................................................................260

10.6.2 Noise Environment ...................................................................................................................261

10.6.3 Water and Wastewater Management ........................................................................................265

10.6.4 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management ................................................................................269

10.6.5 Land Environment ....................................................................................................................269

10.6.6 Socio – Economic Environment ...............................................................................................270

10.7 Occupational Health and Safety .......................................................................................................270

10.7.1 Safety Practice in MPL ............................................................................................................272

10.7.2 Work Zone Monitoring Equipments .........................................................................................274

10.7.3 Trainings Provided ....................................................................................................................276

10.7.4 Facilities Available ....................................................................................................................277

10.8 Environmental Management Cell ....................................................................................................278

10.9 Corporate Environmental Policy ......................................................................................................279

10.10 Budgetary Provision for Environmental Management Plan ........................................................280

10.11 Corporate Environmental Responsibility .....................................................................................280

10.12 Corporate Social Responsibility ....................................................................................................281

6

11 Summary & Conclusion ............................................................................................................................ 282

12 Disclosure of Consultant .......................................................................................................................... 284

12.1 Introduction .....................................................................................................................................284

12.2 Eco Tech Labs Pvt. Ltd – Environment Consultant ...........................................................................284

12.2.1 Quality Policy ...........................................................................................................................284

7

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1-1 Chronology of Environmental clearances .........................................................................................37

Table 1-2 Applicable Acts and Rules for the proposed project ..........................................................................42

Table 2-1 Coordinates of the Project Site ........................................................................................................101

Table 2-2 Salient features of Project site..........................................................................................................105

Table 2-3 Time Schedule for completion of the proposed project ...................................................................107

Table 2-4 Existing Facility ...............................................................................................................................107

Table 2-5 List of Existing utilities ....................................................................................................................109

Table 2-6 List of Existing Bullets Storage .......................................................................................................110

Table 2-7 Existing storage for Products and Raw materials ............................................................................110

Table 2-8 Existing ETP facility ........................................................................................................................111

Table 2-9 Existing Product Production (FY 2020-2021) .............................................................................113

Table 2-10 Proposed Facility ...........................................................................................................................114

Table 2-11 Proposed Major Equipment List for PG Unit ................................................................................115

Table 2-12 Proposed Utilities ...........................................................................................................................121

Table 2-13 Proposed Storage Tanks .................................................................................................................121

Table 2-14 Existing and Proposed raw material details ...................................................................................124

Table 2-15 Land use planning of the project site .............................................................................................126

Table 2-16 Manpower Requirement .................................................................................................................131

Table 2-17 Power and Fuel requirement ..........................................................................................................131

Table 2-18 R-LNG composition ......................................................................................................................131

Table 2-19 Existing and Proposed Water Requirements ..................................................................................135

Table 2-20 Solid waste Generation and Management during Construction phase...........................................139

Table 2-21 Solid waste Generation and Management during Operation phase ...............................................139

Table 2-22 Other Solid Waste Generation .......................................................................................................140

Table 2-23 Hazardous Waste Management......................................................................................................140

Table 2-24 Non-Hazardous Waste Management .............................................................................................142

8

Table 2-25 Land area breakup of greenbelt......................................................................................................143

Table 2-26 Greenbelt Plant Species .................................................................................................................144

Table 2-27 Existing Air Pollution Sources and Control Measures ..................................................................147

Table 2-28 Characteristics of Existing Effluent ...............................................................................................148

Table 2-29 Characteristics of Effluent to be generated from the proposed project (RO Rejects) ...................148

Table 3-1 Study area with Environmental surroundings around the project site .............................................150

Table 3-2 Classification of the study Area .......................................................................................................153

Table 3-3 Environmental Attributes .................................................................................................................153

Table 3-4 District land use/land cover statistics (2015-16) for Tiruvallur district ...........................................157

Table 3-5 Land use pattern of the Study Area..................................................................................................158

Table 3-6 Geomorphology of study area ..........................................................................................................163

Table 3-7 Ground water Monitoring locations .................................................................................................168

Table 3-8 Ground water sampling results ........................................................................................................171

Table 3-9 surface water sample results ............................................................................................................175

Table 3-10 Ambient Air Quality - Results .......................................................................................................180

Table 3-11 Ambient Air Quality ......................................................................................................................181

Table 3-12 Noise Analysis ...............................................................................................................................182

Table 3-13 Day Noise Level (Leq day) ............................................................................................................183

Table 3-14 Night Noise Level (Leq Night) .....................................................................................................184

Table 3-15 Soil Quality Analysis ...................................................................................................................185

Table 3-16 Soil Quality Analysis ...................................................................................................................185

Table 3-17 Calculation of Density, Frequency (%), Dominance, Relative Density, Relative Frequency,

Relative Dominance & Important Value Index ................................................................................................187

Table 3-18 Tree Species in the core Zone .......................................................................................................189

Table 3-19 Shrubs in the Core Zone ................................................................................................................192

Table 3-20 Herbs & Grasses in the core zone ..................................................................................................193

Table 3-21 Calculation of species diversity .....................................................................................................195

Table 3-22 Shrubs ............................................................................................................................................197

9

Table 3-23 Herbs ..............................................................................................................................................197

Table 3-24 Species Richness (Margalef) .........................................................................................................198

Table 3-25 Frequency Pattern ..........................................................................................................................198

Table 3-26 Raunkiaer’s class for the observed species ....................................................................................198

Table 3-27 list of fauna species .......................................................................................................................201

Table 3-28 Demographic status around 10km radius .......................................................................................203

Table 4-1 Impact on Environment during Construction Phase ........................................................................210

Table 4-2 Impact on Environment during Operation Phase .............................................................................218

Table 4-3 Impact & Mitigation measures on Land Environment.....................................................................224

Table 4-4 Impact & Mitigation measures on Water Environment ...................................................................226

Table 4-5 Impact & Mitigation measures on Air Environment .......................................................................227

Table 4-6 Existing Stack Emission Details ......................................................................................................230

Table 4-7 Proposed Stack Emission Details.....................................................................................................230

Table 4-8 Estimated Top 10 Highest Concentrations of Sulphur Dioxide Obtained Through Modeling .......233

Table 4-9 Estimated Top 10 Highest Concentrations of oxide of Nitrogen Obtained through Modeling .......235

Table 4-10 Estimated Top 10 Highest Concentrations of PM10 Obtained through Modeling ........................237

Table 4-11 Estimated Top 10 Highest Concentrations of CO Obtained through Modeling ............................239

Table 4-12 Total Maximum GLCs of the cumulative emissions .....................................................................240

Table 4-13 Impact & Mitigation measures on Noise Environment .................................................................241

Table 4-14 Socio Economic Environment .......................................................................................................241

Table 4-15 Biological Environment .................................................................................................................242

Table 4-16 Occupational Health and safety .....................................................................................................242

Table 6-1 Post Environmental Monitoring plan ...............................................................................................245

Table 6-2 Budgetary allocation for Environmental Monitoring .......................................................................247

Table 10-1 Responsibility for EMP Implementation .......................................................................................257

Table 10-2 Water Management ........................................................................................................................266

Table 10-3 Wastewater Management ...............................................................................................................266

Table 10-4 Rainwater Harvesting methods and quantification ........................................................................268

10

Table 10-5 Installation of LEL Detectors at Plant-II .......................................................................................275

Table 10-6 Budget for EMP .............................................................................................................................280

Table 10-7 CER Cost Breakup .........................................................................................................................281

11

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1-1 EIA Process ......................................................................................................................................41

Figure 2-1 Geographical coordinates of the project site .............................................................................100

Figure 2-2 Index map of the project site ..........................................................................................................102

Figure 2-3Google image showing salient features within 0- 1 Km radius .......................................................103

Figure 2-4 Google image showing salient features within 0- 5 Km radius ......................................................104

Figure 2-5 Google image showing salient features 0- 10 Km Radius Map around the study region ...............105

Figure 2-6 ETP Photographs in Site .................................................................................................................112

Figure 2-7 Existing Process flow diagram of Propylene Glycol ......................................................................119

Figure 2-8 Proposed Process flow diagram of Propylene Glycol ....................................................................119

Figure 2-9 Process flow diagram of Propylene oxide ......................................................................................120

Figure 2-10 Process flow diagram of Polyol ....................................................................................................120

Figure 2-11 Process Flow Diagram of Proposed STP .....................................................................................122

Figure 2-12 Process Flow Diagram of Proposed RO Unit ...............................................................................123

Figure 2-13 Material balance for the Existing Propylene Glycol unit .............................................................126

Figure 2-14 Material Balance diagram for the Proposed Propylene Glycol unit .............................................126

Figure 2-15 Existing Site Layout .....................................................................................................................128

Figure 2-16 Proposed Site Layout ....................................................................................................................129

Figure 2-17 Google Image of Overall Plot Plan...............................................................................................130

Figure 2-18 Site Photographs of Existing Facility ............................................................................................132

Figure 2-19 Site Photographs of Proposed Facility (Site-1) ............................................................................133

Figure 2-20 Site Photographs of Proposed Facility (Site-2) .............................................................................134

Figure 2-21 Water Balance Diagrams of Existing Plant-II ..............................................................................136

Figure 2-22 Proposed Water Balance Diagrams of Plant-II .............................................................................137

Figure 2-23 Water Balance Diagrams after Expansion of Plant-II ..................................................................138

Figure 2-24 Hazardous waste storage area – for Spent Oil ..............................................................................141

Figure 2-25 Hazardous waste storage area – for ETP sludge ...........................................................................142

Figure 2-26 Green Belt Layout within the Project Site ....................................................................................145

12

Figure 2-27 Green Belt Layout in Govt. Allocated Lands ................................................................................146

Figure 3-1 Toposheet of 10km radius around the project site ..........................................................................149

Figure 3-2 Environmental sensitive areas covering within 15 km from project boundary ..............................152

Figure 3-3 Flow Chart showing Methodology of Land use mapping ..............................................................155

Figure 3-4 Land use/Land cover pattern for Tiruvallur district .......................................................................158

Figure 3-5 Land Use Pattern for Study Area ....................................................................................................159

Figure 3-6 Land use classes around 10 km radius from the project site ..........................................................160

Figure 3-7 Hydrogeology Map of Thiruvallur District ....................................................................................161

Figure 3-8 Drainage map of study area ............................................................................................................162

Figure 3-9 Geomorphology pattern of the study area ......................................................................................164

Figure 3-10 Geomorphology map of Thiruvallur District ................................................................................164

Figure 3-11 Geomorphology Map of Study Area ............................................................................................165

Figure 3-12 Geology map of Tamilnadu ..........................................................................................................166

Figure 3-13 Soil map of India ..........................................................................................................................167

Figure 3-14 Ground water monitoring locations ..............................................................................................169

Figure 3-15 Windrose ......................................................................................................................................178

Figure 3-16 Maximum Value of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx ............................................................................182

Figure 3-17 Minimum Value of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx .............................................................................182

Figure 3-18 Day Time Noise Levels (Day time shall mean from 6.00 a.m. to 10.00 p.m) .............................183

Figure 3-19 Night noise levels (Night time shall mean from10.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m.).....................................184

Figure 3-20 Raunkiaer’s class for the observed species ...................................................................................199

Figure 3-21 Comparison of Male and Female Literacy Rate to the 2001 and 2011 census .............................204

Figure 3-22 Employment details ......................................................................................................................205

Figure 4-1 Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of SO2 within 10 km Radius of the Study Area ....................................232

Figure 4-2 Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of NOX within 10 km Radius of the Study Area ..................................234

Figure 4-3 Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of PM10 within 10 km Radius of the Study Area .................................236

Figure 4-4 Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of CO within 10 km Radius of the Study Area .....................................238

Figure 6-1 Online Monitoring of Ambient air (PM10 and PM2.5) .................................................................246

13

Figure 6-2 Online Monitoring of Effluent (BOD, COD, Temperature and Flow of Effluent) .........................247

Figure 6-3 Environment Management Cell ......................................................................................................249

Figure 7-1 Propylene Oxide, Ethylene Oxide, Chlorine & Propylene Storage Tank with bund wall (Isolated

area) ..................................................................................................................................................................252

Figure 10-1 Typical HSE Department Organogram ........................................................................................257

Figure 10-2 Online Monitoring photographs of VOC, PM, SOx, CO and NOx ..............................................261

Figure 10-3 AAQ Online Monitoring of PM10, PM2.5 connected to TNPCB & CPCB .................................261

Figure 10-4 Green Belt Photographs ...............................................................................................................263

Figure 10-5 Green Belt Photographs (Newly developed) ................................................................................264

Figure 10-6 Photographs of Online Monitoring on BOD & COD of effluent .................................................265

Figure 10-7 Photographs of Online Monitoring on Flow, Temperature of effluent and pH ...........................266

Figure 10-8 Effluent discharge pipe line to sea and buoy float at disposal point .............................................267

Figure 10-9 Existing Rainwater Harvesting in Project site ..............................................................................268

Figure 10-10 Self Contained Breathing Apparatus ..........................................................................................274

Figure 10-11 Hydrocarbon Sensors control .....................................................................................................276

Figure 10-12 Organization chart of safety department ....................................................................................277

Figure 10-13 Fire Alarm Control ....................................................................................................................278

Figure 10-14 HS policy of Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II ...............................................................279

Figure 10-15 Environment policy of Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II ...............................................280

14

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

S. No Particulars Details

1.

Name of

the

Company

M/s. Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant II.

2. Location M/s. Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant II. Located at S.F.No. 1/6, 1/8, 23 to 29, 30/3 & 31, Sathangadu village,

Manali Industrial Area, Manali, Chennai – 600 068, Ambattur Taluk, Tiruvallur District, Tamil Nadu State.

3.

Project Activity

Schedule,

Category as per

EIA

notification in

2006

&

Amendments

5(f) – “Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug

formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals; other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates)” as per

EIA Notification 2006 and its Amendments. Category ‘B’ – However due to applicability of General Condition (Project site

located at Critically Polluted Area as notified by CPCB from time to time– Manali Industrial Area), the project to be appraised

as Category ‘A’.

4. Name of the

project

“Expansion of Propylene Glycol Plant by 50000 MTPA” within the existing MPL Plant – II.

5. Total Land

area Land Details:

Total Plant area: 17.632 Hectares (in which 0.374 Hectares vacant land will be utilized for the proposed expansion).

No additional land is required.

Land document is attached as Annexure - 5.

Site Layout is enclosed as Annexure - 6.

Classification of land use of Project Site: Built-up, Urban (As per Bhuvan 2011-12).

Description Existing

(Hectares)

Proposed

(Hectares)

After

expansion

(Hectares)

Percentage, %

Plant area 7.94 0.374* 8.314 47.15 %

15

Roads 2.092 0 2.092 11.86 %

Greenbelt 2.7659 0 2.7659 15.69 %

Vacant Land 4.8341 -0.374 4.4601 25.30 %

Total land 17.632 0 17.632 100.00%

*Proposed PG plant area of 0.374 hectare is part of the existing vacant land ((4.8341 hectares). So, no additional land acquisition

is identified.

Green belt Area within the plant is 2.7659 hectares (15.69 %). Green belt area developed in the lands allocated by Greater

Chennai Corporation and Vilangadupakkam Panchayat, Puzhal Union is 4.4322 hectares (25.14 %).

The details of cost incurred for Green belt development in an area of 5.2381 hectares (29.70 %) to comply the Green belt cover

as per CEPI condition is mentioned in the Table below:

S.No Description Details

1

Additional area of Green Belt

(Ha.) developed to comply

Green belt cover as per CEPI

condition

5.2381 hectares

(Additional green belt cover in MPL – Plant –II : 0.8059 hectares)

(Green belt cover in GCC allocated land : 0.9322 hectares)

(Green belt cover in land allocated by Vilangadupakkam Panchayat, Puzhal

Union : 3.5 hectares)

2

Additional Green belt cover in

terms of Percentage of total

project site area (%)

29.70 %

(Additional green belt cover in MPL – Plant – II: 4.57 %)

(GCC allocated land: 5.28 %)

(Land allocated in Vilangadupakkam Panchayat, Puzhal Union: 19.85 %)

3 No. of Plants 8390

4 Funds Spent INR 22,65,300

16

6. Product

with

capacity Existing Units Product

Category

of

Product

Quantity (MTPA)

Existing Proposed After

expansion

Propylene Oxide Propylene Oxide Main Product 18000 - 18000

Di-Chloro propane By-Product 3600 - 3600

Propylene Glycol

Propylene glycol Main Product 12000 50000 62000

Di- Propylene Glycol By-Product 1581 6588 8169

Tri-Propylene Glycol By-Product 202 842 1044

Polyol Polyol Main Product 22705 - 22705

Note:

The existing EC was issued vide file no J-11011/156/2008-IA (II), dated 07.05.2008 and the same enclosed as

Annexure – 1. The existing plant is under operation with TNPCB Water Consent Order No. 2108131941933 dated

03.09.2021 valid till 31.03.2022 enclosed as Annexure - 2 and TNPCB Air Consent Order No. 2108231941933 dated

03.09.2021 valid till 31.03.2022 enclosed as Annexure - 3.Change in product mix with no increase in pollution load

certificate was granted based on pollution load assessment committee decision by TNPCB vide

Lr.No.T5/TNPCB/F.0112AMB/RL/2019 dated 16.09.2019 which is attached with this proposal as Annexure – 4.

7.

Raw

materials

List of raw materials (MTPA)

S.No. Raw

Material

Principal

Use

Existing

Quantity

Proposed

Quantity

After

Expansion

Source from

M/s.

Mode

of

Transport

Storage

capacity

1 Propylene

(96% Purity)

Production

of 15510 --- 15510

CPCL (95%) 4" Pipeline 86 MT

BPCL (5%) Tankers

17

2 Chlorine

Propylene

Oxide

(PO)

26950 --- 26950

Grasim

Industries

Tonners-

trucks

244 MT

TGV-

Rayalaseema/

DCW/ + 1 No.

dump

bullet Grasim

Industries

3 Lime

(90 % Purity) 31500 --- 31500

Imported from

UAE/Vietnam In bags -

trucks

Chemical

Godown Malaysia (PGP

international)

4 Caustic soda Production

of PO &

DM Water

1260 --- 1260

TPL/TGV

Rayalseema/

Chemfab/

DCW

Tankers 32 MT

5 HCl 787.5 --- 787.5 TPL Tankers 27.5 MT

6 Propylene

Oxide

Production

of

Propylene

Glycol

10500 44646 55146 Local-

TPL,MPL-I

Within the

plant/

Tankers

334 MT

7 Ethylene

Oxide

Production

of Polyol

630 --- 630 RIL Tankers 29 MT

8 Glycerine 147 ---- 147 3F industries/

Kaleeswari Tankers 32MT

9 Di Propylene

Glycol 59.5 ---- 59.5 MPL Drums

Chemical

Godown 10 Styrene 70 ---- 70

Supreme

Petrochem Drums

11 Sugar 388.5 ---- 388.5

Bannari

Sugars/EID

Parry

Bags in

Trucks

Chemical

Godown

12 Sorbitol (70%) 1004.5 ---- 1004.5 Kashyap Tankers 120 MT

18

Industries/

Blue Cross

13 KOH 38.5 ---- 38.5 TGV

Rayalseema

Tankers 29 MT

Bags in

Trucks

Chemical

Godown

14 Furnace Oil

Production

of Steam

9457 ---- ---- IOCL/BPCL Tankers 290 MT

15 R-LNG --- 8778 8778

IOCL R-LNG

Terminal

Ennore

Proposed

pipeline of

IOCL

No

Storage

8. Utilities

The demand for the utilities such as Nitrogen, Instrument Air and DM water for the proposed Propylene Glycol expansion will

be met from existing facilities. In order to meet the needs of Cooling water and Steam for the proposed expansion, an additional

Cooling Tower and a Boiler will be installed respectively.

S. No Description

Existing

Proposed

After Expansion

Working Standby Total Working Standby Total

1 Boiler 1

(21MTPH)

2

(10MTPH) 3

1

(30MTPH) 1(30MTPH)

(1 x 10MTPH+

1x 21 MTPH) 3

2

Refrigeration

System for

Chilled Water

2 (75 TR) 1 (120TR) 3 - 2 (75 TR) 1 (120 TR) 3

3

Refrigeration

System for

Chilled Brine

1

(10TR) 0 1 - 1 (10 TR) 0 1

4 DM Plant

1

(28m3/h)

1

(20m3/h)

2 - 1

(28 m3/

/h)

1

(20m3/h)

2

5 Cooling Tower

1

(Circulatio

n rate:

1950m3/h)

0 1

1

(Circulation

rate: 1950

m3/h)

2

(each

Circulation

rate: 1950

m3/h)

0 2

19

6 Instrument Air

Compressor

2

(1290

m3/h)

2

(908 m3/h)

4 - 2

(1290 m3/h)

2 (908 m3/h) 4

7

Liquid

Nitrogen

Storage

- -

2

(1

x7500

kg +

1

x13889

kg)

- - -

2 (1 x7500

kg +1

x13889

kg)

8 STP - - - 1

(20KLD)

1

(20KLD) -

1

(20KLD)

9 RO Unit - - -

1

(350 KLD)

1

(350 KLD) -

1

(350

KLD)

10

Vapour

Absorption

Machine for

Chilled water

1 (150TR) -

1

(150

TR)

- - - 1

(150TR)

11 Proposed - Sludge Drying Bed of area – 2.5m x 5m (2 nos)

12 4 Nos. of Rainwater Harvesting Pit proposed – Each pit of Diameter-1.5m and Depth-3m

* Note: The Utility Boiler B (10 MT) will be replaced by new Utility Boiler-E and combined with existing stack

itself.

Boiler - C 10 Ton + Boiler - D 21 Ton will be standby boiler for the Boiler-E with a common stack

20

9.

Water

Requirement

Water Requirement:

Existing Total raw water requirement of the existing facility is 3247 KLD (Source -Secondary Treated Sewage and Tertiary Treated RO

Water from CMWSSB) with an Effluent generation of 2451 KLD and Sewage Generation of 15 KLD. No fresh water used in

the process.

b. Proposed

Total Raw Water requirement of the proposed facility will be 810 KLD (Source - Tertiary Treated RO Water from CMWSSB)

with an Effluent generation of 105 KLD and Sewage Generation of 1 KLD. The sewage of 1 KLD will be reused in greenbelt.

There will be no fresh water to be used in the process.

c. After Expansion

Total raw water requirement after expansion will be 4057 KLD with an Effluent generation of 2556 KLD and Sewage

generation of 16 KLD. The sewage of 16 KLD will be reused in greenbelt after treatment in STP.

Note: After Expansion, the proponent shall increase the water allotment for greenbelt by utilizing the wastewater from Sewage

Treatment Plant.

Extraction Approval The total water requirement will be met from CMWSSB. Copies of agreement made between MPL-Plant-II and CMWSSB for

drawl of Secondary treated sewage and Tertiary treated RO water of quantity 2.54 MLD and 1 MLD respectively enclosed as

Annexure – 7 and Annexure – 8. In principle Approval letter from CMWSSB obtained for drawl of additional water

requirement and the same enclosed as Annexure-9.

21

10.

Waste Water and

Mode of

Disposal

Effluents details:

Generation:

Unit Existing

(KLD) Proposed (KLD)

After Expansion

(KLD)

Effluent

(Without Sewage) 2451 105 2556

Treatment Capacity

Description Existing (KLD) Proposed (KLD) After Expansion

(KLD)

ETP 3600 - 3600

Mode of Disposal

Description

Mode of

discharge

Quantity

(KLD)

Approval

Existing

(With

Sewage)

Disposed

to sea

2466

(2451+15) Discharge approval limit of 8000 KLD as per the CRZ clearance 11-20/2009-

IA.III dated 03.07.2009 and its amendment 11-20/2009- IA.III dated 03.06.2011

and enclosed as Annexure - 10. As per latest CTO issued by TNPCB under

water act dated 03.09.2021, The allowable effluent quantity is 2559 KLD and

sewage quantity is 15 KLD.

On total 2574 KLD is allowed for disposal to sea. It is proposed to install STP

for treating 16 KLD (Existing – 15 KLD + Proposed – 1 KLD)

Proposed

(Without

Sewage)

Disposed

to sea 105

After

Expansion

(Without

Sewage)

Disposed

to sea

2556

(2451+105)

22

11. Hazardous waste

generation and

their management

Hazardous waste materials will be properly disposed as per the Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Trans boundary

Movement) Rules 2016; Hazardous Waste Authorization obtained from TNPCB and the same enclosed as Annexure - 11.

Existing authorized qunatity sufficient to accommodate additional proposed quantity.

S.No

Details

of

Waste

Schedul

e as per

HWM

rules

Unit

Quantity

Physic

al

status

Storage

Disposal Existing Propose

d

After

Expansi

on

Approva

l

1

Waste

Lube

Oil

generated

from

Rotary

Equipme

nt -

Spent Oil

5.1

KL/

Annu

m

1.38 0.5 1.88 4.0 Oily MS

drums

Disposed

through

TNPCB

authorized

recyclers

2

ETP

Secondar

y

Clarifier

Bottom

Sludge

35.3

T/

Annu

m

110 Nil 110 110 Solid

Concrete

floored

covered

shed

Common

TSDF Landfill

Facility

The unit has provided adequate designated storage area for the hazardous waste storage within premises having impervious

floor, roof cover system and leachate collection system. The hazardous wastes are disposed through the TNPCB approved

/authorized recyclers/Pre-processors/TSDF site.

For Spent Oil: Shri. Sathya Sai Lubricants - S.F.No. 86/IF, Kunnathur Village, Annur Taluk, Coimbatore dist.

For ETP Sludge: Tamilnadu Waste Management Limited, Plot No. 5-15, 28-33, Sipcot Industrial Complex, Gummidipoondi,

Thiruvallur District, 601201.

Non-Hazardous Waste Management

The Existing and proposed Non-Hazardous Waste generated is given below

23

S.No. Details of

Waste

Quantity MTPA Storage and Disposal

Existing Proposed After Expansion

1

Milk of Lime

(MOL) Plant

Rejects

1365.1

(Dry

Basis)

-

1365.1 (Dry Basis)

Being used for

Building Construction

as weather proofing

and for filling low

lying areas

2

Lime Sludge

from Solid

Separation

unit (RVDF)

2135.25

(Dry

Basis)

-

2135.25 (Dry Basis)

Given to brick

manufacturers.

Note: The above Non-Hazardous wastes are from Propylene Oxide (PO) Unit only.

Solid waste Generation and Management during Construction phase

(As per CPHEEO Guidelines -0.60 kg/capita/day)

Construction phase – Manpower: 60 Nos.

S. No Description Proposed Quantity

(Kg/day) Method of Disposal

1 Organic 21.6 Disposed to municipal bins

2 Inorganic 14.4 Disposed to municipal bins

Total 36

Solid waste Generation and Management during Operation phase

Operation phase – Manpower: 330 Nos.

S. No

List of Items

Quantity (Kg/day) Total after

expansion

(kg/Day)

Disposal Methods Existing Proposed

24

1 Organic waste 115.2 3.6 118.8 Disposed to municipal bins

2 Inorganic waste 76.8 2.4 79.2 Disposed to municipal bins

Total 192 6 198

12.

Power and

Backup

The additional Power requirement is 1.06 MW. This will be met by TANGEDCO power. For emergency power, the supply will

be from DG set which will ensure safe shut down of the plant. The existing and proposed power and fuel content is given in the

Table below.

Description Unit Existing Proposed After

Expansion Source

Power Requirement MW 2.54 1.06 3.6 TANGEDCO *

Source Of Power

Diesel based DG

set (For

Emergency)

KVA 2 x 1500 0 2 x 1500 Captive Generation

Grid Power MW 2.54 1.06 3.6 TANGEDCO

* Extraction Approval

Agreement made between MPL-Plant-II and TANGEDCO dated 30.05.2020 with an approval quantity of 4000 KVA is

attached as Annexure-12

25

13.

Manpower

Description Contract

Workers

Permanent

Workers Total (Nos.)

Construction Phase (Nos.) 60 0 60

Operation Phase (Nos.)

Existing 204 116 320

Proposed 0 10 10

Total 204 126 330

14.

Fuel

Requirements

Details

Capacity

Source Existing Proposed After

expansion

FO (KL/DAY) 28* --- --- IOCL/BPCL

R - LNG (SCM/day) - 33000 33000 IOCL LNG Terminal,

Ennore

Diesel (KLPA) 132.154 - 132.154 IOCL/BPCL

Note: *The FO of 28 KL/day is being utilized for existing production only. After Expansion,

FO will be replaced by R- LNG.

Copy of agreement made between MPL and IOCL for R-LNG supply enclosed as Annexure – 13

26

15.

Project

Cost

S.No. Activities Investment cost

(INR crores)

1 Design (Basic & Detailed Engineering) 6.25

2 Civil & Structural (Construction, Painting &

Insulation) 27.5

3 Mechanical (Equipment, Piping & Erection) 40

4 Electrical (Equipment, Panel, Cabling& Erection) 11.25

5 Instrumentation (Instruments, Panel, Cabling &

Erection) 27.5

6 Contingency 12.5

TOTAL 125

27

The existing EC was issued vide file no J-11011/156/2008-IA (II), dated 07.05.2008 for existing

facility. The EC matrices of the MPL are given below. Following is the EC matrix:

S.

No

MoEF File No Units Date of issue Status of Project

1 J-11011/156/2008-IA(II)

EC for Augmentation

of Propylene Glycol,

Propylene Oxide,

Polyol.

07.05.2008 Commissioned

2

J-11011/156/2008-IA-II(I)

EC for Expansion of

Propylene Glycol

Plant by 50000

MTPA

-

Applied Now

BASELINE STUDY

Ambient Air Quality

The ambient air quality has been monitored at 8 locations for 14 parameters as per NAAQS/CPCB

guidelines within the study area. The minimum and maximum baseline levels are PM10 (32 – 82

µg/m³), PM2.5 (15 – 38 µg/m³), SO2 (5 –33µg/m³), NO2(17 – 59 µg/m³), CO (1.2-4 mg/m³).

The nearest CPCB AAQ monitoring station is Manali, Chennai and TNPCB AAQ monitoring station

is Manali Village in which the average value of two station during the study period is

PM10 (45 µg/m³), PM2.5 (29.53 µg/m³), SO2(7.37 µg/m³), NO2(20 µg/m³) and CO(1.06 mg/m³).

Source:

https://app.cpcbccr.com/ccr/#/caaqm-dashboard-all/caaqm-landing/caaqm-comparison-data All the

parameters are well within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Industrial, Commercial

and Residential areas at all monitoring locations during the study period from 27/12/2021 to

27/03/2022.

Noise Environment

The observations of day equivalent and night equivalent noise levels at all locations are tabulated

and compared with CPCB Standards given below

Site

Day Time (dB(A))

Night Time (dB(A))

Results

Standards

Results

Standards

https://app.cpcbccr.com/ccr/%23/caaqm-dashboard-all/caaqm-landing/caaqm-comparison-data

28

Industrial areas (Project site)

55

75

45

70

Commercial areas

56,60 65 47,52 55

Residential area 51-54 55 40-45 45

Water Environment

Surface water quality

Surface water sampling results are compared with Surface water standards IS 2296:1992 and given

below

Parameter Surface water

sample

Results

Standard Limit

Class A Class B Class C Class D Class E

pH 6.96-7.89 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5

Total Dissolved

Solids (TDS)

168-3026 500 - 1500 - 2100

Hardness 93-825 300 - - - -

BOD 7-900 2 3 3 - -

COD 0.5-77.3 - - - - -

Class A- Drinking water without conventional treatment but after disinfection.

Class B-Water for outdoor bathing.

Class C- Drinking water with conventional treatment followed by disinfection.

Class D-Water for fish culture and wild life propagation.

Class E-Water for irrigation, industrial cooling and controlled waste disposal.

Ground water quality

The ground water quality test results are tabulated and compared with drinking water standards IS

10500:2012 and given below

Parameter

Range of Results

Standard Limit

Acceptable Limit Permissible Limit

pH 6.78-7.82 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) 795 mg/l – 2802 mg/l 500mg/l 2000 mg/l

Fluoride 0.25 mg/l – 0.49 mg/l 1mg/l 1.5 mg/l

Hardness 290 mg/l – 877 mg/l 200mg/l 600 mg/l

29

Soil Environment

Summary of analytical results

The pH of the soil samples ranged from 6.78-7.82, indicating the soils are neutral to moderately

alkaline in nature.

Electrical Conductivity of the soil samples ranged from 1445 to 4627 µs/cm.

Nitrogen content ranged from 5.46 mg/l to 45.3 mg/l.

Potassium content ranges from 16.5 mg/l to 88.7 mg/l.

Biological Environment

Ecology and Biodiversity of the study area i.e. 15km radius from the project site is done based on

the available governmental and Semi-governmental published data. There is no National park/Wild

life Sanctuary within 15 Km radius from the study area. Under fauna, in consolidated list of estuarine

fish of Adyar river mouth region, Glaucostegus obtusus (Fish) are in Vulnerable condition. Along

with this Somniosus microcephalus (Fish), Albula vulpes (Fish), Anguilla bicolor (Fish) and

Oreochromis mossambicus(Fish) are near threatened fish Habitat. The other flora and fauna list is

also listed in the Section 3.11 from the below source.

SOURCE:Birds: Ali, S. (2002). The Book of Indian Birds (13th Revised Edition). Oxford University

Press, New Delhi, 326pp.

Butterflies: Kehimkar I. The Book of Indian Butterflies. Bombay Natural History Society, 2008, 497.

Evans WH. Identification of Indian butterflies. The Bombay Natural History Society, Bombay, 1927,

32.

Kunte K (2000a). Butterflies of Peninsular India. Indian Academy of Science, University of Press

(India) Limited, Hyderabad, India, 354.

Mammals: Kamalakannan, M. & P.O. Nameer (2019). A checklist of mammals of Tamil Nadu,

India. Journal of Threatened Taxa 11(8): 13992–14009;

https://doi.org/10.11609/jott.4705.11.8.13992–14009.

Reptiles: Aengals, R., Sathish Kumar, V.M., Palot, M.J. & Ganesh, S.R. (2018). A Checklist of

Reptiles of India. 35 pp. Version 3.0. Online publication is available at www.zsi.gov.in (Last update:

May 2018)

Fish : H.S. Mogalekar*, J. Canciyal

#, P. Jawahar, D.S. Patadiya, C. Sudhan, P. Pavinkumar,

Prateek, S. Santhoshkumar & A. Subburaj. 2017. Estuarine fish diversity of Tamil Nadu, India.

Indian Journal of Geo Marine Sciences.

https://doi.org/10.11609/jott.4705.11.8.13992–14009

http://www.zsi.gov.in/

30

Socio Economic Environment

The Socioeconomic profile of the study area shows that the majority of people in the study area work

in non-agricultural sector, however in rural area majority of the people depends on agricultural

sector. They have good educational infrastructures and the people in the study area are well

connected to the educational infrastructures. The average literacy rate of the study area is

79.82%. The people in the study area are well connected to Government primary health centres and

Primary health sub-centres.

Anticipated Environmental Impacts

Air Environment

Construction phase

The emissions are from civil works, handling of construction material and movement of vehicles

carrying the equipments and construction materials will generate dust, gaseous pollutants and

particulate matter and affect the air quality temporarily which can be minimized by ensuring

preventive maintenance of vehicles and equipment, water sprinkling on unpaved site, controlled

vehicle speed, avoiding unnecessary engine operations and also ensuring vehicle are covered during

transportation of material.

Operational Phase

The incremental concentration of PM10, SOx, NOx and CO is observed to be 0.26%, 7.04%,

11.5% and 66 % respectively. The total pollutant concentrations of PM10, SO2, NOx and CO are

82.22 µg/m3, 35.5 µg/m3, 66.74 µg/m3 and 11.76 mg/m3 which is observed to be within NAAQ

standards.

Noise Environment

Construction phase

Civil works, Mechanical works and tying up of new facilities with the existing systems etc.

are sources of increasing the ambient noise level. However, these effects are for a short term and of

temporary in nature.

Operational Phase

The noise generated due to heavy duty machineries at the project site such as compressors, DG sets,

pumps etc. and mobile source corresponding to mainly vehicular traffic for staff mobilization,

materials, material transportation, liquid fuel transportation to project site etc. To overcome all, the

equipment is specified with maximum noise generation upto 85 dB (A). Only in some areas like

31

Process Air Compressor House, where the sound level is expected to be higher (>90 dB (A)),

mandatory use of ear plugs recommended.

Water Environment

Construction phase

The waste materials would contribute to certain amount of water pollution within the

construction site. But these would be for a short duration. All liquid waste will be collected and

disposed at identifed water impoundment within the construction site.

Operational Phase

The total raw water requirement for existing facility is 3247 KLD and for proposed operation phase

total requirement will be 810 KLD. On total after expansion 4057 KLD of raw water will be taken

from existing water source (i.e. Chennai MetroWater Supply and Sewage Board). After expansion,

there is an additional requirement of water over the existing water agreement. Approval letter from

CMWSSB obtained for drawl of additional water requirement and the same enclosed as Annexure-

9. No water will be drawn from ground water sources.

Land Environment

Construction phase

The impact shall be due to generation of debris/construction material, which shall be properly

collected and disposed. However, the generation of waste shall be minimal and there will be

no such discharge or activity degrading soils and groundwater. Change in soil structure due to use of

heavy construction vehicles and machineries can be avoided by restricting access during wet

condition and use of low ground pressure machineries to minimize compaction of soil. The

excavated soil in excess can be used for road and green belt development.

Operational Phase

During operational phase the impact shall be due to disposal of solid and hazardous waste generated

during operation of the plant. Waste Lube Oil, generated from rotary equipment will be disposed to

TNPCB authorized recyclers. The ETP sludge generated from Secondary clarifier bottom is

disposed to Common TSDF Landfill Facility.


Construction phase

There will be temporary employment for manpower required during construction phase

available from local communities. Overall socioeconomic effect of construction phase will be

positive due to direct and indirect employment opportunities for the local population

32

Operational Phase

Thre will be 10 nos. of additional manpower for operating the plant. The project will provide better

socio-economic benefits by providing direct and indirect employment.

Marine Impact Assessment

The existing and proposed effluent/sewage disposal into deep sea is 2466 KLD and 105 KLD

respectively. On total, 16KLD of sewage will be reused to greenbelt and 2556 KLD will be

discharged into deep sea that it is observed to be within the discharge approval limit of 8000KLD as

per the CRZ clearance 11-20/2009-IA.III dated 03.07.2009 and its amendment 11-20/2009-IA.III

dated 03.06.2011 and within 2574 KLD as per Consent order issued by TNPCB. The Latest CRZ

Complaince statement is also enclosed as Annexure - 14. The treated effluent is discharged into

deep sea through the pipeline where its outlet of pipe is at a distance of 750 m from Sea Shore. The

effluent pipeline diagram is enclosed as Annexure - 15. The water quality modeling for the effluent

discharged to deep sea from the pipe line is enclosed as Annexure - 16.

Environmental Monitoring Program

A monitoring schedule with respect to AAQ, Stack, water & treated wastewater quality, noise

quality prepared and maintained. The online monitoring of air emission, VOC emission and effluent

monitoring is available in existing site and connected to TNPCB and CPCB servers.

Environmental Management Plan

Construction Phase

Transport vehicles and construction equipment’s/machineries will be properly maintained to reduce

air emissions. Construction activities will be done on round the clock basis. Adequate measure is

taken to reduce the noise level. Using of PPE is kept mandatory during construction activities.

Proper and sufficient sanitary facility will be created at the site in the form of adequate & suitable

toilets. All the solid wastes will be stored at a designated site within the premises to prevent

scattering, discharge on land. Topsoil layers shall be stored for reclamation and re-vegetation and re-

forestation at approved locations. There will be temporary employment required during construction

phase from available local communities.

Operational Phase

Air Environment

The air emission is controlled by installing stack at required heights and in near future R-LNG will

be used as fuel in boilers. Boiler stack emission and Ambient Air Quality is monitored periodically

and as well as through Online continuous monitoring system as per the CPCB/MoEF&CC

33

guidelines. For every year, Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II allocates INR 40 lakhs budget

towards expenditure on stack, ambient and effluent monitoring.

Noise Environment

All equipment is specified with maximum noise generation upto 85 dB (A). Only in some areas like

process air compressor house, where the sound level is expected to be higher (>90 dB (A),

mandatory use of ear plugs recommended. Erecting suitable enclosures, sizing the flare lines with

low mach number and providing Green belt of appropriate width all around the plant reduces the

noise level as per Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standards.

Water and Wastewater management

The rawwater used is secondary treated sewage and tertiary treated RO from CMWSSB. The

main source of water itself is treated water. The treated effluent will be discharged into deep sea and

it is observed to be within the discharge approval limit of 8000 KLD as per the the

CRZ clearance 11-20/2009-IA.III dated 03.07.2009 and its amendment 11-20/2009-IA.III

dated 03.06.2011 and within 2574 KLD as per Consent order issued by TNPCB. The Latest CRZ

Compliance statement is also enclosed as Annexure - 14. The industrial effluent is discharged into

deep sea through the pipeline where its outlet of pipe is at a distance of 750 m from Sea Shore. The

effluent will be disposed to sea with compliance to CPCB/MoEF&CC norms for marine disposal.

The Water Quality Modeling for the effluent discharged to deep sea from the pipe line is enclosed as

Annexure - 16. For every year, Manali Petrochemicals Limited- Plant-II allocates INR 540 lakhs

budget towards expenditure on Water pollution control and treatment of effluent.

Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

STP sludge dried and used as manure and canteen waste disposed to municipal bins. The Sludge

separated from RVDF is given to brick manufacturers and for beneficial use and MOL unslaked

rejects is collected and being used for Landfilling. Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II allocates

INR 5 lakhs per annum towards expenditure on management and disposal of waste. The Waste Lube

Oil generated from rotary equipment - spent oil is disposed through TNPCB authorized recyclers and

the agreement is attached as Annexure - 17. The ETP sludge generated is disposed to common

TSDF as landfill and the agreement is attached as Annexure - 18.

Risk Assessment

The consequence analysis study has been carried out for Chlorine, Propylene, Propylene Oxide and

Ethylene Oxide storage tank. The recommendations and mitigation measures of Risk Assessment

will be implemented. The impact contours will be kept within the petrochemical complex limit and

34

surrounding industries. Continuous onsite and offsite emergency plan will be done in accordance

with local district authorities. Periodic mock drills will be conducted and gaps if any found will be

addressed. The summaries of consequences observed with major receptors are as follows

For Propylene Oxide Storage Tank, the radiation profile (4 kw/m2 ) received at maximum

distance due to Late pool fire in Catastrophic rupture scenario is 591.7 m at

1.5 m/s wind speed and stability classes D and F. The major receptors are employees within

the facility.

For Propylene Oxide Storage Tank, the radiation profiles (12.5 kw/m2 & 37.5 kw/m

2)

received at maximum distance due to Late pool fire in 150 mm leak scenario is 343 m and

547 m respectively at 1.5 m/s wind speed and stability classes D and F. The major receptors

are employees within the facility.

For Propylene Storage Tank, the radiation profiles (4 kw/m2, 12.5 kw/m

2& 37.5 kw/m

2)

received at maximum distance due to Jet fire in 150 mm leak scenario is 391.6 m, 304.4 m

and 249.6 m respectively at 1.5 m/s wind speed and stability classes D and F. The major

receptors are employees within the facility.

For Chlorine Storage Tank, maximum Spreading distance due to Cloud dispersion in 50 mm

leak scenario is 4000 m at 5 m/s wind speed, 29.9 ppm Concentration and stability class D.

The major receptors are employees within the facility and surrounding industries.

For Ethylene Oxide Storage Tank, maximum Spreading distance due to Cloud dispersion in

50 mm leak scenario is 2550 m at 5 m/s wind speed, 52.7 ppm Concentration and stability

class D. The major receptors are employees within the facility and surrounding industries.

Corporate Social Responsibility

In the financial year 2020 – 21, a total of INR 92.79 lakh was spent towards establishment of

Drinking water and Sanitation facilities in nearby schools, INR 9 lakhs was spent towards

establishment of Primary Health Centre and INR 0.95 lakhs was spent towards establishment

of individual House Latrines.

Project Benefits

In the production of PG, Propylene Glycol (PG) is the main product followed by Di-Propylene

Glycol (DPG) and Tri-Propylene Glycol (TPG). Propylene Glycol (PG) is essentially used as a

solvent in the pharmaceutical industry for oral, injectable and topical formulations and further in

food, fragrance and other industrial applications. Specifically, it is used to make deicing and

antifreeze fluids, food industry coolants, non-ionic detergents, plasticisers and hydraulic brake fluids.

It is an excellent solvent and extractant, and can be used as a humectant as well in sanitizers.

35

Propylene Glycol (PG) is the main product, and Di-Propylene Glycol (DPG) and Tri-Propylene

Glycol (TPG) are the by- products. The project will provide better socio-economic benefits by

providing direct and indirect employment.

36

1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Introduction

Manali Petrochemicals Limited (MPL) is a leader in the production and marketing of

Propylene Oxide (PO), Propylene Glycol (PG) and various grades of Polyols in India. It

operates two production facilities (Plant-I and Plant-II) at Manali Industrial Area, near

Chennai.

Plant-II is situated at the Manali Industrial Area – Sathangadu Village, Manali, and

Chennai, adjacent to Balmer Lawrie & Co. Ltd, having an installed capacity of 18,000

MTPA of PO, 12,000 MTPA of PG and 22,705 MTPA of Polyol. This Plant has been in

operation for more than 3 decades. Plant–II was originally established by UB Petro

Products Limited. Its commercial production commenced in the year 1990, post which the

Plant was taken over by SPIC in 1995. MPL has taken over the Plant – II facility from

SPIC in the year 2000.

The total area of Plant-II is 17.632 hectares and Land document is enclosed as

Annexure - 5. Chennai Central Railway Junction is located approximately at a distance of

6.51 km towards South from the project boundary. Chennai-Srikakulam Highway is

located towards SSW at a distance of ~3.60 km and SH56 (Tiruvottiyur-Ponneri-Panjetti)

is located towards North at a distance of 2.51 km from the project boundary. Since this is

an established industrial belt there are several large industries like Chennai Petroleum

Corporation Limited, Madras Fertilizers Limited, Tamilnadu Petroproducts Limited, Cetex

Petrochmicals Limited, Balmer Lawrie & Co Limited, Tyres and Nylon Filaments, Dairy

Products, Kothari Industrial Corporation, Indian Oil Tanking and Raj Lubricants.

The existing Environmental Clearance was obtained from MoEF vide: J- 11011 / 156/

2008-IA (II) dated 7th May 2008, enclosed as Annexure-1. The existing plant is under

operation with TNPCB Water Consent Order No. 2108131941933 dated 03.09.2021 valid

till 31.03.2022 enclosed as Annexure-2 and TNPCB Air Consent Order No.

2108231941933 dated 03.09.2021 valid till 31.03.2022 enclosed as Annexure-3. The

PESO License for Liquid Nitrogen, Chlorine, Ethylene oxide, Propylene, LPG, HSD and

Fuel oil is enclosed as Annexure - 19. To fulfil online application condition, proponent

has obtained Certified Environmental Compliance from MoEF & CC, Regional office

37

(SEZ), Southern Regional office, Chennai and the same enclosed as Annexure – 20.

Table 1-1 Chronology of Environmental clearances

S.No MoEF File No Units Date of

issue

Status of

Project

1 J-11011/156/2008-

IA(II)

Propylene Glycol, Propylene

Oxide, Polyol.

07.05.2008 Commissioned

2

J-11011/156/2008-

IA-II(I)

EC for Expansion of Propylene

Glycol Plant by 50000 MTPA

-

Applied Now

ToR application was filed for “Expansion of Propylene Glycol by 50,000 MTPA”, vide Proposal

No.IA/TN/IND2/248620/2021 dated 30-12-2021 under 5(f) “Synthetic organic chemicals industry

(dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations; synthetic

rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates)”

and obtained standard ToR- J-11011/156/2008-IA-II(I) dated 09-03-2022. The Base Line Monitoring

has been carried out from End of December 2021 – End of March 2022 (27.12.2021 to 27.03.2022).

1.2 Purpose of the EIA Report

The Government of India, Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC),

New Delhi, vide notification no. S. O. 1533 (E) dated 14th

September, 2006, and its

amendments, has made ‘Prior Environmental Clearance (EC)’ mandatory for New projects,

Expansion and Modernization of existing projects , any change in product mix in the existing

manufacturing unit which are listed in the schedule of that notification from MoEF&CC (for

Category - A projects) or from SEIAA (for Category - B projects).

The EIA report submission pertains to the Proposed “Expansion of Propylene Glycol Plant by

50000 MTPA”, at Manali Industrial Area,Sathangadu Village, Manali, Chennai – 600 068,

Thiruvallur District. The Project is considered under Schedule 5 (f) - “Synthetic organic

chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug

formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and

chemical intermediates)” - Category B. However due to applicability of General Condition

(Project site located at Critically Polluted Area as notified by CPCB from time to time– Manali

Industrial Area), the project to be appraised as Category ‘A’.

1.3 Brief description of the project

Nature:

M/s. Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II as a part of the compliance to the regulatory

requirement i.e., to obtain Environmental Clearance from MoEF& CC, has appointed M/s.

38

Ecotech Labs Pvt. Ltd.,Chennai as EIA Consultant who is accredited by National Accreditation

Board for Education and Training (NABET)-Quality Council of India (QCI), New Delhi for

Schedule 5(f) - “Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and

intermediates excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other

synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates)” – Category - A.

Size:

It operates two production facilities (Plant-I and Plant-II) at Manali, near Chennai. Plant-II is

situated at the Manali Industrial Area, Sathangadu Village, Manali, Chennai – 600 068,

(adjacent to Balmer Lawrie & Co Ltd), having an installed capacity of 18,000 MTPA of

Propylene Oxide, 12,000 MTPA of Propylene Glycol and 22,705 MTPA of Polyol.

Location:

The existing complex is located at Manali Industrial Area, Sathangadu Village, Manali, Chennai

– 600 068, Ambattur Taluk, Thiruvallur District, Tamil Nadu State. The site is located within

the Greater Chennai Corporation.

Importance to the Country & Region:

Manali Petrochemicals Limited being the only domestic manufacturer of Propylene Glycol

currently, meeting around 20-25% of domestic demand. With the emphasis on Make in India,

MPL would like to increase its capacity by 50000 MTPA in its Plant – II facility to meet about

70-75% of the market demand. The market of Propylene Glycol in India is having a growth rate

of 6%. Propylene Glycols are the key ingredient material for manufacturing of Pharmaceuticals

products, Food products and Cosmetics. Hence, the project to expand the Propylene Glycol

capacity by 50000 MTPA is financially viable and will reduce India’s dependence on imports.

1.4 Scope & Methodology Adopted

EIA is the process of identifying, predicting, evaluating and mitigating the bio-physical, social and

other relevant effects of development proposals prior to major decisions being taken and

commitments made. These studies integrate the environmental concerns of developmental activities

into the process of decision – making.

An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an assessment of the possible impact, whether

positive or negative, that a proposed project may have on the environment, together consisting of

the natural, social and economic aspects, i.e., aiming at “Sustainable Development” due to the

project activities.

1.4.1 Objective of EIA Report

To ensure environmental considerations are explicitly addressed and incorporated into the

development decision-making process.

39

To anticipate and avoid, minimize or offset the adverse significant biophysical, social and

other relevant effects of the above project proposal.

To protect the productivity and capacity of natural systems and the ecological processes

which maintain their respective functions.

To promote development that is sustainable and optimizes resource use as well as

management opportunities.

To fully recognize the scope and requirements of the ToR and comply with the same.

1.4.2 Scope of Work

The scope of the work mentioned includes an assessment study of proposed manufacturing unit

and their impact on the region. This study put forward the most effective ways to protect the

environment form increasing pollution caused by the burgeoning industrial development and

recommendations for environmental-friendly development initiatives in the region.

An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an assessment of the possible impact, whether

positive or negative, that a proposed project may have on the environment, together consisting

of the natural, social and economic aspects, i.e., aiming at “Sustainable Development” due to the

project activities.

This EIA report presents the existing baseline scenario and the assessment and evaluation of the

environmental impacts that may rise during the construction and operational phases of the

project. This report also highlights the Environmental Monitoring Program during the

construction and operation phases of the project and the post project monitoring program. In

terms of the EIA Notification of the MoEF & CC dated 14th September 2006 and subsequent

amendments the generic structure of the EIA document will be as under:

Chapter 1: Introduction

Introductory information is presented in this Chapter. The introduction chapter provides background

to the project, project proponent details and describes the objective of this document. The purpose

and organization of the report is also presented in this chapter.

Chapter 2: Project Description

This Chapter includes Project Description and Infrastructure Facilities delineating all the industrial

and environmental aspect of the industry of Manali Petrochemicals Limited - Plant- II existing as

well as process details of proposed expansion.

Chapter 3: Description of the Environment

This Chapter provides baseline environmental status of Environmental Components (Primary data)

delineating meteorological details of the project site and surrounding area.

Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures

40

This Chapter presents the analysis of impacts on the environmental and social aspects of the project

as a result of establishment of plan and thereby suggesting the mitigation measures.

Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Sites)

This chapter includes the justification for the selection of the suitable technology and project site

from Environmental point of view as well as from economic point of view.

Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Program

This chapter will include the technical aspects of monitoring, the effectiveness of mitigation

measures which will include the measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis,

reporting schedules etc.

Chapter 7: Additional Studies

This chapter will detail about the Public Consultation sought regarding the project. It will also

identify the risks of the Project in relation to the general public and the surrounding environment

during construction and operation phases of the plant and thereby presents Disaster Management

Plan, Social impact assessment and R&R action plans.

Chapter 8: Project Benefits

This chapter deals with improvement in physical and social infrastructures, employment potential

and other tangible benefits.

Chapter 9: Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

Not Recommended in Scoping Stage.

Chapter 10: Environmental Management Plan

This is the key Chapter of the report and presents the mitigation plan, covers the institutional and

monitoring requirements to implement environmental mitigation measures and to assess their

adequacy during project implementation.

Chapter 11: Summary and Conclusion

This chapter summarizes the information given in Chapters of this EIA/EMP report and the

conclusion based on the environmental study, impact identification, mitigation measures and the

environmental management plan.

Chapter 12: Disclosure of the Consultant

Name of the consultant engaged in the preparation of the EIA/EMP report along with their brief

resume and nature of Consultancy rendered are included in this Chapter.

1.4.3 EIA Process

The EIA process followed for this EIA report is composed of the following stages:

1. Study of project information.

41

2. Screening & Scoping of environmental pre-feasibility study & application for approval of

ToR.

3. Collection of detailed project management plan/report.

4. Baseline data collection.

5. Impact identification, Prediction & Evaluation.

6. Mitigation measures & delineation of EMP.

7. Risk assessment and safety & disaster management plan.

8. Review & finalization of EIA Report based on the ToR requirements.

Submission of EIA report for the implementation of mitigation measures & EMP as well as

necessary clearances from relevant Authority.

The EIA Cycle based on the above stages has been illustrated as per the ToR dated 09.03.2022, in

Figure 1-1.

Figure 1-1 EIA Process

42

1.5 Objective of the study

The major objective of this study is to prepare a detailed Environmental Impact Assessment report

within the study area i.e. 10 km radius from the project.

1.6 Applicable Regulatory Framework

The following are some of the acts and rules related to environment which are applicable for

the proposed project:

1. EIA Notification 2006 and its amendments

2. Manufacture Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 and its subsequent

amendments

3. Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and its subsequent amendments

4. Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and its subsequent amendments

5. Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary movement)

Rules, 2016 and its subsequent amendments

6. Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 and its subsequent amendments

7. Environmental (Protection) Rules, 1986 and its subsequent amendments

8. The Noise Pollution (Regulation and control) rules, 2000

9. Factories Rules 1950 and its subsequent amendments

10. Petroleum Act, 1934

11. Explosive Act, 1884

12. Central Motor Vehicle Act, 1988

The details of applicable Acts and Rules and the applicability to the project is given in Table 1-2

Table 1-2 Applicable Acts and Rules for the proposed project

S.

No

Act and Rules

applicable

Purpose Objective Applicability

1. EIA Notification

2006 and its

amendments.

New projects,

Expansion

modernization,

change of product

mix of the existing

project

Protection and

Improvement of

the Environment

As the proposal is for

expansion within the

existing facility,

Environmental

clearance from

Ministry of

Environment, Forest

and Climate Change

(MoEF&CC) is

applicable

43

2. The Manufacture,

Storage and

Import of

Hazardous

Chemicals Rules,

1989 and its

amendments

Handling

of Hazardous

Chemicals

Regulate the

manufacture,

storage

and

import

of

Hazardous

Chemicals

Preparation/ update of

On-site Emergency

Preparedness Plan and

submission to Factory

Inspectorate.

Preparation / update of

Safety audit Report

and submit to

Factory Inspectorate.

Preparation of Material

Safety Data Sheet.

3. The Water

(Prevention and

Control of

Pollution) Act,

1974 and its

amendments

New projects,

Expansion

modernization,

change of product

mix of the existing

project, Existing

plants

Prevention,

control and

abatement of

water pollution

Consent to

Establish and Consent

to Operate from

State Pollution Control

Board to be obtained

for expansion

4 The Air

(Prevention and

Control of

Pollution) Act,

1981 and its

amendments.

New projects,

Expansion

/Modernization,

change of product

mix of the existing

project, Existing

industries

Prevention,

control and

abatement of air

pollution

Consent to Establish

and Consent to

Operate from State

Pollution Control


for expansion

5 The Hazardous

and other wastes

(Management,

Handling and

Transboundary

Movement Rules)

2016 and Solid

Waste

Management

Rules 2016.

Management,

Handling and

Transboundary

Movement of

Hazardous waste

Prevention,

Control

and

abatement of

pollution

Hazardous waste

Authorization from

State Pollution Control


for expansion

6 The

Environmental

(Protection)

Rules, 1986 and

its Amendments

New projects,

Expansion /

modernization

change of product

mix of the existing

project, Existing

industries

Protection and

Improvement of

the Environment

Environmental

Standards as specified

are to be complied.

Submission of

Environment

Statement on yearly

basis to TNPCB

7 The Noise

Pollution

(Regulation and

Control) Rules,

2000

New projects,

Expansion/

modernization

change of product

mix of the existing

project, Existing

industries

To protect

the workers and

public from

noise related

problems

Noise control measure

to be taken up. Comply

with Noise standards

and submission of

monthly report to

TNPCB

44

8 The Public

Liability

Insurance Act,

1991 and its

amendments

Transportation of

Hazardous

Substance.

To provide

immediate relief

to persons

affected by

accident

involving

hazardous

substances and

also for

Establishing an

Environmental

Relief fund

Provision of Liability

Insurance Policy.

9 Factories Rules

1950 and its

amendments.

New projects,

Expansion/

modernization

change of product

mix of the existing

project, Existing

industries.

Control of

workplace

environment,

and providing

for good health

and safety of

workers.

Factory License from

Factory Inspectorate.

10 The Petroleum

Act, 1934

New projects,

Expansion/

modernization

change of product

mix of the existing

project, Existing

industries

Production,

Storage and

import of

petroleum and

products as per

the regulations

License to be acquired

for storage and

adequate safety

measures are in place.

11 The Explosive

Act, 1884

New projects,

Expansion /

modernization

change of product

mix of the existing

project, Existing

industries

Production,

Storage and

import of

explosive

substance as per

the regulations

for the safety and

environmental

measures

License for storage

from PESO.

12 The Central

Motor Vehicle

Act, 1988

New projects,

Expansion/

modernization

change of product

mix of the existing

project, Existing

industries.

Monitoring the

pollution load of

vehicles inside

the plant

Control of vehicular

movement within the

plant.

45

1.7 TOR COMPLIANCE

S.No. A. Standard Terms of Reference Compliance

1. Executive Summary Brief executive summary is provided in Page.No.14 of EIA Report

2. Introduction

i. Details of the EIA

Consultant including

NABET accreditation

M/s. Ecotech Labs Pvt. Ltd., Chennai

NABET Accredited Number: NABET/EIA/2124/SA 0147 valid till 15.09.2023

ii. Information about the

project proponent

M. Karthikeyan

Whole Time Director (Operations)

Manali Petrochemicals Limited

Manali Industrial Area

Sathangadu Village, Manali, Chennai 600068

[email protected]

iii. Importance and benefits of

the Project

Importance of the project:

The Project aims to reduce India’s dependence on imports of Propylene glycol with the emphasis on Make in India (Atmanirbhar Bharat).

The market of Propylene Glycol in India is having a growth rate of 6%. Currently MPL meeting around 20-25% of domestic demand and would like to

increase its capacity to meet 70-75% of the market demand in India.

Also, the State and Central Government gets benefited from the Taxes and Duties on the revenue generated out of this project.

Benefits of the project:

In PG manufacture, Propylene Glycol (PG) is the main product followed by Di-Propylene Glycol (DPG) and Tri-Propylene Glycol (TPG).

Propylene Glycol finds broad use as a humectant in the pharmaceutical, products & sanitizers.

Also, the Propylene Glycol is used in cosmetic, animal food and fragrance industries.

Another major use of PG is its use as an ingredient in engine coolants, deicing fluids and antifreeze.

Industrial grade PG is used in the production of poly glycols for hydraulic and brake fluids.

Propylene glycol is used as a solvent and extractant. Solvent applications include alkyd resins, printing inks and coatings.

A major use for DPG is specialty plasticizers.

DPG and TPG have many applications in the fragrance, cosmetic and personal care industries while a fragrance-grade DPG is used as a carrier for cosmetics

and fragrances.

This project will provide direct and in-direct employments.

3. Project Description

i. Cost of project and time of

completion

The cost of the project is INR 125 Crores.

Time of completion is expected - June 2024.

ii. Products with capacities for

the proposed project S. No. Units Products Category of

Product

Existing

Capacity

(MTPA)

Proposed

Capacity

(MTPA)

After Expansion

Capacity

(MTPA)

1.

Propylene Oxide unit

Propylene Oxide Main

Product 18000 NIL 18000

Di-Chloro Propane By Product 3600 NIL

3600

46

2. Propylene Glycol unit

Propylene Glycol Main

Product 12000 50000 62000

Di-Propylene Glycol By Product 1581 6588 8169

Tri-Propylene Glycol By Product 202 842 1044

3. Polyol unit Polyol Main

Product 22705 NIL 22705

Note:

Change in product mix with no increase in pollution load certificate was granted based on Pollution Load Assessment committee decision by TNPCB vide

Lr.No.T5/TNPCB/F.0112AMB/RL/2019 dated 16.09.2019 which is attached with this proposal as Annexure - 4.

iii. If expansion project, details

of existing products with

capacities and whether

adequate land is available

for expansion, reference of

earlier EC if any.

No additional land required. The total land area is 17.632 Ha. (43.57 Acres). Adequate land is available for expansion & Land document attached as Annexure - 5.

S. No. Units Products Category of

Product

Existing

Capacity

(MTPA)

Proposed

Capacity

(MTPA)

EC details

1.

Propylene Oxide unit

Propylene Oxide Main Product 18000 NIL

J-11011/ 156/ 2008- IA

(II) dated 07-05-2008

Di-Chloro Propane By Product 3600 NIL

2. Propylene Glycol unit

Propylene Glycol Main Product 12000 50000

Di-Propylene Glycol By Product 1581 6588

Tri-Propylene Glycol By Product 202 842

3. Polyol unit Polyol Main Product 22705 NIL

Note:

Change in product mix with no increase in pollution load certificate was granted based on Pollution Load Assessment committee decision by TNPCB vide

Lr.No.T5/TNPCB/F.0112AMB/RL/2019 dated 16.09.2019 which is attached with this proposal as Annexure - 4.

iv. List of Raw materials and

their source with mode of

transportation S. No.

Raw Material

Name Principal Use

Raw Material Quantity (MTPA)

Source Mode of Transport Storage Facility


Expansion

1. Propylene

(96% purity)

Production of

Propylene Oxide

15510 -- 15510 CPCL 4” Pipeline

86 MT BPCL Tankers

2. Chlorine 26950 -- 26950

Grasim

Industries

Tonners in Trucks 244 MT & 1 No.

Dump Bullet TGV

Rayalaseema

DCW

3. Lime

(90% purity) 31500 -- 31500

Imported

from

UAE/Vietnam Bags in Trucks

Chemical

Godown Malaysia

(PGP

international)

47

4. Caustic soda

Production of

Propylene Oxide &

For DM plant

regeneration

1260 -- 1260

TPL

Tankers 32 MT

TGV

Rayalaseema

Chemfab

DCW

5. Hydrochloric

Acid

For DM plant

regeneration 787.5 -- 787.5 TPL Tankers 27.5 MT

6. Propylene

Oxide

Production of

Propylene Glycol 10500 44646 55146

In-house Pipeline

334 MT MPL – Plant

– I Tankers

TPL Tankers

7. Ethylene

Oxide

Production of Polyol

630 -- 630 RIL Tankers 29 MT

8. Glycerine 147 -- 147 3F industries

Tankers 32 MT Kaleeswari

9. Di-Propylene

Glycol 59.5 -- 59.5 In-house Drums

Chemical

Godown

10. Styrene 70 -- 70 Supreme

Petrochem Drums

Chemical

Godown

11. Sugar 388.5 -- 388.5

Bannari

Sugars Bags in Trucks Chemical

Godown EID Parry

12. Sorbitol (70%) 1004.5 -- 1004.5

Kashyap

Industries Tankers 120 MT

Blue Cross

13. Caustic potash 38.5 -- 38.5 TGV

Rayalaseema

Tankers (for Liquid KOH) 29 MT

Bags in Trucks

(for KOH flakes)

Chemical

Godown

14. Fuel Oil

Production of Steam

9457 -- --- IOCL

Tankers 290 MT BPCL

15. R - LNG -- 8778 8778

IOCL R-LNG

Terminal,

Ennore

Proposed pipeline of IOCL No storage

v. Other chemicals and materials

required with quantities and

storage capacities

No other chemicals, catalyst and materials will be required in this project.

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, 1. Emission

48

hazardous waste generation and

their management

a. Existing

S. No. Stack Details

No.

of

Stack

Stack Details Emission per Stack (g/s)

Type of Fuel Height

(m)

Temperature

(deg C)

Dia

(m)

Exit

Velocity

(m/s)

Flue Gas

flow rate

(Nm3/h)

PM SO2 NOX CO

1.

Boiler – B

(10 TPH)

Connected to

Stack

1

FO

30

158

1.5

10.28 45099 0.2969 0.5136 1.9919 0.2055

2.

Boiler – C

(10 TPH)

Connected to

Stack

FO

3.

Boiler – D

(10 TPH)

Connected to

Stack

FO 148 7.8 35023 0.29 2.87 0.55 0.32

4. 1500 kVA

DG set - 1 1 Diesel 10.5 450 0.4 34.2 15984 0.09 0.06 1.16 --

5. 1500 kVA

DG set - 2 1 Diesel 10.5 450 0.4 34.2 15984 0.09 0.06 1.16 --

Total (g/s) 0.7669 3.5036 4.8619 0.5255

Note:

Boiler - B 10 TPH with Economizer + Boiler – C10 TPH with Economizer will be standby boiler for the above with a common stack

Only Boiler D will be operational and Boiler - B & Boiler - C will be kept standby.

Only one DG set will be operational during power failure. Other DG Set will be kept standby

b. Proposed

i. Point Source (Utility)

S. No. Stack details

Co-ordinates Type of

fuel

Flue gas flow

rate (Nm3/h)

Fuel

quantity

(R-LNG)

(SCM/day)

Emission per stack (g/s)

N E PM10 SO2 NOX CO

1.

Boiler – E

30 TPH (Common

stack for three

boilers)

13o9’12.16” 80

o16’15.97” R - LNG 24250 33000 -- 0.00366 0.8556 0.5133

Note:

1. Furnace Oil will be replaced with R-LNG for existing boilers. R-LNG will be used as fuel for proposed 30TPH boiler and this leads to reduction in emission. No

process emissions are envisaged. Hence, no additional stack is proposed for the proposed expansion since the existing stack is found to be sufficient to handle

proposed emission. The existing FO will be replaced with R-LNG of 33000 SCM/Day.

2. There is no presence of ash in LNG. So the PM10 will be zero.

ii. Line source (Transportation)

S. No. Type of Vehicle No. of Vehicle (Based on maximum operation capacity) & (BS-IV Emission (g/s)

49

Type of Vehicle) PM10 NOX CO HC

1. Bike 19 0.0000132 0.0515 0.185 0.00132

2. Car 8 0.00139 0.0139 0.0278 0.00278

3. Truck/Tanker 25 0.00347 0.608 0.26 0.0799

Total (g/s) 0.00487 0.673 0.473 0.084

iii. Cumulative emission (Utility & Vehicular emission)

S. No. Stack

details

Co-ordinates of Stack Stack Details Emission (g/s)

N E Type of

fuel

Hei

gh

t (m

)

Tem

per

atu

re

(deg

C)

Dia

(m)

Exit

Velocity

(m/s)

Flue

gas

flow

rate

(Nm3/h)

PM SO2 NOX CO HC

1.

Boiler –E

(30 TPH)

(Common

stack for

Three

boilers)

13o9’12.16” 80

o16’15.97” R-LNG 30 140 1.5 5.769 24250 -- 0.00367 0.856 0.513 0

Boiler – C – 10 TPH with Economizer + Boiler – D – 21 TPH with Economizer will be standby boiler for the above with a common stack

Furnace Oil will be replaced with R-LNG for existing boilers. R-LNG will be used as fuel for proposed 30TPH boiler and this leads to reduction in emission. No

process emissions are envisaged. Hence, no additional stack is proposed for the proposed expansion since the existing stack is found to be sufficient to handle

proposed emission. The existing FO will be replaced with R-LNG of 33000 SCM/Day.

There is no presence of ash in LNG. So the PM10 will be zero.

S.No. Type of

Vehicle No. of Vehicle (Based on maximum operation capacity) & (BS-IV Type of Vehicle) PM SO2 NOX CO HC

1. Bike 19 0.000013 -- 0.051 0.19 0.00132

2. Car 8 0.0014 -- 0.014 0.028 0.00278

3. Truck 25 0.0035 -- 0.61 0.26 0.0799

Total (g/s) 0.00487 0.00367 1.53 0.987 0.084

2. Effluents

i. Generation

Description of Effluent Existing (KLD) Proposed (KLD) After Expansion (KLD)

Effluent (Without Sewage) 2451 105 2556

ii. Treatment Capacity

Description Existing (KLD) Proposed (KLD) After Expansion (KLD)

ETP

3600 --- 3600

iii. Mode of Disposal

Description Mode of discharge Quantity

(KLD) Approval

Existing (With Sewage) Disposed to sea after treatment in 2466 As per the CRZ clearance

50

ETP (2451 + 15) 11-20/2009.IA.III dated 03.07.2009

and its amendment 11-20/2009-IA.III

dated 03.06.2011, the discharge

approval limit is 8000 KLD and the

copy of the same enclosed as

Annexure – 10.

As per the CTO issued by TNPCB

under water act dated 03.09.2021, the

allowable effluent quantity is 2559

KLD and sewage quantity is 15 KLD.

On total, 2574 KLD is allowed for

disposal to sea.

*It is proposed to install STP for

treating 16 KLD (Existing – 15 KLD

+ Proposed – 1 KLD)

Proposed (Without Sewage)* Disposed to sea after treatment in

ETP 105

After Expansion Disposed to sea after treatment in

ETP

2556

(2451 + 105)

3. Hazardous Waste generation and their management

Hazardous waste materials will be properly disposed as per the Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules 2016; Hazardous

Waste Authorization for spent oil already available for 4 KL/Annum. No additional generation of ETP sludge quantity. Existing authorized quantity is sufficient to

accommodate additional proposed quantity. The Hazardous Waste Authorization issued by TNPCB enclosed as Annexure – 11.

S. No. Details of Waste

Schedule as

per HWM

rules

Unit

Quantity Physical

status Storage Disposal


Expansion Approval

1.

Waste lube oil

generated from

Rotary equipment

– Spent Oil

5.1 KL/Annum 1.38 0.5 1.88 4.0 Oily MS drums

Disposed

through

TNPCB

authorized

recyclers

2.

ETP Secondary

Clarifier Bottom

Sludge

35.3 T/Annum 110 NIL* 110 110 Solid

Concrete

floored

covered

shed

Common

TSDF

Landfill

facility Note:

1.Details of Authorized Recycler/TSDF given below

For Spent Oil:

Shri. Sathya sai Lubricants

S.F.No. 86/IF, Kunnathur Village, Annur Taluk, Coimbatore dist. The agreement is attached as Annexure-17

For ETP Sludge:

Tamilnadu Waste Management Limited, TSDF site: Gummidipoondi Office: Ramky Grandiose, 12

th & 13

th floor, Ramky Towers Complex, Gachibowli, Hyderabad-500032. The agreement is attached a s Annexure-18

2. *There will not be any effluent from proposed Propylene Glycol plant. The blow down from cooling tower, boiler and regeneration water will be treated

in the proposed RO unit and RO rejects sans COD/BOD is the additional input to ETP. Hence no additional ETP sludge will be generated.

vii. Requirement of water, power,

with source of supply, status of

approval, water balance

a. Requirement of Water

S. No. Water Source Required Quantity (KLD)

Extraction Approval Existing Proposed After

51

diagram, man-power

requirement (regular and

contract)

Expansion

1. Chennai Metro Water

Supply and Sewerage Board

3247 810 4057 The total Existing water approval: 3.54 MLD

1. Agreement dated 15.12.2004 made between

MPL-Plant-II and CMWSSB (for secondary treated

sewage) enclosed as Annexure – 7.

2. Agreement dated 24.10.2019 made between

MPL-Plant-II and CMWSSB (for Tertiary treated RO

water) enclosed as Annexure – 8.

3. After Expansion, there is an additional requirement of

water 0.81 MLD over the above agreement for which

a request letter provided to CMWSSB and the reply

letter from CMWSSB for 1.2 MLD is enclosed as

Annexure-9.

b. Water Balance diagram

Existing Water Balance diagram

52

Proposed Water Balance diagram

53

After Expansion – Water Balance Diagram

54

c. Requirement of Power

S. No. Power Source Required Quantity (MW) Extraction Approval

55

Existing Proposed

After

Expa

nsion

1. TANGEDCO 2.54 1.06 3.6

Agreement made between MPL and TANGEDCO dated

30.05.2020 with approval quantity of 4000 kVA is

enclosed as Annexure – 12.

d. Requirement of Manpower

Construction Phase: On Contract - 60 Nos.

Operational Phase

S. No. Description Regular (Nos.) Contract (Nos.) Total (Nos.)

1. Existing 116 204 320

2. Proposed 10 0 10

3. After Expansion 126 204 330

viii. Process description along with

major equipments and

machineries, process flow sheet

(quantative) from raw material

to products to be provided

a. Process description

Proposed production of Propylene Glycol (PG) is by hydration of Propylene oxide. Di- Propylene glycol (DPG) and Tri- Propylene glycol (TPG) are also produced

as by-products in the reaction. The process does not require any catalyst or any additive chemicals. Hence there is no possibility of catalyst leftovers like heavy

metals can get into the product. The reaction of Propylene Oxide with water is exothermic and realized in liquid phase. Internal energy recycle is used to preheat the

feed material to conserve energy. The preheated mixture will be sent to reactor and the reaction takes place at a temperature of 200oC and 20 kg/cm2 (g) pressure.

The amount of water is controlled to favor PG production. The ratio of PG to DPG and TPG is depending upon the composition of the aqueous mixture fed into the

reactor.

Detailed process description is given in Chapter 2 Section 2.7.5.1 of EIA report

b. Proposed major equipment and machineries for PG unit

S. No. Tag No. Equipment description Specification

1. R-2511 Reactor 8” x 6 m x 36 Nos.

MOC: CS

2. SR-2502 PO Buffer drum Operating volume: 11.8 m

3

MOC: CS

3. PD-2502 PO feed pump Capacity: 4.7 m

3/h

MOC: Contact parts SS 304L

4. PC-2541 Process Water Recovery pump Capacity: 23.4 m

3/h


5. E-2521 Process Pre-Heater - 1

Heat transfer area: 11.997 m2

MOC Shell: CS

MOC Tube: SS 304



MOC Shell: CS

MOC Tube: SS 304



MOC Shell: CS

MOC Tube: SS 304



MOC Shell: CS

MOC Tube: SS 304

9. C-2611 First Effect Evaporator

Top: 0.488D x 4 mH

Sump: 2D x 1.75H = 6.73 m3

MOC packing: SS 316L

56

10. E-2611 First Effect Evaporator Reboiler


MOC Shell: CS

MOC Tube: SS 304

11. C-2621 Second Effect Evaporator

Top: 0.65D x 4 mH

Sump: 2D x 1.6H = 6.25 m3


12. E-2621 Second Effect Evaporator Reboiler


MOC Shell: CS

MOC Tube: SS 304

13. C-2631 Third Effect Evaporator

Top: 0.75D x 4 mH

Sump: 1.5D x 1.7H = 3.54 m3


14. E-2631 Third Effect Evaporator Reboiler


MOC Shell: CS

MOC Tube: SS 304

15. C-2641 Fourth Effect Evaporator

Top: 1.3D x 4 mH

Sump: 2D x 2.05H = 7.67 m3


16. E-2641 Fourth Effect Evaporator Reboiler


MOC Shell: CS

MOC Tube: SS 304

17. C-2651 Dryer Top: 1D x 5 mH

Sump: 1.5D x 2.0H = 4.07 m3

18. E-2651 Dryer Reboiler


MOC Shell: CS

MOC Tube: SS 304

19. E-2661 Fourth Effect Evaporator Vapour Condenser


MOC Shell: CS

MOC Tube: SS 304

20. SR-2681 Fourth Effect Evaporator Reflux Drum Operating volume: 1.66 m

3

MOC: CS

21. PC-2681 A/B Fourth Effect Evaporator Reflux Drum pump Capacity: 7.3 m

3/h


22. SR-2541 Process Water Recovery vessel Operating volume: 10.81 m

3

MOC: CS

23. E-2541 Vent Condenser


MOC Shell: CS

MOC Tube: SS 304

24. MX-2502 Static Mixer MOC: SS 304L

25. SR-2531 Pure steam condensate drum Operating volume: 4 m3, MOC: CS

26. SR-2551 Surge condensate drum Operating volume: 3.86 m

3

MOC: CS

27. PC-2551 Surge condensate drum pump Capacity: 8.1 m

3/h

MOC: Contact parts MS

28. C-2701 PG Distillation column Top: 1.9D x 15 mH

Sump: 1.3D x 2.1H = 3.15 m3

29. E-2701 PG column Reboiler


MOC Shell: SS 304

MOC Tube: SS 304

30. E-2711 PG column vapour condenser Heat transfer area: 0.97 m

2

MOC Shell: SS 304

57

MOC Tube: SS 304

31. E-2721 PG column bottom cooler


MOC Shell: SS 304

MOC Tube: SS 304

32. E-2731 PG Product cooler


MOC Shell: SS 304

MOC Tube: SS 304

33. SR-2741 PG column Reflux drum Operating volume: 1.6 m

3

MOC: SS 304L

34. PC-2741 A/B PG column Reflux pump Capacity: 7.7 m

3/h


35. SR-2761 A/B PG Day drum Operating volume: 50.41 m

3

MOC: SS 304L

36. PC-2761 A/B PG Day drum pump Capacity: 48.5 m

3/h


37. C-2801 DPG distillation column Top: 0.95D x 15 mH

Sump: 0.6D x 1.8H = 0.55 m3

38. E-2801 DPG column reboiler


MOC Shell: SS 304

MOC Tube: SS 304

39. E-2811 DPG column vapour condenser


MOC Shell: SS 304

MOC Tube: SS 304

40. E-2821 DPG column bottom cooler


MOC Shell: SS 304

MOC Tube: SS 304

41. E-2831 DPG Product cooler


MOC Shell: SS 304

MOC Tube: SS 304

42. SR-2841 DPG column reflux drum Operating volume: 0.28 m

3

MOC: SS 304L

43. PC-2841 A/B DPG column reflux pump Capacity: 1.3 m

3/h


44. SR-2861 A/B DPG Day drum Operating volume: 4.31 m

3

MOC: SS 304L

45. PC-2861 A/B DPG Day drum pump Capacity: 4.7 m

3/h


46. PD-2801 A/B DPG column bottom pump Capacity: 0.2 m

3/h


47. SR-2751 DPG column buffer drum Operating volume: 11.7 m

3

MOC: SS 304L

48. PC-2751 A/B DPG column buffer drum pump

Capacity: 0.8 m3/h


49. SR-2601 Offspec drum Operating volume: 46.66 m

3

MOC: SS 304L

50. PC-2601 Offspec Product Re-cycle pump Capacity: 0.8 m

3/h


51. PC-2701 A/B PG column bottom pump Capacity: 0.9 m3/h

58


52. E-2931 TPG Product cooler


MOC Shell: SS 304

MOC Tube: SS 304

53. SR-2961 TPG Day drum Operating volume: 4.31 m

3

MOC: SS 304L

54. PC-2641 A/B Fourth Effect Evaporator bottom pump Capacity: 6.4 m

3/h


55. PC-2651 A/B Dryer Bottom pump Capacity: 5.9 m

3/h


c. Process flow diagram of proposed PG unit and utilities

60

ix. Hazard identification and Hazard identification

61

details of proposed safety

systems

1. ETHYLENE OXIDE

Ethylene Oxide Forms Explosive Mixtures with Air.

If involved in a fire, this product may emit irritating and potentially toxic fumes.

Vapours are heavier than air and may collect in low spots.

HAZARD STATEMENTS

Hazard Code falls for Ethylene Oxide Effects

H220 EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE GAS

H280 CONTAINS GAS UNDER PRESSURE; MAY EXPLODE IF HEATED

H315 + H320 CAUSES SKIN AND EYE IRRITATION

H319 CAUSES SERIOUS EYE IRRITATION

H317 MAY CAUSE AN ALLERGIC SKIN REACTION

H331 TOXIC IF INHALED

H335 MAY CAUSE RESPIRATORY IRRITATION

H340 MAY CAUSE GENETIC DEFECTS

H350 MAY CAUSE CANCER

H360 MAY DAMAGE FERTILITY OR THE UNBORN CHILD

H372 CAUSES DAMAGE TO ORGANS (NERVOUS SYSTEM, KIDNEYS) THROUGH PROLONGED

CGA-HG01 OR REPEATED EXPOSURE

CGA-HG04 MAY CAUSE FROSTBITE

CGA-HG11 MAY FORM EXPLOSIVE MIXTURES WITH AIR

POTENTIAL HEALTH HAZARD

Cancer and reproductive hazard

Toxic

Flammable liquefied gas

POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS

INHALATION:

Dry/sore throat.

Irritation of the respiratory tract.

Irritation of the nasal mucous membranes.

Central nervous system depression, Nausea, Vomiting, Headache, Dizziness, Disturbances of consciousness.

Exposure to High Concentrations: Disturbances of heart rate. Respiratory difficulties.

Following Symptoms may appear Later: Cramps/uncontrolled muscular contractions. Risk of lung oedema.

SKIN CONTACT:

Frostbites.

Tingling/irritation of the skin.

Following Symptoms may appear Later: Swelling of the skin. Red skin. Blisters. May stain the skin.

After Contact with Water: Caustic burns/corrosion of the skin.

EYE CONTACT:

Irritation of the eye tissue.

EXTINGUISHING MEDIA:

Carbon dioxide, Dry chemical, Water spray or fog.

NFPA RATING:

CHEMICAL FLASH POINT BOILING POINT NFPA RATING

62

HEALTH FIRE REACTIVITY

Ethylene Oxide -20 deg C 10.5 deg C 2 4 3

2. PROPYLENE OXIDE

Propylene Oxide - Extremely flammable liquid.

May cause reproductive and fetal effects. Potential cancer hazard.

Causes severe eye and skin irritation with possible burns.

Harmful if swallowed.

May be harmful if absorbed through the skin.

May cause allergic skin reaction.

Causes respiratory tract irritation.

TARGET ORGANS: Central nervous system, respiratory system, eyes, skin.

HAZARD STATEMENTS

Hazard Code falls for Propylene Oxide Effects

H224 EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE LIQUID AND VAPOUR

H302 HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED

H312 HARMFUL IN CONTACT WITH SKIN

H315 CAUSES SKIN IRRITATION

H319 CAUSES SERIOUS EYE IRRITATION

H332 HARMFUL IF INHALED

H335 MAY CAUSE RESPIRATORY IRRITATION

H340 MAY CAUSE GENETIC DEFECTS

H350 MAY CAUSE CANCER

POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS

EYE:

Produces irritation, burning sensation, redness, tearing, inflammation, and possible corneal injury.

SKIN: May cause skin sensitization, an allergic reaction, which becomes evident upon re-exposure to this material. Causes severe skin irritation and possible burns.

May lead to the formation of blisters.

INGESTION: Harmful if swallowed. Causes gastrointestinal irritation with nausea, vomiting and diarrhoea. May cause central nervous system depression,

characterized by excitement, followed by headache, dizziness, drowsiness, and nausea. Advanced stages may cause collapse, unconsciousness, coma and possible

death due to respiratory failure. Aspiration of material into the lungs may cause chemical pneumonitis, which may be fatal.

INHALATION: Inhalation of high concentrations may cause central nervous system effects characterized by nausea, headache, dizziness, unconsciousness and

coma. Causes respiratory tract irritation. Aspiration may cause respiratory swelling and pneumonitis. Vapours may cause dizziness or suffocation.

CHRONIC: Prolonged inhalation may cause respiratory tract inflammation and lung damage. Prolonged or repeated skin contact may cause dermatitis. May cause

cancer according to animal studies. May cause reproductive and fetal effects. Laboratory experiments have resulted in mutagenic effects. May cause heritable

genetic damage.

EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: Use water spray, fog, or alcohol-resistant foam.

NFPA RATING:



Propylene Oxide -37 deg C 34 deg C 3 4 2

3. LIQUID CHLORINE

Avoid Contact with Liquid and Vapour. May cause fire on contact with combustibles. Poisonous Gases are produced in Fires. Harmful to Aquatic Life in very low

Concentrations.

63

HAZARD STATEMENTS

Hazard Code falls for Liquid Chlorine Effects

H314 Causes severe skin burns and eye damage

H318 Causes serious eye damage

H400 Very toxic to aquatic life

H290 May be corrosive to metals

POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS:

AFTER INHALATION: Dry/sore throat, Coughing, Irritation of the respiratory tract, Irritation of the nasal mucous membranes, Exposure to High Concentrations:

Possible laryngeal spasm/oedema, Risk of lung oedema, Respiratory difficulties.

AFTER SKIN CONTACT: Caustic burns/corrosion of the skin, Burns

AFTER EYE CONTACT: Corrosion of the eye tissue, Permanent eye damage, Serious damage to eyes.

AFTER INGESTION: Vomiting, Burns to the gastric/intestinal mucosa, Possible esophageal perforation, Bleeding of the gastrointestinal tract, Disturbances of

consciousness. Following Symptoms may appear later: Tumours of the gastrointestinal tract, Burns.

CHRONIC SYMPTOMS: On Continuous/ Repeated Exposure/ Contact: Fall of hair, Skin rash/inflammation, Gastrointestinal complaints.

NFPA RATING:



Liquid Chlorine -- -- 3 0 0

4. PROPYLENE

Extremely flammable gas.

Contains gas under pressure; may explode if heated.

May displace oxygen and cause rapid suffocation.

May form explosive mixtures with air.

HAZARD STATEMENTS

Hazard Code falls for Propylene Effects

H220 EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE GAS

H220 CONTAINS GAS UNDER PRESSURE; MAY EXPLODE IF HEATED

H402 HARMFUL TO AQUATIC LIFE

H412 HARMFUL TO AQUATIC LIFE WITH LONG LASTING EFFECTS

OSHA-H01 MAY DISPLACE OXYGEN AND CAUSE RAPID SUFFOCATION

CGA-HG04 MAY FORM EXPLOSIVE MIXTURES WITH AIR

CGA-HG01 MAY CAUSE FROSTBITE

POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS:

INHALATION: Inhalation of high concentrations may cause central nervous system depression such as dizziness, drowsiness, headache, and similar narcotic

symptoms, but no long-term effects.

In high concentrations it will displace oxygen from the breathing atmosphere, particularly in confined spaces. Signs of asphyxiation will be noticed when oxygen is

reduced to below 16%

Symptoms may include rapid breathing and pulse rate, headache, dizziness, visual disturbances, mental confusion, incoordination, mood changes, muscular

weakness, tremors, cyanosis, narcosis and numbness of the extremities

Unconsciousness leading to central nervous system injury and possibly death will occur when the atmospheric oxygen concentration is reduced to about ≤8%.

SKIN CONTACT: Contact with gas/liquid escaping the container can cause frostbite and freeze burns.

EYE CONTACT:

Contact with gas/liquid escaping the container can cause frostbite, freeze burns, and permanent eye damage.

EXTINGUISHING MEDIA:

64

Carbon dioxide, Dry chemical, Water spray or fog.

NFPA RATING:



PROPYLENE -107.8 deg C -47.7 deg C 1 4 1

Following are the safety measures adopted in the plant and the same to be continued.

1. Digital Level Gauge and Level Indicator with alarm provided for High level (85% of Tank) to avoid overflow.

2. Sprinklers provided for storage tanks.

3. All safety and emergency inter-locks are in place and being checked before commencing operation.

4. Adequate Hydrocarbon and VOC detectors are installed on downwind direction based on the predominant wind direction

5. LDAR (Leak Detection and Repair) protocol are followed and recorded on regular basis.

6. Sufficient Foam and fire water quantity are maintained assuming double contingency scenario.

7. Flame proof electrical fittings are provided based on HAC (Hazardous Area Classification).

8. Operator training and retraining and Mock Drills are carried out regularly.

9. WPS (Work Permit System) are strictly enforced and are not be allowed to be circumvented.

10. Hoses are inspected and tested once in every three months.

11. Static protection and integrity of explosion proof equipment are ensured through regular inspection. Every electrical equipment and lighting features are

meeting explosion proof requirement, in classified area.

12. Smoking and carrying smoking material are strictly prohibited.

13. Earth link are connected to pump circuit before commencing tanker unloading/loading.

14. Safety Procedures and Do’s and Don’ts are displayed in handling and storage area.

15. Periodic inspection of Pipelines and painting are done to avoid corrosion and subsequent leak.

16. The Plant commissioning has an important role to ensure long term safety. Proper cleaning and flushing of the system are ensured in storage area and fire

hydrant system to avoid possible hold up of welding slag’s, bolts, nuts etc. which could hamper smooth operation.

17. The Environment team are trained on industrial hygiene and sampling /testing techniques.

x. Expansion/modernization

proposals:

c. Copy of all the Environmental

Clearance(s) including

Amendments thereto obtained for

the project from MOEF/SEIAA

shall be attached as an Annexure.

A certified copy of the latest

Monitoring Report of the Regional

Office of the Ministry of

Environment and Forests as per

circular dated 30th May, 2012 on

the status of compliance of

conditions stipulated in all the

existing environmental clearances

including Amendments shall be

provided. In addition, status of

compliance of Consent to Operate

Expansion proposal:

The details regarding earlier Environmental Clearance tabulated below

S.No. MoEF File No. Units Date of

Issue Status of Project Status of Compliance

1. J-11011/156/2008-IA(II)

Propylene Oxide

Propylene Glycol

Polyol

07.05.2008 Commissioned Complied

2. J-11011/156/2008-IA-II(I)

EC for Expansion of

Propylene Glycol

plant by 50000

MTPA

Ongoing Applied Now --

Copy of earlier EC issued vide File No. J-11011/156/2008-IA(II) dated 7th

May, 2008 enclosed as Annexure – 1.

Certified EC compliance report issued by the MoEF & CC, Regional Office, Chennai enclosed as Annexure – 20.

S.No. Latest CTO No. Date of issue Valid till

65

for the ongoing existing operation

of the project from SPCB shall be

attached with the EIA-EMP report.

d. In case the existing project has not

obtained environmental clearance,

reasons for not taking EC under the

provisions of the EIA Notification

1994 and/or EIA Notification

2006 shall be provided. Copies of

Consent to Establish/No Objection

Certificate and Consent to Operate

(in case of units operating prior to

EIA Notification 2006, CTE and

CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained

from the SPCB shall be submitted.

Further, compliance report to the

conditions of consents from the

SPCB shall be submitted.

1. Air Consent order No. 2108231941933 03.09.2021 31.03.2022

2. Water Consent order No. 2108131941933 03.09.2021 31.03.2022

4. Site Details

i. Location of the project site

covering village,

Taluka/Tehsil, District and

State, Justification for

selecting the site, whether

other sites were considered

The project site is situated at Survey. No 1/6, 1/8, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30/3 and 31, Sathangadu Village, Manali Industrial Area, Manali, Chennai – 600 068,

Ambattur Taluk, Thiruvallur district, Tamil Nadu State.

The proposed propylene glycol unit will be built near the existing Propylene Glycol plant to utilize the utility nearby. Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II has

spread over a total area of 17.632 Ha, including about 2.092 Ha for connecting roads and about 4.8341 Ha of vacant land. Since the proposed project is expansion

within the existing facility, no alternative sites were considered.

66

ii. A toposheet of the study

area of radius of 10km and

site location on

1:50,000/1:25,000 scale

on an A3/A2 sheet.

(including all eco-sensitive

areas and environmentally

sensitive places)

Topomap of the study area in 1:50000 scale

No notified Eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places within 10km radius from the project boundary.

Topo map in 1:50,000 scale for the study area on an A3 sheet including environmental sensitive areas/ eco-sensitive areas is given in Chapter 3, Section 3.2

Figure 3.2 of EIA report.

iii. Details w.r.t. option

analysis for selection of site

The proposed propylene glycol unit will be built near the existing Propylene Glycol plant to utilize the utility nearby. Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II has

spread over a total area of 17.632Ha, including about 2.092Ha for connecting roads and about 4.8341Ha of vacant land. Since the proposed project is expansion

within the existing facility, no alternative sites were considered.

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of S.No. Co-ordinates of all four corners of the site

67

all four corners of the site Latitude (N) Longitude (E)

1. 13° 9'13.80" 80°16'14.46"

2. 13° 9'14.99" 80°16'27.01"

3. 13° 9'1.02" 80°16'26.28"

4. 13° 8'57.75" 80°16'14.63"

v. Google map-Earth Google map Earth downloaded of the project site

68

downloaded of the project

site

vi. Layout maps indicating

existing unit as well as

proposed unit indicating

storage area, plant

area, greenbelt area,

utilities etc. If located

within an Industrial

area/Estate/Complex,

layout of Industrial Area

indicating location of unit

The layout indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc is appended in Chapter 2, Section 2.9, Figure 2-16 of EIA report and the layout including

existing unit as well as proposed unit enclosed as Annexure-6.

The project site is situated in Manali industrial area.

Layout of industrial area indicating location of unit within the industrial area is given below and the full layout is attached in

Annexure-43.

69

within the Industrial

area/Estate.

vii. Photographs of the Photographs of Existing facility

70

proposed and existing (if

applicable) plant site. If

existing, show photographs

of plantation/greenbelt, in

particular.

Photographs of Proposed Site-1

71

Photographs of Proposed Site-2

Photos of Plantation/Greenbelt in particular

73

viii. Landuse break-up of total

land of the project site

(identified and acquired),

government/private -

agricultural, forest,

wasteland, water bodies,

settlements, etc shall be

included. (not required for

industrial area)

Classification of land use of Project Site: Builtup, Urban (As per Bhuvan 2011-12).

Description Existing (Hectares) Proposed

(Hectares) After Expansion (Hectares) Percentage (%)

Plant area 7.94 0.374* 8.314 47.15%

Roads 2.092 0 2.092 11.86%

Green belt 2.7659 0 2.7659 15.69%

Vacant Land 4.8341 -0.374 4.4601 25.30%

Total Land 17.632 0 17.632 100.00%

*Proposed PG plant area of 0.374 hectare is part of the existing vacant land (4.8341 hectares). So, no additional land acquisition is identified.

ix. A list of major industries

with name and type within

study area (10km radius)

shall be incorporated. Land

use details of the study area

List of major industries within the study area (10 km radius)

S. No. Industries Distance (~ km) Direction

1. Balmer Lawrie & Co. Ltd Adjacent to Site N

2. Kothari Petrochemicals Limited 0.14 N

3. Cetex Petrocemicals Limited 0.19 W

4. Indian Oil Corporation Limited- Tondairpet

Terminal

0.93 SE

5. Madras Fertilizer Limited 1.08 N

6. Manali Petrochemical Limited Plant-I 1.93 N

7. Tamilnadu Petroproducts Limited 1.98 N

8. Indian Additives Limited 2.04 NNE

x. Geological features and a. Geological features

74

Geo-hydrological status of

the study area shall be

included

The geological formation of the study area is entirely alluvium/Laterite.

b. Geo-hydrological status

The Geo-hydrological formation of study area in which the condition of ground water is discontinuous, thin and unconfined to semi-confined.

Further detailed Geological features and Geo-hydrological status is provided in Chapter 3, Section 3.4 and Section 3.4.1 of EIA report.

xi. Details of Drainage of the

project upto 5km radius of

study area. If the site is

within 1 km radius of any

major river, peak and lean

season river discharge as

well as flood occurrence

frequency based on peak

rainfall data of the past 30

years. Details of Flood

Level of the project site and

maximum Flood Level of

the river shall also be

provided. (mega green field

projects)

Drainage Map showing the study area

Buckingham canal is one of the major canals running from North to South towards the project site at a distance of 0.84km (ESE).

Korttalaiyar (Kosisttalaiyar) River originates near Pallipattu in Thiruvallur district and drains into the Bay of Bengal is flowing from West to East towards the

project site at a distance of 2.72km (NNE).

Kuvam (Cooum) River originates near Kesavaram Dam and drains into the Bay of Bengal is also flowing from West to East towards the project site at a distance of

7.65km(S).

Bay of Bengal is located at a distance of 2.94km (ESE) from the project site.

Puzhal lake (Red Hills) is one of the rain-fed reservoirs from where water is drawn for supply to Chennai City. It is located at a distance of 8.35km (W) from the

project site.

Details of drainage of the project upto 5 km of the study area:

S.No. Description Distance (~ km) Direction

75

Coastal Zone

1. Bay of Bengal 2.93 ESE

Lakes

2. Sattangadu Lake 0.17 W

3. Lake near Sekkadu 2.33 WNW

4. Periyathoppu Lake 2.46 NW

5. Kadappakkam Lake 5.06 NNW

6. Madavaram Eri/Retteri Lake 5.85 W

7. Pulal/Red Hills Lake 8.35 W

River

8. Korttalaiyar/ Kosisttalaiyar R 2.72 NNE

9. Cooum/Kuvam R 7.65 S

10. Adyar River 13.80 S

Nala

11. Otteri Nala 4.69 S

Canal

12. Buckingham Canal 0.84 ESE

13. Kodungaiyur Canal 1.90 SW

14. Captain Cotton Canal 2.44 S

15. Korattur Eri Canal 7.24 W

16. Canal near Padiyanallur 11.31 WNW

Details of major river, peak and lean season river present within 1Km radius of the study area

There is no major river present within the study area.

xii. Status of acquisition of

land. If acquisition is not

complete, stage of the

acquisition process and

expected time of complete

possession of the land

Land acquisition is not required as the proposed expansion is within the existing facility.

Land Documents are enclosed as Annexure - 5

xiii. R&R details in respect of

land in line with state

Government policy

Not applicable.

The project site is located within the existing land area.

5. Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable)

i. Permission and approval for

the use of forest land

(forestry clearance), if any,

and recommendations of

the State Forest

Department. (if applicable)

Not Applicable.


ii. Landuse map based on

High resolution satellite

imagery (GPS) of the

proposed site delineating

the forestland (in case of

Not Applicable.


76

projects involving forest

land more than 40 ha)

iii. Status of Application

submitted for obtaining the

stage I forestry clearance

along with latest status shall

be submitted.

Not Applicable.


iv. The projects to be located

within 10 km of the

National Parks, Sanctuaries,

Biosphere Reserves,

Migratory Corridors of

Wild Animals, the project

proponent shall submit the

map duly authenticated by

Chief Wildlife Warden

showing these features vis-

à-vis the project location

and the recommendations

or comments of the Chief

Wildlife Warden-thereon

Not Applicable.


v. Wildlife Conservation Plan

duly authenticated by the

Chief Wildlife Warden of

the State Government for

conservation of Schedule I

fauna, if any exists in the

study area

Not Applicable.


vi. Copy of application

submitted for clearance

under the Wildlife

(Protection) Act, 1972, to

the Standing Committee of

the National Board for

Wildlife

Not Applicable.


6. Environmental status

i. Determination of

atmospheric inversion level

at the project site and site-

The details are given in Chapter 3, Section 3.9 of EIA report.

77

specific micro-

meteorological data using

temperature, relative

humidity, hourly wind

speed and direction

and rainfall

ii. AAQ data (except

monsoon) at 8 locations for

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX,

CO and other parameters

relevant to the project shall

be collected. The

monitoring stations shall be

based CPCB guidelines and

take into account the pre-

dominant wind direction,

population zone

and sensitive receptors

including reserved forests.

AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project are collected. The monitoring stations are

identified based on CPCB guidelines and the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone, sensitive receptors including reserved forests are considered for

monitoring. The baseline air quality of the study area, Eight (08) monitoring locations have been identified as per Indian Meteorological data. Baseline monitoring

was conducted during study period 27th December 2021 to 27th March 2022.

The minimum and maximum baseline levels of PM10 (32 – 82 µg/m³), PM2.5 (15 – 38 µg/m³), SO2 (5 –33µg/m³), NO2(17 – 59 µg/m³), CO (1.2-4 mg/m³).

The nearest CPCB AAQ monitoring station is Manali-Chennai and TNPCB AAQ monitoring station is Manali-Village in which the average value of two station

during the study period is: PM10 (45 µg/m³), PM2.5 (29.53 µg/m³), SO2(7.37 µg/m³), NO2(20 µg/m³) and CO (1.06 mg/m³).

AAQ monitoring locations detail are provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.9.1.1 and monitoring results are provided in the Section 3.9.1.2 of EIA report.

iii. Raw data of all AAQ

measurement for 12 weeks

of all stations as per

frequency given in the

NAQQM Notification of

Nov. 2009 along with -

min., max., average and

98% values for each of the

AAQ parameters from data

of all AAQ stations should

be provided as an annexure

to the EIA Report.

Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAAQM notification of Nov. 2009 along with- min-max, average and

98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations are provided as Annexure - 21.

78

iv. Surface water quality of

nearby River (100m

upstream and downstream

of discharge point)

and other surface drains at

eight locations as per

CPCB/MoEF&CC

guidelines.

Parameters Unit Cooum river

(upstream)

Buckingham

canal (upstream)

Cooum river

(downstream)

Buckingham canal

(downstream)

Madhavaram Eri Kosasthalai

river

Puzhal

lake

Retteri

pH - 7.56 7.5 6.96 7.87 7.14 7.2 7.89 7.79

Electrical

Conductivity

µs/cm 3618 4210 2925 4960 2060 261 1067 1042

Turbidity NTU 45 5.2 28 6.5 15.5 4.2 3 6

Total Dissolved

Solids

mg/l 2065 2836 1965 3026 1390 168 710 655

Total Suspended

Solids

mg/L 75 156 68 216 10.1 10 10 10

Total Hardness mg/L 745 790 712 825 668 93 265 245

Calcium Hardness

as CaCo3

mg/L 430 146 386 170 107 26 128 116

Magnesium

Hardness as MgCo3

mg/L 315 104 285 146 97.3 6.9 65.8 49.4

Calcium Ca mg/L 172 1222 165 1765 435 22.6 54 51

Magnesium Mg mg/L 76.9 165 64.8 182 162 5.8 32 28.6

Chloride

Cl

mg/L 656 227 586 325 210 75 160 176

Sulphte SO4 mg/L 189 0.21 176 0.45 BQL(LOQ:0.1) BQL(LOQ:0.1) 152 150

Total Alkalinity mg/L 520 85 480 105 65 8.5 195 218

Iron Fe mg/L 0.52 0.95 0.48 0.97 0.21 BQL(LOQ:0.2) 0.27 0.36

Silica SiO2 mg/L 39.2 1008 29.6 1247 340 18.2 9.65 10

Sodium Na mg/L 517 141 487 175 94 2.9 80 94

Potassium K mg/L 95.2 11.5 87.2 13 11.5 4.2 9 12

Fluorides F mg/L BQL(LOQ:0.2

)

104 BQL(LOQ:0.2) 113 9.4 BQL(LOQ:2) 0.21 0.22

Nitrate NO3 mg/L 19.1 319 14.6 342 35.2 8.5 1.98 1.32

Chemical Oxygen

Demand

mg/L 77.3 0.5 63.5 1.2 4.2 5.5 32 38

Biological Oxygen

Demand

mg/L 22.1 900 19.7 865 22 7 8.26 9.86

Total Kjedhal

Nitrogen

mg/L 23.4 11 18.4 13 7 <2 27 42

Dissolved Oxygen mg/L BQL(LOQ:2) 5.2 BQL(LOQ:2) 5.5 15.5 4.2 5.5 4.5

Surface water quality of nearby river and other surface drains at eight location as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines are collected & analyzed and the details are

provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.8.2, Table 3-9 of EIA report.

v. Whether the site falls near

to polluted stretch of river

identified by the

CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes

give details.

No Polluted stretch of river identified as per CPCB within 10km radius from the project site.

vi. Ground water monitoring at

minimum at 8 locations

shall be included.

Ground water monitoring results at 8 locations

Parameter Range of Results Standard Limit

Acceptable Limit Permissible Limit

pH 6.78 – 7.82 6.5 – 8.5 No Relaxation

79

Total Dissolved

Solids (TDS) 795 mg/L – 2802 mg/L 500 mg/L 2000 mg/L

Fluoride 0.37 mg/L – 0.49 mg/L 1 mg/L 1.5 mg/L

Hardness 308 mg/L - 877 mg/L 200 mg/L 600 mg/L

Ground water monitoring at minimum 8 locations are collected & analyzed. Further detailed Ground water monitoring results were provided in the Chapter 3,

Section 3.8.1, Table 3-8 of EIA report.

vii. Noise levels monitoring at

8 locations within the study

area.

Noise levels monitoring results at 8 locations within the study area

Site Day Time (dB(A)) Night Time (dB(A))

Results Standards Results Standards

Industrial Areas (Project site) 63 75 56 70

Commercial Areas 51 - 58 65 40 – 46 55

Residential Area 42 - 48 55 34 - 39 45

Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area are collected & analyzed. Further detailed Noise level monitoring results were provided in the

Chapter 3, Section 3.10, Table 3-13 & 3-14 of EIA report.

viii. Soil Characteristic as per

CPCB guidelines

Soil characteristics as per CPCB guidelines

The pH of the soil samples ranged from 6.72 to 8.15, indicating the soils are neutral to moderately alkaline in nature.

Conductivity of the soil samples ranged from 0.133 to 1.96 µs/cm.

Nitrogen content ranged from 0.01 meq/100 g to 0.025 meq/100 g kg/ha.

Phosphorous ranged from 10 meq/100 g to 45 meq/100 g.

Potassium content ranges from 6.39 mg/kg to 86 mg/kg.

Further detailed Soil characteristics are analyzed as per CPCB guidelines are provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.11 Table 3-16 of EIA report.

ix. Traffic study of the area,

type of vehicles, frequency

of vehicles for

transportation of materials,

additional traffic due to

proposed project, parking

arrangement etc.

Traffic study is carried out including type and frequency of vehicles, transportation of materials and additional traffic due to the proposed project based on IRC:106-

1990- Guideline for capacity of urban road in plain area. Details are given in Chapter 3, Section 3.14of EIA report. The existing parking arrangements are

sufficient for the proposed project.

S. No. Type of Vehicle Existing

Vehicles Existing PCU

Proposed

Vehicles

Proposed

PCU

Total Vehicles after

project

implementation

PCU factors

IRC (SP 41)

Total PCU after

project

implementation

1. Motor cycles or Scooters

etc. 325 243.75 19 14.25 344 0.75 258

2. Three Wheelers/Auto

Rickshaw 112 224 3 3.6 115 2.0 227.6

3. Four Wheelers/Cars 120 120 6 6 126 1.0 126

4. Truck/Bus 340 1258 25 92.5 365 3.7 1350.5

5. Agricultural Tractor 3 12 0 0 3 4.0 12

6. Light commercial vehicle 62 86.8 2 2.8 64 1.4 89.6

Total 958 1944.55 55 119.15 1013 12.85 2063.7

Traffic Volume after Implementation of the Project

For the Road Volume of Volume (V) Capacity (C) V/C LOS Category* Traffic Classification

80

Traffic Ratio

Existing 958 1944.55 3600 0.54 “B” Stable Traffic Flow

After implementation 1013 2063.7 3600 0.57 “B” Stable Traffic Flow

*LOS categories are A-Free Flow, B- Stable Traffic Flow, C- Restricted Flow, D- High Density flow, E- Unstable flow, F- Forced or breakdown flow

Due to proposed project there will be slight increment in the vehicle movement but the level of service (LOS) anticipated will be Stable Traffic flow.

x. Detailed description of flora

and fauna (terrestrial and

aquatic) existing in the

study area shall be given

with special reference to

rare, endemic and

endangered species. If

ScheduleI fauna are found

within the study area, a

Wildlife Conservation Plan

shall be prepared and

furnished.

Flora and Fauna study is carried out found within the 10 km radius study area and the details are provided in Chapter 3, Section 3.12 of EIA report.

a. Flora

The IUCN status of the List of plant species found in each quadrant is Least Concern.

b. Fauna

The IUCN status of the List of fauna species found in each quadrat is Least Concern.

xi. Socio-economic status of

the study area

Socio-economic status of the study area

The average literacy rate of the study area is 75 %.

Summary of Socio-economic indicators within the study area are shown below

S. No. Indicator Percentage (%)

1. People below age 18 38

2. People age limit above 18 62

3. Literates 75

4. Illiterates 25

5. % of people employed in company 50

6. % of people self employed 43

7. % of people seasonally employed 3

8. % of people unemployed 4

9. % of houses covered with LPG Cooking gas 80

10. % of houses covered with toilet facility 70

11. % of houses covered with piped water supply 60

7. Impact and Environmental Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level

concentration of pollutants

from the stack emission

based on site-specific

meteorological features. In

case the project is located

The ground level concentration of pollutants (PM10, SO2, NOx & CO) using AERMOD software were assessed and presented in Chapter 4 Section 4.2.1 of EIA

report.

AERMOD Software Version 8.0.5 was used for air dispersion modeling and is applicable to a wide range of buoyant or neutrally buoyant emissions up to a range of

10 km. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of the project site are shown in GLCs for proposed is given in Chapter 4

Section 4.2.1 of EIA report

Total Maximum GLCs from the Stack Emissions including transportation

81

on a hilly terrain, the AQIP

Modelling shall be done

using inputs of the specific

terrain characteristics for

determining the potential

impacts of the project on

the AAQ. Cumulative

impact of all sources of

emissions (including

transportation) on the AAQ

of the area shall be

assessed. Details of the

model used and the input

data used for modelling

shall also be provided. The

air quality contours shall be

plotted on a location map

showing the location of

project site, habitation

nearby, sensitive receptors,

if any.

Pollutant

Max. Base line

Concentration

(µg/m3)

Location of Max.

Baseline concentration

Estimated

Incremental

concentration

(µg/m3)

Total concentration

(µg/m3)

NAAQ standard

(µg/m3)

% Increase

PM 10 82 Tondiarpet 0.22 82.22 100 0.26

SOX 33 Tondiarpet 2.5 35.5 80 7.04

NOX 59 Project Site 7.74 66.74 80 11.5

CO 0.004 Site & 8 7.76 7.764 4000 99

ii. Water Quality modelling -

in case of discharge in

water body

The existing and proposed effluent/sewage disposal into deep sea is 2466 KLD and 105 KLD respectively along with that 16KLD of sewage will be reused for

green belt. On total, 2556 KLD will be discharged into deep sea and it is observed to be within the discharge approval limit of 8000 KLD as per the CRZ clearance

11-20/2009-IA.III dated 03.07.2009 and its amendment 11-20/2009-IA.III dated 03.06.2011 and within 2574 KLD as per Consent order issued by TNPCB which is

enclosed as Annexure – 2.

The Effluent discharge pipeline drawing is enclosed as Annexure – 15.

The Water Quality Modeling for the effluent discharged to deep sea from the Pipe line is enclosed as Annexure - 16. The CRZ Clearance for the same is enclosed

as Annexure - 10 and its latest compliance report is enclosed as Annexure - 14. NIOT has carried out MIA study in 2020 as part of NGT Joint – committee and

the report is enclosed as Annexure - 22.

iii. Impact of the transport of

the raw materials and end

products on the surrounding

environment shall be

assessed and provided. In

this regard, options for

transport of raw materials

and finished products and

wastes (large quantities) by

rail or rail-cum road

transport or conveyor cum-

rail transport shall be

Material Handling, Storage and Transportation

S. No. Raw Material Quantity Unit Source Mode of Transport

1. Propylene Oxide 44646 MTPA In-house, MPL-Plant – I, TPL

In-house distributed

through pipeline.

From other sources

through tankers.

2. R - LNG 33000 SCM/day IOCL LNG Terminal, Ennore Proposed pipeline of

IOCL

S. No. End product/By-product Quantity Unit Source Mode of Transport

1. Propylene Glycol 50000 MTPA End product Road

82

examined 2. Di-Propylene Glycol 6588 MTPA End By-product Road

3. Tri-Propylene Glycol 842 MTPA End By-product Road

Hazardous chemicals are stored in closed tanks with appropriate blanketing systems.

All transfers from tanks are being done through pumps in closed pipelines.

The loading of finished products to trucks and drums is done through automated filling systems with overflow protections.

All key raw materials are charged to the reactors through closed pipeline systems and ejector systems are used for solid handling.

iv. A note on treatment of

wastewater from different

plant operations, extent

recycled and reused

for different purposes shall

be included. Complete

scheme of effluent

treatment. Characteristics

of untreated and treated

effluent to meet the

prescribed standards of

discharge under E(P) Rules

a. Waste water Management

Description Existing (KLD) Proposed (KLD) After Expansion (KLD)

Effluent generation 2451 105 2556

ETP capacity 3600 - 3600

Sewage generation 15 1 16

STP capacity - 20 20

Reuse of Treated

Effluent

1. The treated water quantity of 16 KLD, generated from proposed STP will be reused in green belt

2. The total Source of water itself is the treated water from CMWSSB.

Existing

Total raw water requirement of the existing facility is 3247 KLD (Source- Treated Water from CMWSSB) .There is no fresh water used in the process. Approx.

2451 KLD of effluent and 15 KLD of Sewage is generated in the existing facility. On total, 2466 KLD is disposed to Deep Sea after treatment.

Proposed

Total raw water requirement of the proposed facility will be 810 KLD (Source- Tertiary Treated RO Water from CMWSSB). There will be no fresh water to be used

in the process. Approx. 105 KLD of effluent and 1 KLD of Sewage will be generated in the proposed facility. On total, 105 KLD will be disposed to Deep Sea after

treatment and 1KLD will be reused to green belt.

Total Sewage water will be treated in the STP and will be reused in green belt development.

b. Characteristics of untreated Effluent (Existing)

S. No. Parameter Unit Inlet to ETP - Results

1. BOD@20°C for 5 days mg/L 307

2. Calcium as Ca mg/L 14589

3. Chloride as Cl mg/L 25592

4. COD mg/L 1512

5. Fluoride as F mg/L 0.78

6. Hexavalent Chromium as Cr6+ mg/L BDL (DL 0.01)

7. Oil & Grease -- 8

8. pH@ 25°C mg/L 11.29

9. Phenolic compound (as C6H5OH) mg/L BDL (DL 0.1)

10. Phosphate as PO4 mg/L 5.79

11. Sulphate as SO4 mg/L 309.8

12. Sulphide as S mg/L 3.2

13. Total Chromium as Cr mg/L 0.063

14. Total Dissolved Solids @ 180°C mg/L 44504

15. Total Residual Chlorine mg/L BDL (DL 0.1)

16. Total suspended solids @ 105°C mg/L 81

c. Characteristics of Treated Effluent (Existing)

83

S. No. Characteristics Unit ETP outlet - Results Standard specification by

TNPCB

1. pH -- 6.32 5.5 - 9.0

2. Oil & Grease mg/L 8 20 Max.

3. BOD (5 days) @ 20 deg C mg/L 49 100 Max.

4. COD mg/L 236 250 Max.

5. Sulphate mg/L 206 1000 Max.

6. Chloride mg/L 26792 --

7. Total Suspended Solids mg/L 88 100 Max.

8. Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 43656 --

9. Total Residual Chlorine mg/L BDL (DL 0.1) 1 Max.

10. Phosphate mg/L 2.26 --

11. Calcium mg/L 14749 --

12. Total Chromium mg/L 0.069 2 Max.

13. Hexavalent Chromium mg/L BDL (DL 0.01) 1 Max.

14.

Phenolic compounds

mg/L BDL (DL 0.1) 5 Max.

d. Characteristics of Untreated Effluent to be generated from the proposed project (RO Rejects)

S. No. Characteristics Unit Expected result

1. pH -- 7.5 – 9.0

2. BOD (5 days) @ 20 deg C mg/L 5 - 25

3. COD mg/L 40 - 100

4. Chloride mg/L 6000

5. Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 15000

The effluent treatment scheme is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.21 of EIA report.

Wastewater treatment and disposal details are provided in the Chapter 10, Section 10.6.4 of EIA report.

v. Details of stack emission

and action plan for control

of emissions to meet

standards.

S. No. Proposed Stack

Details

Co-ordinates of Stack Stack Details Emission per Stack (g/s)

N E Type of

Fuel

Flue gas

Flow rate

(Nm3/h)

PM10 SO2 NOX CO

1.

Boiler – E

30 TPH (Common

stack for three

boilers)

13o9’12.16” 80

o16’15.97” R - LNG 24250

-

0.00367

0.856

0.513

Boiler - C 10 TPH with Economiser + Boiler - D 21 TPH with Economiser will be standby boiler for boiler-E with a common stack.

Total (g/s) - 0.00367 0.856 0.513

Note:

1. Furnace Oil will be replaced with R-LNG for existing boilers. R-LNG will be used as fuel for proposed 30TPH boiler and this leads to reduction in emission.

No process emissions are envisaged. Hence, no additional stack is proposed for the proposed expansion since the existing stack is found to be sufficient to

handle proposed emission. The existing FO will be replaced with LNG of 33000 SCM/Day after expansion.


Details of action plan for control of emissions:

Usage of R-LNG as fuel instead of Furnace Oil in boiler after expansion

84

All the hydrocarbon safety valve discharge is connected to flare system.

All the process and product tanks blanketed with Nitrogen.

In the MOL Plant a dust scrubber has been installed.

Further details of stack emission is given in Chapter 4 Section 4.5.4 and the air pollution control measures are given in Chapter-2, Section 2.19 Table 2-27 of

EIA report.

vi. Measures for fugitive

emission control

Details of action plan for control of emissions.

Provision of double mechanical seals in all the hydrocarbon pumps for prevention of fugitive emissions.

All the tanks will be under Nitrogen blanketing

Purge gas is used in boiler as fuel and not let out.

Monitoring of fugitive emissions from Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II with the help of VOC (Volatile Organic Carbon), analyzers is being done. Thus

observed leaks are identified and rectified. And the same will be continued after the proposed expansion.

Further details are provided in Chapter 10, Section 10.6.1.

vii. Details of hazardous waste

generation and their

storage, utilization and

management. Copies

of MOU regarding

utilization of solid and

hazardous waste in cement

plant shall also be

included. EMP shall

include the concept of

waste-minimization,

recycle/reuse/recover

techniques, Energy

conservation, and natural

resource conservation.

Hazardous waste materials will be properly disposed as per the Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules 2016; Hazardous

Waste Authorization already available for 4.0 KL/Annum of spent oil. Existing authorized quantity is sufficient to accommodate additional proposed quantity. The

Hazardous Waste Authorization obtained from TNPCB enclosed as Annexure – 11.

Existing and proposed Hazardous waste generation

S. No. Details of

Waste

Schedule as

per HWM

rules

Unit

Quantity Physical

status Storage Disposal


Expansion Approval

1.

Waste lube

oil

generated

from Rotary

equipment –

Spent Oil

5.1 KL/Annum 1.38 0.5 1.88 4.0 Oily MS drums

Disposed

through

TNPCB

authorized

recyclers

2.

ETP

Secondary

Clarifier

Bottom

Sludge

35.3 T/Annum 110 NIL* 110 110 Solid

Concrete

floored

covered

shed

Common

TSDF

Landfill

facility

Existing and proposed Non-Hazardous waste generation

S. No. Details of Waste

Quantity (TPA)

Storage and Disposal Existing Proposed

After

Expansion

1. Milk of Lime (MOL) Plant rejects 1365.1

(Dry Basis) --

1365.1

(Dry Basis)

Being used for Building Construction as weather proofing

and for filling low lying areas

2. Lime sludge from Solid separation unit

(RVDF)

2135.25

(Dry Basis) --

2135.25

(Dry Basis) Given to brick manufacturers

Further details provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.16and Section 2.17 of EIA report.

Lime Sludge from Solid Separation unit (RVDF) are given to brick manufacturers, filling low lying areas and the analysis report of RVDF sludge is enclosed as

Annexure - 23.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash

shall be ensured as per Fly

Ash Notification, 2009. A

R-LNG will be used as fuel in the boiler; hence there is no fly ash generation.

85

detailed plan of action shall

be provided.

ix. Action plan for the green

belt development plan in 33

% area i.e. land with not

less than 1,500 trees per ha.

Giving details of species,

width of plantation,

planning schedule etc. shall

be included. The green belt

shall be around the project

boundary and a scheme for

greening of the roads used

for the project shall also be

incorporated.

Due to lesser area availability within the site for green belt development, permission was obtained from Greater Chennai Corporation (GCC) and Vilangadupakkam

Panchayat (Puzhal Union) for green belt development in their lands to an extent of 4.4322 hectares at 4 different locations nearby the project site and green belt

cover development completed and complied 40% green belt cover as per CEPI conditions. The breakup of green belt development given below.

S. No. Location Allocated area

(Hectares)

Green belt area

(Hectares)

Percentage of

Green belt (%) No. of Trees planted

1.

MPL – Plant – II

(within premises) –

Already completed

1.96 1.96 11.12 % 3100

2.

MPL – Plant – II

(within premises) –

Recently completed

0.8059 0.8059 4.57 % 1300

3.

Land allocated by

Vilangadupakkam

Panchayat,

Puzhal Union

6.07 3.5 19.85 % 5600

4.

V.C.N. Salai,

Vadaperumbakkam

(GCC allocated land)

0.4122 0.4122 2.33 % 660

5.

Thyagi Viswanathadoss

Nagar, SITE – 1


0.3028 0.3028 1.72 % 480

6.

Thyagi Viswanathadoss

Nagar,SITE – 2


0.2172 0.2172 1.23 % 350

TOTAL 7.1981 40.82 % 11490

The details of cost incurred for Green belt development in an area of 5.2381 hectares (29.70 %) to comply the Green belt cover as per CEPI condition is mentioned

in the Table below:

S. No. Description Details

1. Additional area of Green Belt (Ha.) developed to

comply Green belt cover as per CEPI condition

5.2381 hectares



(Green belt cover in land allocated by Vilangadupakkam Panchayat,

Puzhal Union : 3.5 hectares)

2. Additional Green belt cover in terms of Percentage

of total project site area (%)

29.70 %



(Land allocated in Vilangadupakkam Panchayat, Puzhal Union: 19.85 %)

3. No. of Plants 8390

4. Funds Spent INR 22,65,300

Further details are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.18 of EIA report.

x. Action plan for rainwater

harvesting measures at

plant site shall be submitted

to harvest rainwater from

Around 103.3KL/hr of runoff harvested for 1 hr of rainfall. In Existing, the rainwater harvesting is collected by roof top method from Drumming shed and redirected

to rainwater harvesting pit to recharge the groundwater table. The same method will be adopted after expansion. Existing and Proposed Rainwater Harvesting

Layout is enclosed as Annexure - 24.

86

the roof tops and storm

water drains to recharge the

ground water and also to

use for the various activities

at the project site to

conserve fresh water and

reduce the water

requirement from other

sources

It is proposed to install 4 Nos. of RWH pits within the Plant – II site. The rain water collected from the roofs of respective buildings passed on to respective RWH

pits layered with sand, pebbles and gravel. In the pit, collected rain water percolates through this bed to the land beneath thus increasing and sustaining the ground

water level.

Further details are given in Chapter 10, Section 10.6.3.1 of EIA Report.

xi. Total capital cost and

recurring cost/annum for

environmental pollution

control measures

shall be included.

Existing EMP cost breakup utilized

S. No Equipment Recurring cost (lakhs)

1. Air Pollution Control INR 40 lakhs

2. Water Pollution Control INR 480 lakhs

3. Solid Waste Management INR 5 lakhs

4. Green Belt and Maintenance cost INR 7.00 lakhs

5. Occupational Health and Safety INR 84 lakhs

6. Environmental Monitoring & Management INR 8 lakhs

TOTAL INR 226.73 lakhs

Capital cost and Recurring cost /annum for environmental pollution control measures

S. No Equipment Capital cost (lakhs)

(Proposed)

Recurring cost (lakhs) per Annum

(After Expansion)

1 Air Pollution Control 1200 40

2 Water Pollution Control 204 540

3 Solid waste management 0 5

4 Storm Water and RWH Management 7 0

5 Occupational health and safety 0 84

6 Environmental monitoring and

management 0 8

TOTAL 1411 677

xii. Action plan for post-project

environmental monitoring

shall be submitted.

Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring

S. No. Particulars Frequency of monitoring Parameters of monitoring

1.

Air Pollution monitoring

Ambient air quality within the

premises Once in a month PM, SO2, NOX, NO2, CO, VOC

Ambient air quality within the

premises Once in a month All 12 parameters as given in NAAQS

Ambient air quality at 1 location in

Prevalent Down Wind Direction Once in a month All 12 parameters as given in NAAQS

Ambient air quality at 1 location in Up

Wind Direction Once in a month All 12 parameters as given in NAAQS

Stack monitoring Continuous SPM, SO2, NO2 ,CO, CO2 and O2

2. Noise monitoring

At two locations within the premises Once in a month Noise Levels in dB(A)

87

3. Soil quality monitoring

One location near Hazardous waste

storage area at site and one location

outside site

Once in a year Physicochemical properties, Nutrients,

Heavy metals as per IS 2720 (All Parts)

4. Effluent quality monitoring

Inlet and outlet of ETP

Twice a month for Inlet/Outlet of ETP.

Continuous monitoring of ETP outlet

for pH, Temperature, Flow, TSS, COD

& BOD.

pH, Temperature, TDS, TSS, Chloride,

Sulphide, Sulphate, fluoride, Phenolic

compounds, Oil and Grease, BOD,

COD, Total Residual Chlorine,

Calcium, Total Chromium, Hexavalent

Chromium, Phosphates. All the

Parameters are to be verified as per

CPCB

5. Workplace Monitoring

Noise – Once in a month VOC

Continuous

Lux levels – Once in a year

Noise, VOC, Lux

6. Marine Quality Monitoring Once in a year jointly with TPL & KPL

Temperature, Salinity, pH, TSS,

DO, BOD, Neutriants- Ammoniacal

Nitrogen, Nitrate Nitrogen, Nitrite

Nitrogen, Phosphate Phosphorous.

Petroleum hydrocarbon, Heavy

Metals- Ni, Co, Cu, Cd, Pb, Cr, Hg,

Fe, Mn and Zn. Along with the

Biological Oceanographic Status.

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster

(natural and Man-made)

Preparedness and

Emergency Management

Plan including Risk

Assessment and damage

control. Disaster

management plan should be

linked with District Disaster

Management Plan.

The Risk Assessment has been carried out by using the PHAST software. Risk Assessment report and is attached as Annexure - 25.

On-site emergency preparedness plan which is prepared in accordance with Manufacture Storage, Import of Hazardous Chemicals (MSIHC) rules enclosed as

Annexure - 26. In case of declaration of Offsite emergency, information will be given to Sathangadu Village Police Station.

Offsite emergency preparedness plan to be prepared by the concerned authority. During Offsite emergency, the instructions laid out by the District Collector will be

followed.

\8. Occupational health

i. Plan and fund allocation to

ensure the occupational

health & safety of all

contract and casual

workers

All the occupational health related expenditure of casual & contract workers incorporated in the scope of contractor and compliance to the statutory rules in this

regard is ensured. Approximate cost for OHC checkup is Rs.1075 per person.

Spent money towards OHS for the last month is INR 1,49,340/-

For all the employees of Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II OHC checkup is carried out under composite contract with the Anand hospitals.

For M/s MPL-Plant-II, Safety, Health and Environment Policy (SHE) provided in Chapter 10, Section 10.7.1, Figure 10-10 and Figure 10-11 of EIA report.

ii. Details of exposure specific

health status evaluation of

worker. If the workers'

health is being evaluated by

pre designed format, chest x

rays, Audiometry,

The specific health status evaluation of worker carried out and medical report and Form -17 records enclosed as Annexure – 27.

88

Spirometry, Vision testing

(Far & Near vision, colour

vision and any other ocular

defect) ECG, during pre-

placement and periodical

examinations give the

details of the same. Details

regarding last month

analyzed data of above

mentioned parameters as

per age, sex, duration of

exposure and department

wise.

iii. Details of existing

Occupational & Safety

Hazards. What are the

exposure levels of hazards

and whether they are within

Permissible Exposure level

(PEL). If these are not

within PEL, what measures

the company has adopted to

keep them within PEL so

that health of the workers

can be preserved

Main Hazards identified within the petrochemical complex are

1.Fire Hazard

2.Electrical Hazards

3.Thermal Hazard

4.Occupational Hazards etc.,

The unit has multi gas / toxic gas and oxygen detectors that can be used to check oxygen, LEL of Propylene Oxide, Propylene & Ethylene Oxide, VOC

concentration in atmosphere and also in confined spaces like inside the reactor, overhead tanks.

The unit has provision of Hydro Carbon Sensors (HCS) for measuring concentrations of Propylene, Propylene Oxide, Ethylene

Oxide in the atmosphere and Chlorine sensor for measuring concentration of chlorine in the atmosphere. The unit also has VOC monitoring stations at

specific locations.

All these sensors will provide the alarm once the threshold limit crossed. The list of LEL detectors installed in MPL-Plant-II is listed in Table 10-5. The

threshold limit for all hydrocarbons in Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II is given below.

LEL for Propylene : 2% v/v

LEL for Propylene Oxide : 1.7% v/v

LEL for Ethylene Oxide : 3% v/v

LEL Detectors installed at Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II

S. No. TAG No. PLANT LOCATION

1. AIK101 PO K101 SUCTION (G.FLOOR)

2. AIC105 PO PO STRIPPER PUMP(G.FLOOR)

3. AI1105 PO GC ROOM (G.FLOOR)

4. AIE116 PO E116 (G.FLOOR)

5.

AI1403 PO NEAR C1402 (G.FLOOR - NEAR

PC1403A/B)

6. AI1501 PO NEAR FL1501/2/3 (2ND FLOOR-

FILTER TOP)

7. AI2101 PG NEAR MX2101 (G.FLOOR)

8. AI3102 POLYOL-TI NEAR SA3102 REACTOR TOP

(2ND FLOOR)

9. AI3105 POLYOL-TI NEAR PC3101 (G. FLOOR)

10. AI7101 PRH STR NEAR X7101

89

11. AI7301 EO STR NEAR SR7301

12. AI7302 EO STR NEAR PC 7301 A/B

13. AI7401 PO STR NEAR PO DAY TANK PUMPS

14. AI7402 PO STR NEAR PO STORAGE PUMPS

15. AIP621 POLYOL TII P621 (G. FLOOR)

16. AIFCV202 POLYOL TII EO/PO FCV (2ND FLOOR)

17. AIX214 POLYOL TII EO/PO BLOCK VALVE (3RD FLOOR)

18. AIA621 POLYOL TII A621 (3RD FLOOR)

iv. Annual report of health

status of workers with

special reference to

Occupational Health and

Safety.

Periodic medical examination is the same as the pre-employment screening and may be modified according to current conditions, such as changes in the employee's

symptoms, site hazards or exposures. Medical reports of few Employees of MPL are attached as Annexure – 27.

9. Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well

laid down Environment Policy

approved by its Board of

Directors? If so, it may be

detailed in the EIA report.

Yes, the company have a well laid down Environmental Policy approved by its Board of Directors.

Environment Policy provided in Chapter 10, Section 10.9 of EIA report

ii. Does the Environment Policy

prescribe for standard operating

process / procedures to bring

into focus any infringement /

deviation / violation of the

environmental or forest norms /

conditions? If so, it may be

detailed in the EIA.

Yes, A dedicated Environmental Management Cell (EMC) is already in force to bring into focus of any infringement/ deviation/ violation of the environment.

Further details are provided in Chapter 10 and Section 10.8 of EIA report

iii. What is the hierarchical system

or Administrative order of the

company to deal with the

environmental issues and for

ensuring compliance with the

environmental clearance

conditions? Details of this

system may be given.

Hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance is provided in

Chapter 10, section 10.3 of EIA report.

iv. Does the company have system

of reporting of non

compliances / violations of

environmental norms to the

Board of Directors of the

company and / or shareholders

or stakeholders at large? This

reporting mechanism shall be

detailed in the EIA report

The details regarding System of reporting of non-compliances/ violations of environmental norms & the Board Hierarchical system or Administrative order of the

company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance is provided in Chapter 10, Section 10.3 of EIA report.

The existing reporting mechanism is given below:

The information is captured in the periodical compliance report of the Operations Head

Based on the above, the information is furnished to the Board in the report under Section 205 of the Companies Act, 2013

The subject is also discussed in detail by the Risk Management Committee and reported to the Board. The latest periodical compliance report of the

Operations Head is enclosed as Annexure – 28.

90

10. Details regarding infrastructure

facilities such as sanitation, fuel,

restroom etc. to be provided to the

labour force during construction as

well as to the casual workers including

truck drivers during

operation phase.

The site layout indicating all the facilities is enclosed as Annexure - 6.

Infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, restroom etc. will be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck

drivers during operation phase.

During construction phase, 3 Nos. of Toilets and 3 Nos. of Urinals will be provided.

In Operational phase there is no major increase in manpower and hence available sanitation facilities are sufficient.

11. Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5

% of the project cost) shall

be earmarked towards the

Enterprise Social

Commitment based on

Public Hearing issues and

item-wise details along with

time bound action plan

shall be included. Socio-

economic development

activities need to be

elaborated upon.

Since, M/s MPL-Plant-II is present in Manali Industrial area, Public hearing is exempted under the provisions as per para 7 III stage (3) (b) of the EIA notification,

2006. CSR fund allotment : INR 162.87 lakhs (2% of Avg. net profit for FY 2020-21)

a) Fund allotted and utilized for development of Drinking water and Sanitation facilities in nearby schools in FY 2020-21: INR 92.79 lakhs

Government Primary School, Manali

Government Primary School, Mathur

Jai Gopal Garodia Higher Secondary School, Manali New Town

Government High School, Mathur

Jai Gopal Garodia Higher Secondary School, Manali

Government boys Higher secondary School, Ponneri

Government Primary School, Old Napalayam

Jai Gopal Garodia Higher Secondary School, Tiruvotriyur

Government Higher Secondary School, Kattivakkam, Ennore

Government High School, Chinna Sekkadu, Manali

Government Adi Dravidar Girls Higher Secondary School, Vadagarai

Primary Union Middle School, Sadayankuppam, Chennai 103

Panchayat Union Elementary School, Andal Kuppam, Chennai – 103

Panchayat Union Primary School, New Napalayam, Chennai 103

Govt (adw) Middle school, Vilangadu Pakkam, Chennai 52

Panchayat Union Primary School, Periyamullaivoyal

Government Higher Secondary School, Thiruvellaivoyal

Government High School, Subbareddypalayam

Government Girls Higher Secondary School, Sholavaram

b) Fund allotted and utilized for development of Primary Health Center in nearby community in FY 2020-21 : INR 9 lakhs

Primary Health Center, Kalaingar Nagar, Tiruvottiyur

c) Fund allotted and utilized for development of individual house latrines in nearby community in FY 2020-21: INR 0.95 lakhs.

d) About INR 60.13 lakhs remain unspent due to prevailed COVID situations and the same transferred to Unspent CSR

Account for the project as per Section 135(6)

12. Any litigation pending against the

project and/or any direction/order

passed by any Court of Law

against the project, if so, details thereof

shall also be included. Has the unit

received any notice

under the Section 5 of Environment

a) Name of the Sub-court: NGT(SZ)

b) Case No.1: O.A. No. 19/2013(SZ), 248/2016(SZ) - Disposed

Case No.2: O.A. No. 256/2020(SZ)- In Progress

With regards to NGT case O.A. No. 19/2013 (SZ), 248/2016 (SZ), NGT pronounced the verdict on 22-03-2022 and the copy of judgment order enclosed as

Annexure-42. NGT appointed Joint Committee report submitted by Mr. S. Suresh, Regional Director, CPCB is enclosed as Annexure – 29. The compliance status

report for the judgment directions and for the Joint Committee recommendations enclosed as Annexure – 30.

91

(Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant

Sections of Air and Water

Acts? If so, details thereof and

compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and

present status of the case.

With regards to NGT case OA No. 256/2020, last hearing was held on 26th August, 2021 and the next hearing scheduled on 13th April, 2022. Inspection was

carried out by NGT appointed committee during February 2021. MPL has filed counter affidavit stating NO EXCEEDANCE and requested Hon’ble NGT to

discharge them from the case during July 2021.

The following directions issued by TNPCB based on NGT orders pertaining to O.A.No. 1038/2018 and O.A.No. 681/2018:

1) Direction received from TNPCB regarding levy of Rs. 100 lacs fine based on NGT order, O.A.No. 1038/2018 for non-

compliance - Stay order given by Hon’ble Supreme Court viz., Civil Appeal Diary No. 19271/2020 enclosed as Annexure – 31.

2) Direction from TNPCB on Retrofitting of Emission Control Device based on NGT order, O.A.No. 681/2018 - Purchase order

placed for procurement of DG Set Retrofit, for Emission Control and the same enclosed as Annexure – 32.

13. A tabular chart with index for point

wise compliance of above TOR

Point wise ToR compliance is provided in Chapter 1 & Section 1.8 of EIA report.

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCEFOREIASTUDIES FOR SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY (DYES & DYE INTERMEDIATES; BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATES

EXCLUDING DRUG FORMULATIONS; SYNTHETIC RUBBERS; BASIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS, OTHER SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS AND CHEMICAL INTERMEDIATES)

1. Details on solvents to be used ,

measures for solvent recovery and for

emissions control

No solvents are used in the process of manufacturing.

2. Details of process emissions from the

proposed unit and its arrangement to

control

No process emissions from existing and proposed unit.

3. Ambient air quality data should

include VOC, other process-specific

pollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*,

HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc.,(*-as

applicable)

AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO, Pb, O3,include VOC components Benzene (C6H6 ), Benzo (a) Pyrene(C20H12(a)),

Arsenic (As) , Nickel as Ni , Ammonia(NH3 ) parameters relevant to the project are collected. The monitoring stations are identified based on CPCB guidelines and

the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone, sensitive receptors including reserved forests are considered for monitoring. The baseline air quality of the study

area, Eight (08) monitoring locations have been identified as per Indian Meteorological data. Baseline monitoring was conducted during study period End of

December 2021 – End of March 2022.



AAQ monitoring locations detail are provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.9.1.1 and monitoring results are provided in the Section 3.9.1.2 of EIA report.

The minimum and maximum baseline levels of PM10 (32 – 82 µg/m³), PM2.5 (15 – 38 µg/m³), SO2 (5 –33µg/m³), NO2(17 – 59 µg/m³), CO (1.2-4 mg/m³).



4. Work zone monitoring arrangements

for hazardous chemicals

Work zone monitoring arrangements

The unit have multi gas / toxic gas and oxygen detectors to check oxygen, LEL of Propylene Oxide, Propylene & Ethylene Oxide, VOC concentration in

atmosphere and also in confined spaces like inside the reactor, overhead tanks.

The unit has provision of Hydrocarbon Sensors (HCS) for measuring concentrations of Propylene, Propylene Oxide, Ethylene Oxide in the atmosphere and

Chlorine sensor for measuring concentration of chlorine in the atmosphere. The unit also has VOC monitoring stations at specific locations.

All these sensors will provide the alarm once the threshold limit crossed. The list of LEL detectors installed in MPL-Plant- II is listed in Table 10-5. The

threshold limit for all hydrocarbons in Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II is given below.

- LEL for Propylene : 2% v/v

- LEL for Propylene Oxide : 1.7% v/v

92

- LEL for Ethylene Oxide : 3% v/v

LEL Detectors installed at Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II

S. No. TAG No. PLANT LOCATION

1. AIK101 PO K101 SUCTION (G.FLOOR)

2. AIC105 PO PO STRIPPER PUMP(G.FLOOR)

3. AI1105 PO GC ROOM (G.FLOOR)

4. AIE116 PO E116 (G.FLOOR)

5.

AI1403 PO NEAR C1402 (G.FLOOR - NEAR

PC1403A/B)

6. AI1501 PO NEAR FL1501/2/3 (2ND FLOOR-

FILTER TOP)

7. AI2101 PG NEAR MX2101 (G.FLOOR)

8. AI3102 POLYOL-TI NEAR SA3102 REACTOR TOP

(2ND FLOOR)

9. AI3105 POLYOL-TI NEAR PC3101 (G. FLOOR)

10. AI7101 PRH STR NEAR X7101

11. AI7301 EO STR NEAR SR7301

12. AI7302 EO STR NEAR PC 7301 A/B

13. AI7401 PO STR NEAR PO DAY TANK PUMPS

14. AI7402 PO STR NEAR PO STORAGE PUMPS

15. AIP621 POLYOL TII P621 (G. FLOOR)

16. AIFCV202 POLYOL TII EO/PO FCV (2ND FLOOR)

17. AIX214 POLYOL TII EO/PO BLOCK VALVE (3RD FLOOR)

18. AIA621 POLYOL TII A621 (3RD FLOOR)

Further details of Work Zone Monitoring are given in Chapter 10 Section 10.7.2 of EIA report.

5. Detailed effluent treatment scheme

including segregation of effluent

streams for units adopting

'Zero' liquid discharge.

Unit Liquid waste (KLD)

Disposal Method Facility Details Existing Additional After Expansion

Sewage 15 1 16

Existing: Disposed in

Deep sea after treatment

in ETP

Proposed: Reused to

greenbelt

Combined with Plant

Effluent and treated in

ETP.

STP of capacity 20 KLD

will be installed.

Effluent 2451 105 2556

Existing: Disposed in


in ETP

Proposed: Disposed in

ETP of capacity

3600 KLD

93


in ETP

The existing ETP facility is given in Chapter 2 Section 2.7.3 of EIA report.

Zero liquid discharge is not proposed for the project. Treated effluent will be discharged in sea through pipelines as per the CRZ Clearance approval for 8 MLD

which is enclosed as Annexure – 10.

6. Action plan for odour control to be

submitted.

All the storage tanks present in Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II are provided with Inert Gas (Nitrogen) blanketing system and any vents from PVRV or PSV

of a storage tank contains only inert gas and no process vapours. Hence no process odours envisaged.

7. A copy of the Memorandum of

Understanding signed with cement

manufacturers indicating clearly

that they co-process organic

solid/hazardous waste generated.

No MoU has been signed with cement manufacturers as organic solid waste generated are disposed to municipal bins and the hazardous waste generated are

disposed through TNPCB authorized recyclers/disposed to TSDF land fill facility.

In addition, Non-hazardous waste generated are given to brick manufacturers/filling low lying areas.

8. Authorization/Membership for the

disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and

solid/hazardous waste in

TSDF, if any.

The agreement with the authorized Hazardous waste recyclers/TSDF for the disposal of Spent Oil and ETP Sludge is enclosed as Annexure - 17 & Annexure - 18

respectively.

Treated effluent being discharges into sea through pipelines as per the CRZ Clearence approval for 8MLD which is enclosed as Annexure – 10.

Waste Lube Oil generated from Rotary Equipment – Spent Oil is Disposed through TNPCB authorized recyclers.

ETP Sludge disposed to common TSDF as landfill.

Hazardous Waste Authorization obtained from TNPCB enclosed as Annexure – 11

9. Action plan for utilization of

MEE/dryers salts.

MEE/dryers salts are not proposed for this project.

10. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the

Chemicals are being used/will be used

Material Safety Data Sheets is enclosed as Annexure – 33

11. Authorization/Membership for the

disposal of solid/hazardous waste in

TSDF

The agreement with the TSDF is enclosed as Annexure - 18

12. Details of incinerator if to be installed. The Membership for disposal of ETP Sludge in TSDF is enclosed as Annexure - 34

13. Risk assessment for storage and

handling of hazardous

chemicals/solvents. Action plan for

handling & safety system to be

incorporated.

i. Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/solvents

The Risk Assessment has been carried out by using the PHAST software. Risk Assessment report is attached as Annexure – 25.

1. ETHYLENE OXIDE:

Safe Handling:

Emergency eye wash fountains and safety showers are available in the immediate vicinity of any potential exposure.

Keep away from heat, hot surfaces, sparks, open flames and other ignition sources.

No smoking. Use only non-sparking tools. Use only explosion-proof equipment.

Wear leather safety gloves and safety shoes when handling cylinders.

Protect cylinders from physical damage; do not drag, roll, slide or drop.

When moving cylinders, even for short distances, use a cart (trolley, hand truck, etc.) especially designed to transport cylinders.

Never insert an object (E.g., wrench, screwdriver, pry bar) into cap openings; doing so may damage the valve and cause a leak.

Use an adjustable strap wrench to remove over-tight or rusted caps.

Slowly open the valve.

If the valve is hard to open, discontinue use and contact your supplier.

Close the container valve after each use; keep closed even when empty.

Never apply flame or localized heat directly to any part of the container.

High temperatures may damage the container and could cause the pressure relief device to fail prematurely, venting the container contents.

Safe Storage Practices:

Because of the potential for violent decomposition, containers of ethylene oxide are properly blanketed with an inert gas and given extraordinary protection

against fire exposure.

94

Store only where temperature will not exceed 125°F (52°C). Post “No Smoking/No Open Flames” signs in storage and use areas. There must be no sources

of ignition.

Separate packages and protect against potential fire and explosion damage.

Always secure containers upright to keep them from falling or being knocked over.

Install valve protection cap, if provided, firmly in place by hand when the container is not in use.

Store full and empty containers separately.

Use a first-in, first-out inventory system to prevent storing full containers for long periods.

All equipment in storage areas are explosion-proof.

To avoid ignition of vapours by static discharge, all metal parts and equipment are grounded.

2. PROPYLENE OXIDE:

Safe Handling:

Ensure good ventilation/exhaustion at the workplace.

Open and handle receptacle with care.

Keep ignition sources away.

Do not smoke.

Protect against electrostatic charges.

Keep respiratory protective device available.


Keep receptacle tightly sealed.

Do not gas tight seal receptacle.

Store in cool, dry conditions in well-sealed receptacles.

Protect from heat and direct sunlight.

3. LIQUID CHLORINE:

Safe Handling:

Do not get in eyes or on skin or clothing.

Use only with adequate ventilation.

Wear appropriate respirator when ventilation is inadequate.

Do not puncture or incinerate container.

Close valve after each use and when empty.

Protect cylinders from physical damage; do not drag, roll, slide, or drop.

Use a suitable EOT crane for cylinder movement.

Avoid release to the environment.

Keep away from clothing, incompatible materials and combustible materials.

Do not breathe gas.

Keep valves free from grease and oil.

Eating, drinking and smoking should be prohibited in areas where this material is handled, stored and processed.

Workers should wash hands and face before eating, drinking and smoking.

Remove contaminated clothing and protective equipment before entering eating areas.


Store in accordance with local regulations.

Store in a segregated and approved area.

Store away from direct sunlight in a dry, cool and well-ventilated area, away from incompatible materials.

Keep container tightly closed and sealed until ready for use.

4. PROPYLENE:

Safe Handling:

Keep away from heat, hot surfaces, sparks, open flames and other ignition sources.

No smoking. Use only non-sparking tools. Use only explosion-proof equipment.

Never apply flame or localized heat directly to any part of the container.

High temperatures may damage the container and could cause the pressure relief device to fail prematurely, venting the container contents.

95


Post “No Smoking/No Open Flames” signs in storage and use areas. There must be no sources of ignition.

Protect against potential fire and/or explosion damage by following appropriate codes and requirements.

ii. Action Plan for safety measures & Handling Chemicals in the plant are as follows (which are already in place and will be continued after expansion):

1. Digital Level Gauge and Level Indicator with alarm are provided for High level (85% of Tank) to avoid overflow.

2. Sprinklers are provided around the storage tanks.

3. All safety and emergency inter-locks are in place and checked before commencing operation.

4. Adequate Hydrocarbon and VOC detectors are installed on downwind direction based on the predominant wind direction

5. LDAR (Leak Detection and Repair) protocol being followed and recorded on regular basis.

6. Sufficient Foam and fire water quantity are maintained assuming double contingency scenario.

7. Flame proof electrical fittings are provided based on HAC (Hazardous Area Classification).

8. Operator training and retraining should be a continuous effort and Mock Drills should be carried out regularly on identified scenarios.

9. WPS (Work Permit System) is strictly enforced.

10. Hoses are inspected and tested once in every three months for the recommended test pressure.

11. Static protection and integrity of explosion proof equipment should be ensured through regular inspection. Every electrical equipment and lighting features

should meet explosion proof requirement, in classified area.

12. Smoking and carrying smoking material are strictly prohibited.

13. Earth link may be connected to pump circuit to ensure start up only after providing tank earth - connection.

14. Safety Procedures & Do’s and Don’ts should be prepared and displayed in handling and storage area.

15. Periodic inspection of Pipelines and painting to be done to avoid corrosion and subsequent leak.

16. The Plant commissioning has an important role to ensure long term safety. Proper cleaning and flushing of the system are ensured in storage area and fire

hydrant system.

17. The Environment team are trained on industrial hygiene and sampling /testing techniques.

14. Arrangements for ensuring health and

safety of workers engaged in handling

of toxic materials.

The unit have multi gas / toxic gas and oxygen detectors in that multi gas detector can be used to check oxygen, LEL of Propylene Oxide, Propylene & Ethylene

Oxide, VOC concentration in atmosphere and also in confined spaces like inside the reactor, overhead tanks.

The List of PPE’s used in the plant while handling toxic substance are listed below

1. Self contained Air Breathing apparatus

2. On line Air Mask

3. Gloves:

a) Cotton

b) Leather

c) Asbestos

d) PVC Gloves

e) Surgical Gloves

f) Electrical Gloves

g) Dust Mask

h) Organic vapor mask

4. Safety Shoes

5. Safety Helmets

6. Safety Goggles –various types

7. Welding Shield

8. Welding Goggles

9. Gum Boot

10. Ear muff

11. Ear Plugs

12. PVC Suits

13. Cotton over coat

96

14. Asbestos suit.

15. Safety belt.

16. Fire soot

17. Toxic material handling soot

Further details of Occupation health and safety measures are given in Chapter 10, Section 10.7 of EIA report.

98

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Project Description

Manali Petrochemicals Limited (MPL) is a leader in the production and marketing of Propylene

Oxide (PO), Propylene Glycol (PG) and Polyols in India

It operates two production facilities (Plant-I and Plant-II) at Manali, near Chennai. Plant-II is

situated at the Manali Industrial Area, Chennai, (adjacent to Balmer Lawrie & Co Ltd)., having

an installed capacity of 18,000 MTPA of PO, 12,000 MTPA of PG and 22,705 MTPA of

Polyol.

Propylene Glycol (PG) is essentially used as a solvent in the pharmaceutical industry for oral,

injectable and topical formulations, and further in food, fragrance and other industrial

applications. Specifically, it is used to make Unsaturated Polyester Resins (UPRs), deicing and

antifreeze fluids, food industry coolants, non-ionic detergents, plasticizers and hydraulic brake

fluids. It is an excellent solvent and extractant, and can be used as a humectant as well in

sanitizers. Propylene Glycol (PG) is the main product, and Di-Propylene Glycol (DPG) and

Tri-Propylene Glycol (TPG) are the by-products.

Manali Industrial area attracts CEPI score of 84.15. The CEPI Compliance statement is enclosed

as Annexure - 36.

2.2 Type of Project

M/s Manali Petrochemicals Plant-II proposes “Expansion of Propylene Glycol Plant by 50000

MTPA”. The Project is considered under Schedule 5 (f) - “Synthetic organic chemicals industry

(dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations; synthetic

rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates)” as

per EIA Notification 2006 and its Amendments- but due to applicability of general condition

(Critically Polluted areas as identified by the Central Pollution Control Board from time to time),

appraisal will be done at central as Category A project.

2.3 Need of the project

Manali Petrochemicals Limited being the only domestic manufacturer of Propylene Glycol currently

meeting around 20-25% of domestic demand. With the emphasis on Make in India, MPL would like

to increase its capacity to meet about 70-75 % of the market demand.

99

The market of Propylene Glycol in India is having a growth rate of 6%. Propylene glycols are the

key ingredient material for manufacturing of Pharmaceuticals products, food products and cosmetics.

Hence, the project to expand the Propylene glycol capacity by 50000 MTPA is financially viable and

will reduce India’s dependence on imports.

2.4 Site Location

The existing complex is located at Manali Industrial Area, Thiruvallur District, Tamil Nadu State.

The site is located within the Greater Chennai Corporation. Index map of the project site is given in

Figure 2.2. Base map showing area within, 10 km (Figure 2.5), 5km (Figure 2.4) and 1 km (Figure

2.3) around study region. Geographical coordinates of the project site given below in Figure 2.1 and

the co-ordinates listed in Table 2.1.

100

Figure 2-1 Geographical coordinates of the project site

101

Table 2-1 Coordinates of the Project Site

MPL – PLANT - II

S.No. Latitude Longitude

1 13° 9' 13.7988'' N 80° 16' 14.4588'' E

2 13° 9' 13.3596'' N 80° 16' 19.7688'' E

3 13° 9' 15.21'' N 80° 16' 25.5792'' E

4 13° 9' 14.9904'' N 80° 16' 27.0084'' E

5 13° 9' 1.0188'' N 80° 16' 26.2812'' E

6 13° 8' 57.75'' N 80° 16' 14.6316'' E

7 13° 9' 12.3984'' N 80° 16' 14.3904'' E

Proposed expansion within Site

S.No. Latitude Longitude

A1 13° 9' 12.88'' N 80° 16' 20.79'' E

A2 13° 9' 12.83'' N 80° 16' 21.38'' E

A3 13° 9' 10.55'' N 80° 16' 20.70'' E

A4 13° 9' 10.52'' N 80° 16' 21.29'' E

B1 13° 9'0.78"N 80°16'19.61"E

B2 13° 9'1.13"N 80°16'20.30"E

B3 13° 9'2.76"N 80°16'19.60"E

B4 13° 9'2.73"N 80°16'20.30"E

102

Figure 2-2 Index map of the project site

103

Figure 2-3Google image showing salient features within 0- 1 Km radius

104

Figure 2-4 Google image showing salient features within 0- 5 Km radius

105

Figure 2-5 Google image showing salient features 0- 10 Km Radius Map around the study

region

2.5 Salient features of the Project site

The site details and the surrounding features are summarized in Table 2-2

Table 2-2 Salient features of Project site

S.No Particulars Details

1. Geographical

Coordinates (centre

coordinates)

13° 9'6.82"N - 80°16'20.50"E

2. Elevation above

Mean

Sea Level

3-7 m

3. Present Land Use Industrial

4. Nearest Railway

station

Chennai Central - 6.51km, S

5. Nearest Airport Chennai International Airport- 18.93km, SSW

106

6.

Nearest Highway

SH 56(Tiruvottiyur- Ponneri-Panjetti)- 2.51km, N

Chennai – Srikakulam Highway- 3.60 km, SSW

7. Nearest Road Nearest Road (Chinna Sekkadu-Railway Colony) - 0.06 km,

ENE

8.

Nearest habitation

/Village

Thanthai Periyar Nagar (Hamlet) Adjacent to Site in

West direction.

Chinna Sekkadu village at 0.64km in NW direction.

9. Nearest Port Chennai Port - 4.14 km, SE

10 Nearest Town Manali - Site present within Manali

9. Nearest City Site is located within Greater Chennai corporation

10. Densely populated

area

Chinnasekadu located at a distance of 0.64 km in NW

direction with a population of 12396.

11. Inland water bodies S.

No

Name Distance (~

km)

Direction

Lakes

1 Sathangadu Lake 0.17 W

2 Lake near Sekkadu 2.33 WNW

3 Periyathoppu Lake 2.46 NW

4 Kadappakkam Lake 5.06 NNW

5 Madavaram Eri/Retteri

Lake

5.85 W

6 Pulal/Red Hills Lake 8.35 W

River

7 Korttalaiyar/Kosisttalaiyar

R

2.72 NNE

8 Cooum/Kuvam R 7.65 S

9 Adyar River 13.80 S

Canal

10 Buckingham Canal 0.84 ESE

11 Kodungaiyur Canal 1.90 SW

12 Captain Cotton Canal 2.44 S

13 Korattur Eri Canal 7.24 W

14 Canal near Padiyanallur 11.31km WNW

15 Krishna River Canal 14.61km W

Tank

16 Korattur Tank 8.86 WSW

17 Ambattur Tank 14.08 WSW

18 Cholavaram Tank 14.56 WNW

Nala

19 Otteri Nala 4.69km S

Creek

20 Ennore Creek 9.44km NNE

12 Reserved Forests /

Protected Forests/

Notified Wildlife

Sanctuary / Notified

national parks /

Ecologically

Alamadi RF is located approximately at a distance of

14.59 km towards WNW from the Project boundary

107

sensitive areas

13 Defense

Installations

INS Adyar - 8.46 km , SSE

Cholavaram Air Field - 13.26 km,WNW

14 Archeologically

Important places /

sites

Old Town Wall Tondiarpet- 5.35 km, SSE

Tomb of David Yale and Joseph Hymners in the

compound of Law College-7.06 km, S

Ramparts, gates bastions, Ravelins with vaulted

chambers and water cisterns underneath; moat and

defense walls all round with glacis to the extent of the

existing barbed wire fence - 7.51km , S

King’s Barracks Block No.XXV Fort St. George-

7.62km, S

Big Warehouse south of the Church Library (in Block

No.II/7) Fort St. George- 8.01km, S

Nursing Sister’s House (Block 1/3) Fort St. George -

8.03km,S

Megalithic cists and cairns pottur-12.03km, W

15 Inter state boundary None

16 Hills/Valleys None

2.6 Proposed Schedule for Approval and Implementation

The Time Schedule for completion of the proposed project is given in Table 2-3

Table 2-3 Time Schedule for completion of the proposed project

S. No. Particulars Time Schedule

1 Environmental Clearance from

MoEF & CC

June 2022

2 Consent to Establish from TNPCB September 2022

3 Commissioning expected June 2024

4 Consent to Operate from TNPCB August 2024

2.7 Project Details

2.7.1 Existing Facility

The Existing facilities of MPL-Plant-II is given in Table 2-4

Table 2-4 Existing Facility

S.No. Existing Units Product Category of Product Existing

Capacity

(MTPA)

1

Propylene Oxide

unit

Propylene Oxide Main

Product

18000

Di-chloro Propane By -

Product

3600

2

Propylene Glycol

unit

Propylene Glycol Main

Product

12000

Di- propylene

Glycol

By - Product

1581

108

Tri-

propylene Glycol

By - Product

202

3 Polyol unit Polyol Main

Product

22705

Note:

Change in product mix with no increase in pollution load certificate was granted

based on pollution load assessment committee decision by TNPCB vide

Lr.No.T5/ TNPCB/ F.0112AMB/ RL/ 2019 dated 16.09.2019 which is attached

with this proposal as Annexure - 4.

2.7.1.1 Process Description & Technology of Propylene Oxide

Propylene Oxide is produced utilising the chlorohydrins technology. In a titanium hollow vessel full

with water, chlorine is injected at the bottom, which immediately forms hypochlorous acid and

propylene vapour is injected in this zone and it is converted to propylene chlorohydrins (PCH). By-

product, Dichloropropane (DCP) is also produced in small quantities. Always excess of propylene is

maintained in the reactor and hence the entire chlorine is converted into propylene chlorohydrins and

DCP. The unreacted propylene is recycled back to the reactor

The reactor operates at near atmospheric pressure and at around 55 to 60 Deg. centigrade. It is a

simple vessel without any internals and no catalysts or any other additive are used in the reaction

process. The reactor relies on good upward velocity provided by the circulating gas and incoming

process water to move the produced chlorohydrins from the place of injection to maximise the

production efficiency.

Propylene chlorohydrins overflows from the reactor and is pumped into a saponifier along with milk

of lime. Saponifier is stream stripped from the bottom to remove the “PO” formed from the reaction

zone. The PO along with excess and the entire quantity of DCP present in the reactor overflows

enters a separation column where PO is removed as a top product as it boils at 34 Deg C at

atmospheric pressure and the high boiling DCP and water moves to the bottom of the separation

column. PO is condensed with chilled water and sent to the storage tank.

The DCP liquid and water enters the decanter where water is decanted and recycled back to the

reactor. The DCP liquid is sent to storage tank for sales. Thus, it could be seen that this process does

not utilise equipments like furnace, heaters nor use any catalytic reaction processes. It does not

produce any listed hazardous waste.

The Saponifier bottom wastewater is pumped to a High Rate Thickener after heat recovery where all

the unreacted inerts in the milk of lime are settled and sent to a rotary vacuum filter. In the rotary

filter, the solid is washed and removed to a disposal area for solar drying. The material is disposed

for manufacture of low cost lime bricks or landfill.

109

2.7.1.2 Process Description & Technology of Polyol

Polyols are macro molecules of polyhydric alcohols. Depending on the end of use of the “foam”

desired, various grades of polyols are manufactured. Flexible, Slab stock polyol are produced out of

Glycerine. Glycerine molecular chain is extended by addition of Propylene oxide into its molecules

thus increases its molecular weight from 92 to 3000. The above polyol is known as triol, as it has

three linear chains. Similarly, we can also use glycol as a chain starter, which has two linear chains

and results in diols. When we use sugar, it has eight active sites and produces a “octol”. We can also

use a mixture, these polyols are known as cross linked polyols, as they are not linear in nature and

are used for the production of rigid polyurethanes.

In any polyol production process, the chain length is extended using potassium hydroxide as a chain

initiator. For example, glycol and potassium hydroxide (5%) are mixed together to form an alkoxide

and the reaction water is stripped. To this chain starters, PO is added in the reactor and oxide

molecules attaches itself at the site where potassium ions are present. The intermediate Polyol is then

neutralized with Pyro phosphate solution in Treater and then filtered. To this filtered polyol, anti-

oxidants are added to preserve product quality and then transferred to Finished Polyol storage

2.7.2 Existing Utilities

The list of Existing utilities and bullets storage are given in the Table 2.5 and Table 2.6

respectively.

Table 2-5 List of Existing utilities

S.No. Description Working Standby Total Capacity

1

Boiler

1

2

3

1 x 21 MTPH (or)

2 x 10 MTPH

2

Refrigeration system for

C hilled water

2

1

3

1 x 120 TR (or)

2 x 75 TR

3 Refrigeration system for

Chilled brine

1 0 1 1 x 10 TR

4 Vapour Absorption

Machine for Chilled

water

1 1 150 TR

5 DM plant 1 1 2 1 x 28 cu.m/h

1 x 20 cu.m/h

6

Cooling tower

1

0

1

No. of cells: 3 Circulation

rate : 1950 m3/h

7 Instrument air

Compressor

2 2 4 2 x 908 cu.m/h

2 x 1290 cu.m/h

8 Liquid Nitrogen Storage - - 2 1 x 7500 kg

1 x 13889 kg

110

Table 2-6 List of Existing Bullets Storage

S.

No.

Equipt.

No

Description Max.

Capacity

Stored

Capacity

Dimension Stored in M.

Tons

1 SR

7101A

Propylene

Bullet

112 m3 100 m

3 dia 3.20 m X 14

m Lg

43MT

2 SR

7101B

Propylene

Bullet

112 m3 100 m

3 dia 3.20 m X 14

m Lg

43MT

3 SR

7301

EO Storage

Bullet

38 m3 32 m

3 dia 2.60 m X

7.20 m Lg

24.138MT

4 SR

7201 A

Chlorine

Bullet

112 m3 100 m

3 dia 3.20 m X 14

m Lg

122MT

5 SR

7201 B

Chlorine

Bullet

112 m3 100 m

3 dia 3.20 m X 14

m Lg

122MT

6 SR

7201 C

Chlorine

Bullet

112 m3 100 m

3 dia 3.20 m X 14

m Lg

Dummy

Bullet

7 SR

7401 A

PO Storage

Vessel

226 m3 200 m

3 dia 4 m X 18 m

Lg

167MT

8 SR

7401 B

PO Storage

Vessel

226 m3 200 m

3 dia 4 m X 18 m

Lg

167MT

The listed storages are of Vertical cylindrical tank with conical roof (Low pressure/Atmospheric

storage tanks). The details regarding Existing storage for Products and Raw materials are given in

Table 2.7

Table 2-7 Existing storage for Products and Raw materials

Tank Service Type Dia

(m)

Ht

(m)

SFH

(m)

SFV

(m3)

TK

7901A/B

FO Storage Tank Vertical Cylindrical

Tank

5 7.5 7.49 147

TK 7902 HSD Storage Tank Vertical Cylindrical

Tank

3.6 4.5 3.93 40

TK 7801 Sorbitol Storage Tank Vertical Cylindrical

Tank

4.5 7.2 6.29 100

TK 8201 Acid Storage Tank Vertical Cylindrical

Tank

2.8 4.5 4.47 27.5

TK 8202 Caustic Storage Tank Vertical Cylindrical

Tank

2.6 4 3.77 20

TK 8204 Potassium Hydroxide

Tank

Vertical Cylindrical

Tank

2.6 4 3.77 20

TK 7501A PG Storage tank Vertical Cylindrical

Tank

4.5 7.2 6.29 100

TK 7501B PG Storage tank Vertical Cylindrical

Tank

4.5 7.2 6.29 100

TK 7501C PG Storage tank Vertical Cylindrical

Tank

2 4.9 3.18 10

TK 7501D PG Storage tank Vertical Cylindrical

Tank

7.2 7 5.53 225

111

TK 701 Polyol Storage tank Vertical Cylindrical

Tank

7.2 7 5.53 225


Tank

7.2 18 17.81 725


Tank

7.2 7 5.53 225


Tank

3.6 4.5 3.93 40

TK 7601A Polyol Storage tank Vertical Cylindrical

Tank

4.5 7.2 6.29 100

TK 7601B Polyol Storage tank Vertical Cylindrical

Tank

3.6 4.5 3.93 40

TK 7601C Polyol Storage tank Vertical Cylindrical

Tank

4.25 4.5 4.23 60

TK 7601D Polyol Storage tank Vertical Cylindrical

Tank

4.25 4.5 4.23 60

TK 7601E Polyol Storage tank Vertical Cylindrical

Tank

4.5 9 7.86 125

TK 7701A DCP Storage Tank Vertical Cylindrical

Tank

4 5.6 5.01 63

TK 7701B DCP Storage Tank Vertical Cylindrical

Tank

2 3.5 3.18 10

TK 7701C DCP Storage Tank Vertical Cylindrical

Tank

5 5.2 4.07 80

TK 7503 DPG storage Tank Vertical Cylindrical

Tank

2.6 4 3.77 20

2.7.3 Existing ETP facilities

The Existing ETP facility details are given in Table 2.8

Table 2-8 Existing ETP facility

S.No. Equipment’s Name Size Capacity

1 High Rate Thickener 9m dia. x 3.4m depth. RCC (Old)

13m dia. X 4.5m depth. RCC(New)

216.3 m3 (Old)

597.3 m3 (New)

2 Cooling Tower 5.5m x 4.5m 87.47 m3

3 Equalization Tank 1 15m x 40m x 1.5m (RCC) 900 m3

4 Equalization Tank 2 7m x 6m x 2m (RCC) 84 m3

5 Equalization Tank 3 10m x 25m x 2.5m (RCC) 625 m3

6 Neutralization Tank 3m x 3m x 3m (RCC) 27 m3

7 Aeration Tank 21m x 40m x 3.5m (RCC) 2940 m3

8 Secondary Clarifier 14m x 3.5m (RCC) 538.783 m3

9 Treated Effluent

Sump

12m x 15m x 2m (RCC) 360 m3

10 Rotary Vacuum Drum

Filter

2.44m x 3.05 length (2nos.) 21.867 m3(Each)

11 Bio-Reactor 33.3m Dia x 6.3 m SWD (RCC) 5487m3

112

2.7.3.1 ETP Photographs in Site

Figure 2-6 ETP Photographs in Site

113

2.7.4 Existing Product Production

There are various product and by-products produced in the plant which are given in the Table

2.9

Table 2-9 Existing Product Production (FY 2020-2021)

Sl.No. Products Quantity (MTPA)

1 Propylene Oxide 15885.068

2 Propylene Glycol 10794.233

3 Base Polyols 20141.999

Sl.No. By-Products Quantity (MTPA)

1 Di-Chloro Propane 2877.012

2 Di-Propylene Glycol 877.582

3 Tri-Propylene Glycol 46.25

2.7.4.1 Existing Fire Protection system

1. Fire protection facility has been provided as per TAC rules covering the following components.

Fire Hydrant / Monitor piping distribution network

Medium Velocity Spray System

Fire Water Pumps

Fire Water Storage

Medium Velocity spray System has been provided for bullets, pumping station. Deluge valves are

provided which operate automatically or through manual intervention, once fire conditions are

sensed through quartzoid bulbs.

Water spray design is based on 10.2 LPM / Sq.m of fire covered area in all areas except pump house

where it is 20.4 LPM/Sq.m.

2. Hose protection system consisting of single hydrants, double hydrants and monitors are provided

throughout the plant.

3. The facilities available are listed below

Hydrants 43 Nos

Double Hydrants 3 Nos

Water Monitors 7 Nos

Deluge Valves 11 Nos

4. Four hours of Fire Protection has been provided for storage.

5. There are two fire hydrant pumps each with capacity of 410 m3/hr. One pump works and another

is a standby. Pumps are diesel driven and free from power interruptions.

6. Fire water storage tank, above ground, has been provided with a capacity of 6000KL.

114

Manual Call Points are located at strategic points in the licensed area. Any one of which when

broken will activate the fire siren. Also from the Manual call point panel the zone of fire will be

indicted and the respective deluge valves to which the area is attached will be operated.

a. Fire Extinguishers:

DCP

5 Kgs. 61 Nos.

22.5 kgs. Trolley mounted 6 Nos.

CO2

4.5 kgs 45 Nos.

6.5 kg 14 Nos.

9kg Trolley 2 Nos.

22.5 kgs 1 Nos.

b. Manual Siren: 33 Nos

Fire hydrant layout enclosed as Annexure – 37.

2.7.5 Proposed Facility

The Proposed facilities for Expansion of Propylene Glycol Plant by 50000 MTPA is given in Table

2.10

Table 2-10 Proposed Facility

S.No. Existing

Units

Product Category

of Product

Existing

Capacity

(MTPA)

Proposed

Capacity

(MTPA)

After

Expansion

Capacity

(MTPA)

1

Propylene

Oxide unit

Propylene

Oxide

Main

Product

18000 Nil 18000

Di-chloro

Propane

By -

Product

3600 Nil 3600

2

Propylene

Glycol unit

Propylene

Glycol

Main

Product

12000 50000 62000

Di-

propylene

Glycol

By -

Product

1581

6588

8169

Tri-

propylene

Glycol

By -

Product

202

842

1044

3 Polyol unit Polyol Main

Product

22705 Nil 22705

Note:

Change in product mix with no increase in pollution load certificate was granted based on

pollution load assessment committee decision by TNPCB vide

Lr.No.T5/TNPCB/F.0112AMB/RL/2019 dated 16.09.2019 which is attached with this

proposal as Annexure - 4.

115

2.7.5.1 Process Description & Technology of Propylene glycol

Proposed production of Propylene glycol (PG) is by hydration of Propylene oxide. Di Propylene

glycol (DPG) and Tri Propylene glycol (TPG) are also produced as by-product in the reaction. The

process does not require any catalyst or any additive chemicals. Hence there

is no chance that catalyst left overs like heavy metals can get into the product. The reaction of

Propylene Oxide with water is exothermic and realized in liquid phase. Internal energy recycle is

used to preheat the feed material to conserve energy. The preheated mixture will be sent to reactor

and the reaction takes place at a temperature of 200oC and 20 kg/cm2 (g) pressure. The amount of

water is controlled to favour PG production. The ratio PG to DPG and TPG is depending upon the

composition of the aqueous mixture fed into the reactor.

The reaction mixture is dehydrated by evaporation and the various glycols separated by vacuum

distillation. The multistage evaporation is highly energy efficient. Only one evaporator is heated by

steam while the subsequent evaporators are driven by the vapours of the previous step. Thus it is

possible to use the same energy multiple times at descending temperature levels. By following

multistage evaporation method, the proposed project utilizes minimum energy in the evaporation

section.

The process water recovered from the top section of multiple effect evaporators is sent to the process

water recovery drum. It is recycled back to the reaction section to reduce the usage of freshwater

requirement. Stoichiometric water requirement can be realized by Demineralized water (DM).

Finally, products of distillation column, Mono Propylene Glycol and the other by-products will be

sent to the respective storage tank. The existing and proposed process flow diagram of Propylene

Glycol is given in Figure 2.7 and Figure 2.8 respectively.

In addition to Propylene Glycol, the other products manufactured in MPL-Plant-II are Propylene

Oxide and Polyols. The process flow diagram of Propylene Oxide and Polyols is given in Figure 2.8

and Figure 2.9 respectively.

Table 2-11 Proposed Major Equipment List for PG Unit

S.No. Tag No. Equipment Description Specification

1 R-2511 Reactor 8" x 6m x 36 nos.

MOC: CS

2 SR-2502 PO Buffer Drum Operating volume : 11.8 m3

MOC: CS

3 PD-2502 PO feed pump Capacity: 4.7 m3/h


116

4 PC-2541 Process water Recovery pump Capacity: 23.4 m3/h


5

E-2521

Process Pre-Heater – 1

Heat transfer area : 11.997 m2

MOC shell: CS

MOC tube: SS 304

6 E-2523 Process Pre-Heater – 2 Heat transfer area : 11.997 m2

MOC shell: CS

MOC tube: SS 304

7

E-2525



MOC shell: CS

MOC tube: SS 304

8

E-2527



MOC shell: CS

MOC tube: SS 304

9

C-2611

First Effect Evaporator

Top : 0.488D x 4mH Sump:2D x

1.75H= 6.73m3

MOC packing : SS 316L

10

E-2611

First Effect Evaporator Reboiler

Heat transfer area : 95.86 m2 MOC

shell: CS

MOC tube: SS 304

11

C-2621

Second Effect Evaporator


1.6H=6.25m3


12

E-2621

Second Effect Evaporator Reboiler


MOC shell: CS

MOC tube: SS 304

13

C-2631

Third Effect Evaporator

Top : 0.75D x 4mH Sump:1.5D x

1.7H=3.54m3


14

E-2631

Third Effect Evaporator Reboiler


MOC shell: CS

MOC tube: SS 304

15

C-2641

Fourth Effect Evaporator


2.05H=7.67m3


16

E-2641

Fourth Effect Evaporator Reboiler


MOC shell: CS

MOC tube: SS 304

17 C-2651 Dryer Top : 1D x 5mH

Sump:1.5D x 2.0H=4.07m3

18

E-2651

Dryer Reboiler


shell: CS

MOC tube: SS 304

19

E-2661

Fourth Effect Evaporator Vapour

Condenser


shell: CS

MOC tube: SS 304

20 SR-2681 Fourth Effect Evaporator Reflux

Drum

Operating volume : 1.66 m3

MOC: CS

21 PC-2681

A/B

Fourth Effect Evaporator Reflux

Drum pump

Capacity: 7.3 m3/h


117

22 SR-2541 Process Water Recovery vessel Operating volume : 10.81 m3

MOC: CS

23 E-2541 Vent Condenser Heat transfer area : 1.51 m2

MOC shell: CS

MOC tube: SS 304

24 MX-2502 Static Mixer MOC: SS 304L

25 SR-2531 Pure steam condensate drum Operating volume : 4 m3

MOC: CS

26 SR-2551 Surge condensate drum Operating volume : 3.86 m3

MOC: CS

27 PC-2551 Surge condensate drum pump Capacity: 8.1 m3/h

MOC: Contact parts MS

28 C-2701 PG Distillation column Top : 1.9D x 15mH

Sump:1.3D x 2.1H=3.15m3

29

E-2701

PG column Reboiler

Heat transfer area :54.58 m2 MOC

shell: SS 304

MOC tube: SS 304

30

E-2711

PG column vapour Condenser


shell: SS 304

MOC tube: SS 304

31

E-2721

PG Bottom Cooler


shell: SS 304

MOC tube: SS 304

32

E-2731

PG Product Cooler


shell: SS 304

MOC tube: SS 304

33 SR-2741 PG column Reflux Drum Operating volume : 1.6 m3

MOC: SS 304L

34 PC-2741

A/B

PG column Reflux pump Capacity: 7.7 m3/h


35 SR-2761

A/B

PG Day Drum Operating volume : 50.41 m3

MOC: SS 304L

36 PC-2761

A/B

PG Day Drum pump Capacity: 48.5 m3/h


37 C-2801 DPG Distillation column Top : 0.95D x 15mH

Sump:0.6D x 1.8H=0.55m3

38

E-2801

DPG column Reboiler


shell: SS 304

MOC tube: SS 304

39

E-2811

DPG column vapour Condenser


shell: SS 304

MOC tube: SS 304

40

E-2821

DPG Bottom Cooler


shell: SS 304

MOC tube: SS 304

41

E-2831

DPG Product Cooler


shell: SS 304

MOC tube: SS 304

42 SR-2841 DPG column Reflux Drum Operating volume : 0.28 m3

118

MOC: SS 304L

43 PC-

2841A/B

DPG column Reflux pump Capacity: 1.3 m3/h


44 SR-

2861A/B

DPG Day Drum Operating volume : 4.31 m3

MOC: SS 304L

45 PC-

2861A/B

DPG Day Drum pump Capacity: 4.7 m3/h


46 PD-2801

A/B

DPG column Bottom pump Capacity: 0.2 m3/h


47 SR-2751 DPG column Buffer drum Operating volume : 11.7 m3

MOC: SS 304L

48 PC-2751

A/B

DPG column buffer drum pump Capacity: 0.8 m3/h


49 SR-2601 Offspec drum Operating volume : 46.66m3

MOC: CS

50 PC-2601 Offspec Product Re-cycle pump Capacity: 0.8 m3/h


51 PC-2701

A/B

PG column Bottom pump Capacity: 0.9 m3/h


52

E-2931

TPG Product cooler


shell: SS 304

MOC tube: SS 304

53 SR-2961 TPG Day drum Operating volume : 4.31 m3

MOC: SS 304L

54 PC-2641

A/B

Fourth Effect Evaporator Bottom

pump

Capacity: 6.4 m3/h


55 PC-2651

A/B

Dryer Bottom pump Capacity: 5.9 m3/h


119

Figure 2-7 Existing Process flow diagram of Propylene Glycol

Source: Manali Petrochemicals Limited -Plant-II

Figure 2-8 Proposed Process flow diagram of Propylene Glycol


120

Figure 2-9 Process flow diagram of Propylene oxide


Figure 2-10 Process flow diagram of Polyol


121

2.7.6 Proposed Utilities

The proposed utilities and proposed storage tanks of MPL P-II to meet the requirement of proposed

Propylene Glycols facility are given in Table 2-12 and Table 2-13 respectively.

Table 2-12 Proposed Utilities

S.No Description Capacity Units Area to be Occupied

1 Utility Boiler-E* 30 Ton/hr 9.95 m x 16 m

2 Cooling Tower 1950 (Circulation

rate)

m3/hr 14.4 m x 16 m

3 STP 20 KLD 4 m x 12 m

4 RO Unit 350 KLD 16 m x 38 m

5 Sludge Drying Bed of area- 2.5m x 5m (2 nos.)

6 4 Nos. of Rainwater Harvesting Pit – Each pit of Diameter-1.5m and Depth-3m

* Note: The Utility Boiler B (10MT) will be replaced by new Utility Boiler-E and

combined with existing stack itself.

Boiler - C 10 Ton + Boiler - D 21 Ton will be standby boiler for Boiler E with a

common stack

Table 2-13 Proposed Storage Tanks

S.No Tank No. Service Type Dia (m) Height

(m)

SFH

(m)

SFV

(m3)

1

TK 7501E

PG storage tank

Vertical

cylindrical

tank with

conical roof

7.5

18

14.40

636

2

TK 7501F

PG storage tank

Vertical

cylindrical

tank with

conical roof

7.5

18

14.40

636

3

TK 7502B

DPG storage

tank

Vertical

cylindrical

tank with

conical roof

4.25

9

7.12

101

4

TK 7502C

DPG storage

tank

Vertical

cylindrical

tank with

conical roof

4.25

9

7.12

101

5

TK 7503B

TPG storage

tank

Vertical

cylindrical

tank with

conical roof

4.25

9

7.12

101

2.7.7 Proposed RO and Sewage Treatment Plant

A Sewage Treatment plant of capacity 20 KLD is proposed in Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-

II which will occupy an area of about 4m x 12 m (48m2). Additionally, a sludge drying bed is

proposed which will occupy an area of 25 m2.

122

It is proposed to install an RO unit of capacity 350 KLD to treat the Cooling tower blowdown water,

Boiler blow down water, DM unit regeneration water.RO permeate quantity of 243 KLD will be

reused as cooling tower make-up water. RO rejects quantity of 105 KLD will be generated as

effluent and will be treated in the existing ETP.

The Process flow diagram of proposed STP and RO is attached as Figure 2-11 and Figure 2-12

respectively.

Figure 2-11 Process Flow Diagram of Proposed STP

123

Figure 2-12 Process Flow Diagram of Proposed RO Unit

2.7.8 Sulphur Balance

In existing facility, Sulphur is mainly present in the Furnace Oil which is being used as fuel in

existing Boiler. This Sulphur content gets converted into SOx in the form of Sulphur-dioxide and

Sulphur-Tri-Oxide. Very minimum level of elemental sulphur will exhaust along with flue gas from

chimney.

FEED

Sulphur in furnace oil entering Boiler = 5.63 kg/h of SULPHUR

OUTLET

Sulphur di-oxide qty. = 10.59 kg/h in Flue gas. (Qty. of sulphur in SO2 = 5.29 kg/h of SULPHUR)

Sulphur tri-oxide qty. = 0.13 kg/h in Flue gas. (Qty. of sulphur in SO3 = 0.05 kg/h of SULPHUR)

Unreacted sulphur in flue gas = 0.29 kg/h of SULPHUR.

Note: The Existing fuel oil containing Sulphur content will not be used after expansion. It is

proposed to use LNG as fuel in boiler instead of Furnace Oil after expansion.

124

2.8 Raw materials and Transportation

The main raw material for manufacture of Propylene Glycols is Propylene Oxide and Water. The

other raw materials used in the plant are Propylene, Chlorine, Burnt Lime, Fuel oil, Sodium

Hydroxide and Hydrochloric Acid.

Propylene Oxide

The source of propylene oxide will be Propylene oxide produced by MPL. Also propylene oxide will

be sourced from Tamilnadu Petro products Limited’s Propylene oxide plant. PO requirement, over

and above MPL and TPL Plant quantity, will be made up with imported material that will be stored

in M/s Ennore Tank Terminals Private Limited (ETTPL), Ennore Port, Chennai. Propylene Oxide is

the major raw material for manufacture of Propylene Glycols and there is sufficient quantity

available from both indigenous and imported source.

Water

The additional water requirement for the MPL-Plant-II and utilities would be approximately 810

KLD over and above the current requirement. This will be met from CMWSSB.

The Existing and Proposed raw material used for the production of Propylene Oxide (PO), Propylene

Glycols and Polyols are given in Table 2-14

Table 2-14 Existing and Proposed raw material details

S.

No.

Raw

Materia

l

Principal

Use

Existing

Quantity

Proposed

Quantity

After

Expansion

Source

from M/s.

Mode

of

Transport

Storage

capacity

1 Propyle

ne

(96%

Purity)

Production

of Propylene

Oxide (PO)

15510 --- 15510 CPCL

(95%)

4" Pipeline 86 MT

BPCL

(5%)

Tankers

2 Chlorin

e

26950 --- 26950 Grasim

Industries

Tonners-

trucks

244 MT

TGV-

Rayalasee

ma/

DCW/

+ 1 No.

dump

bullet

Grasim

Industries

3 Lime

(90 %

Purity)

31500 --- 31500 Imported

from

UAE/Viet

nam

In bags -

trucks

Chemica

l

Godown

Malaysia

(PGP

internatio

125

nal)

4 Caustic

soda

Production

of PO &

DM Water

1260 --- 1260 TPL/TGV

Rayalsee

ma/

Chemfab/

DCW

Tankers 32 MT

5 HCl 787.5 --- 787.5 TPL Tankers 27.5 MT

6 Propyle

ne

Oxide

Production

of Propylene

Glycol

10500 44646 55146 Local-

TPL,MPL

-I

Within the

plant/

Tankers

334 MT

7 Ethylen

e

Oxide

Production

of Polyol

630 --- 630 RIL Tankers 29 MT

8 Glyceri

ne

147 ---- 147 3F

industries/

Kaleeswa

ri

Tankers 32MT

9 Di

Propyle

ne

Glycol

59.5 ---- 59.5 MPL Drums Chemica

l

Godown

10 Styrene 70 ---- 70 Supreme

Petroche

m

Drums

11 Sugar 388.5 ---- 388.5 Bannari

Sugars/EI

D Parry

Bags in

Trucks

Chemica

l

Godown

12 Sorbito

l (70%)

1004.5 ---- 1004.5 Kashyap

Industries

/

Blue

Cross

Tankers 120 MT

13 KOH 38.5 ---- 38.5 TGV

Rayalsee

ma

Tankers 29 MT

Bags in

Trucks

Chemica

l

Godown

14 Furnac

e Oil

Production

of Steam

9457 ---- ---- IOCL/BP

CL

Tankers 290 MT

15 R-LNG --- 8778 8778 IOCL R-

LNG

Terminal

Ennore

Proposed

pipeline of

IOCL

No

Storage

The material balance for the Existing and proposed Propylene Glycols are given in Figure 2-13 and

Figure 2-14 respectively

126

Figure 2-13 Material balance for the Existing Propylene Glycol unit

Figure 2-14 Material Balance diagram for the Proposed Propylene Glycol unit

2.9 Land use Details

Detailed Land breakup is summarized in Table 2-15. The existing and proposed site layout is given

in Figure 2-20 and Figure 2-21 respectively. The Google image of Overall Plot plan is given in

Figure 2-22.

Table 2-15 Land use planning of the project site

Description Existing

(Hectares)

Proposed

(Hectares)

After expansion

(Hectares)

Percentage,%

Plant area 7.94 0.374* 8.314 47.15 %

Roads 2.092 0 2.092 11.86 %

Greenbelt 2.7659 0 2.7659 15.69 %

127

Vacant Land 4.8341 -0.374 4.4601 25.30 %

Total land 17.632 0 17.632 100.00%

Proposed PG plant area of 0.374 hectare is part of the existing vacant land ((4.8341 hectares). So,

no additional land acquisition is identified.

Green belt Area within the plant is 2.7659 hectares (15.69 %). Green belt area developed in the

lands allocated by Greater Chennai Corporation and Vilangadupakkam Panchayat, Puzhal Union is

4.4322 hectares (25.14 %).

The details of cost incurred for Green belt development in an area of 5.2381 hectares (29.70 %) to

comply the Green belt cover as per CEPI condition is mentioned in the Table below:

S.

No

Description Details

1 Additional area of Green

Belt (Ha.) developed to

comply Green belt cover as

per CEPI condition

5.2381 hectares



(Green belt cover in land allocated by Vilangadupakkam Panchayat,

Puzhal Union : 3.5 hectares)

2 Additional Green belt

cover in terms of

Percentage of total project

site area (%)

29.70 %



(Land allocated in Vilangadupakkam Panchayat, Puzhal Union:

19.85 %)

3 No. of Plants 8390

4 Funds Spent INR 22,65,300

128

Figure 2-15 Existing Site Layout

129

Figure 2-16 Proposed Site Layout

130

Figure 2-17 Google Image of Overall Plot Plan

131

2.10 Manpower

There is 10 nos. additional manpower required for operating the plant and contract manpower of

around 60 nos. will be used during construction stage. The total manpower requirement is given in

Table 2-16

Table 2-16 Manpower Requirement

During construction phase

S. No. Description Proposed

1 Contract workers 60

2 Permanent workers Nil

Total 60

During operation phase

S.No. Description Existing Proposed Total

Permanent Contract Others Permanent Contract

1. General

Shift

116 204 - 10 Nil 330

2.11 Power and Fuel Requirements

The additional power requirement is 1.06 MW. This will be met by TANGEDCO power. For

emergency power the supply will be from DG set which will ensure safe shut down of the plant. The

existing and proposed power and fuel content is given in Table 2-17

Table 2-17 Power and Fuel requirement

Details

Capacity

Source

Existing

Proposed

Total

after

expansion

Power Requirement (MWH) 2.54 1.06 3.6 TANGEDCO

FO (MT/DAY) 27.02* - --- IOCL/BPCL

R-LNG (MMSCM/day) - 0.033 0.033 IOCL LNG

Terminal,

Ennore

Diesel(KLPA) 132.154 - 132.154 IOCL/BPCL

Note: *The Existing fuel oil will be replaced by R-LNG after Expansion of Propylene glycol.

Table 2-18 R-LNG composition

COMPONENT MOLE %

Methane 92.069

Ethane 5.833

Propane 1.35

i-Butane 0.233

132

Propylene Glycol Plant

n-Butane 0.341

i-Pentane 0.0154

n-Pentane 0.00594

Hexane NIL

Nitrogen 0.153

Carbon-di-oxide 0.000255

Hydrogen Sulphide 0.00000233

There is no presence of ash in LNG

2.12 Site Photographs

Site photographs of existing facility and proposed facility is enclosed as Figure 2-18 and

Figure 2-19 and Figure 2-20 respectively.

Figure 2-18 Site Photographs of Existing Facility

Propylene Oxide Plant

Polyol Plant

133

Figure 2-19 Site Photographs of Proposed Facility (Site-1)

Proposed Propylene Glycol Plant Area

134

Figure 2-20 Site Photographs of Proposed Facility (Site-2)

2.13 Project cost

The estimated cost for the proposed Expansion of Propylene Glycol Plant by 50000 MTPA projects

is approx. INR 125 Crores. The project cost breakup is given below:

S.No. Activities Investment Cost

(INR Crores)

1 Design (Basic & Detailed Engineering) 6.25

2 Civil & Structural (Construction, Painting &

Insulation)

27.5

3 Mechanical (Equipment, Piping & Erection) 40

4 Electrical (Equipment, Panel, Cabling& Erection) 11.25

5 Instrumentation (Instruments, Panel, Cabling &

Erection)

27.5

6 Contingency 12.5

TOTAL 125

2.14 Water Requirement

Existing

2451 KLD of effluent and 15 KLD of sewage is being generated in the existing facility. On total,

2466 KLD is being disposed to Deep Sea after treatment in ETP.

Proposed Propylene Glycol Plant Area

135

Proposed

It is proposed to install an RO unit of capacity 350 KLD to treat the Cooling tower blowdown water,

Boiler blow down water & DM unit regeneration water.RO permeate quantity of 243 KLD will be

reused as cooling tower make-up water. RO rejects quantity of 105 KLD will be generated as

effluent and 1 KLD of Sewage will be generated in the proposed STP facility. On total,

105 KLD will be disposed to Deep Sea after treatment in ETP and 1 KLD of sewage will be reused

for green belt after treatment in STP.

After Expansion

2556 KLD of effluent and 16 KLD of Sewage will be generated after expansion. On total, 2556 KLD

is disposed to Deep Sea after treatment in ETP and 16 KLD of sewage will be reused for green belt

after treatment in STP.

Existing and proposed water consumption details are given in Table 2-19

Table 2-19 Existing and Proposed Water Requirements

Description Existing in KLD Proposed in KLD After expansion in KLD

From

CMWSSB

Recycled Total From

CMWSSB

Recycled Total From

CMWSSB

Recycle Total

PO unit 2111 200 2311 0 0 0 2111 200 2311

MOL unit 76 205 281 205 0 0 281 0 281

DM unit 300 0 300 104 0 104 404 0 404

Cooling

Tower

735 0 735 492 243 735 1227 243 1470

Domestic 17 0 17 1 0 1 18 0 18

Green Belt 8 0 8 8 16 24 16 16 32

Total 3247 405 3652 810 259 1069 4057 459 4516

136

Figure 2-21 Water Balance Diagrams of Existing Plant-II

137

Figure 2-22 Proposed Water Balance Diagrams of Plant-II

138

Figure 2-23 Water Balance Diagrams after Expansion of Plant-II

139

2.14.1 Source of Water Supply

The total water requirement will be met from Chennai Metro Water Supply and Sewage Board.

Agreement for sourcing of water is enclosed as Annexure - 8 and the reply letter for additional

water requirement from CMWSSB is enclosed as Annexure – 9.

2.15 Solid Waste Management

a. During Construction Phase

During construction phase 36 kg/day of solid waste is envisaged. The details are given in

Table 2-20.

Construction phase – Man Power: 60 Nos.

Table 2-20 Solid waste Generation and Management during Construction phase

S. No Description Proposed Quantity

(Kg/day)

Method of Disposal

1 Organic 21.6 Disposed to municipal bins

2 Inorganic 14.4 Disposed to municipal bins

Total 36

(As per CPHEEO Guidelines -0.60 kg/capita/day)

b. During Operation Phase

During Operation Phase Total of 198 Kg/day of solid waste is generated of which 118.8 kg/day of

organic waste and 79.2 kg/day of inorganic waste will be disposed to municipal bins. The existing

and proposed waste generated is given in Table 2-21.

Operation phase – Man Power: 330 Nos.

Table 2-21 Solid waste Generation and Management during Operation phase

S. No

List of Items


expansion

(kg/Day)

Disposal Methods

Existing Proposed

1 Organic waste 115.2 3.6 118.8 Disposed to municipal bins

2 Inorganic waste 76.8 2.4 79.2 Disposed to municipal bins

Total 192 6 198 -

c. Other Solid waste Generation

Sewage generated from domestic needs collected in a settling tank. Then the supernatant sewage is

sent to ETP for Biological Effluent Treatment process through pumping in existing case. A new STP

is proposed and after expansion sewage will be treated in STP. The separated sludge is being dried

and used as manure at present and will be continued as such after expansion. The details are

mentioned in Table 2.22.

140

Table 2-22 Other Solid Waste Generation

S.No. List of

Items


expansion

(kg/Day)

Disposal Methods Existing Proposed

1 STP Sludge 23.28 1.6 24.88 Dried and used as manure.

2.16 Hazardous Waste Management

The Existing and Proposed Hazardous waste generated is given in Table 2.23 and the storage area of

hazardous waste is shown in Figure 2.28 and Figure 2.29.

Table 2-23 Hazardous Waste Management

S.No

.

Details

of

Waste

Sched

ule as

per

HWM

rules

Unit Quantity

Physi

cal

status

Stora

ge

Dispos

al Existi

ng

Propos

ed

After

Expansi

on

Appro

val

1

Waste

Lube

Oil

generat

ed

from

Rotary

Equip

ment -

Spent

Oil

5.1 KL/Ann

um

1.38 0.5 1.88 4.0 Oily MS

drums

Dispose

d

through

TNPCB

authori

zed

recycler

s

2

ETP

Second

ary

Clarifie

r

Bottom

Sludge

35.3 T/Annu

m

110 Nil* 110 110 Solid Concr

ete

floore

d

covere

d shed

Commo

n TSDF

Landfill

Facility

The unit has provided adequate designated storage area for the hazardous waste storage within

premises having impervious floor, roof cover system and leachate collection system. The hazardous

waste are disposed of through the TNPCB approved /authorized recyclers/Pre-processors/TSDF site.

For Spent Oil: Shri. Sathya Sai Lubricants - S.F.No. 86/IF, Kunnathur Village, Annur Taluk,

Coimbatore dist. The agreement is attached as Annexure – 17.

141

For ETP Sludge: Tamilnadu Waste Management Limited, Plot No. 5-15, 28-33, Sipcot Industrial

Complex, Gummidipoondi, Thiruvallur District, 601201. The agreement is attached as Annexure –

18.

*There will not be any effluent from proposed propylene glycol plant. The blow down from cooling

tower, boiler and regeneration water will be treated in RO unit and RO rejects sans COD/BOD is the

additional input to ETP. Hence no additional ETP sludge will be generated.

Figure 2-24 Hazardous waste storage area – for Spent Oil

142

Figure 2-25 Hazardous waste storage area – for ETP sludge

2.17 Non-Hazardous Waste Management

The Existing and proposed Non-Hazardous waste generated is given in Table 2.24. The Non-

Hazardous RVDF sludge analysis report is enclosed as Annexure - 23.

Table 2-24 Non-Hazardous Waste Management

S.No. Details of

Waste

Quantity- MTPA Storage and

Disposal Existing Proposed After Expansion

1

Milk of Lime

(MOL) Plant

Rejects

1365.1

(Dry

Basis)

-

1365.1 (Dry Basis)

Being used for

Brick Plant and in

Building

Construction as

weather proofing

2

PO Plant

Sludge from

Solid

Separation

unit (RVDF)

2135.25

(Dry

Basis)

-

2135.25 (Dry Basis)

Given to brick

manufacturers.

Note: The above Non-Hazardous wastes are from Propylene Oxide (PO) Unit only.

2.18 Greenbelt Development

The Greenbelt area breakup is given in Table 2-21. The plant species of trees is given below in

Table 2-25. The Green Belt Layout is given in Figure 2-26 and Figure 2-27.

Table 2-25 Land area breakup of greenbelt

S.No Location Allocated area

(Hectares)

Green belt

area

(Hectares)

Percentage

of Green

belt (%)

No. of

Trees

planted

1. MPL – Plant – II

(within premises) – Already

completed

1.96 1.96 11.12 % 3100

2. MPL – Plant – II

(within premises) – Recently

completed

0.8059 0.8059 4.57 % 1300

3. Land allocated by

Vilangadupakkam Panchayat,

Puzhal Union

6.07 3.5 19.85 % 5600

4. V.C.N. Salai, Vadaperumbakkam


0.4122 0.4122 2.33 % 660

5. Thyagi Viswanathadoss Nagar,

SITE – 1


0.3028 0.3028 1.72 % 480

6. Thyagi Viswanathadoss Nagar,

SITE – 2


0.2172 0.2172 1.23 % 350

TOTAL 7.1981 40.82 % 11490

Table 2-26 Greenbelt Plant Species

S.

N

o

Tree

Descript

ion

Species

Name

Green belt locations

MPL

–

Plant

II

(withi

n

premi

ses) –

Alrea

dy

compl

eted

MPL

–

Plant

II

(withi

n

premi

ses)-

Recen

tly

compl

eted

Land

allocated by

Vilangadup

akkam

Panchayat,

Puzhal

Union

V.C.N.

Salai,

Vadaperum

bakkam

(GCC

allocated

land)

Thyagi

Viswanat

hadoss

Nagar,

SITE – 1

(GCC

allocated

land)

Thyagi

Viswanat

hadoss

Nagar,

SITE – 2

(GCC

allocated

land)

1 Neem Azadirach

taindica

478 200 863 102 74 54

2 Poovara

su

(Indian

Tulip)

Thespesia

populnea

644 270 1163 137 100 73

3 Gulmoh

ar

Delonixre

gia

368 154 666 78 57 42

4 Baadam Terminali

a catappa

548 230 990 117 85 62

5 Peepal Ficusrelig

iosa

29 13 52 6 5 4

6 Banyan Ficusbeng

halensis

10 4 16 2 2 1

7 Vilva

(Bael)

Aegle

marmelos

252 106 456 54 39 28

8 Athi

(Gular)

FicusRace

mosa

170 71 308 36 26 19

9 Naaval

(Jamun)

Syzygium

cumini

97 41 174 21 15 11

10 Mango Mangifera

indica

48 20 87 10 7 5

11 Guava Psidiumg

uajava

72 30 130 15 11 8

12 Coconut Cocosnuc

ifera

66 28 120 14 10 7

13 Rain tree Samaneas

aman

318 133 575 68 49 36

TOTAL (Nos.) 3100 1300 5600 660 480 350

11490

Figure 2-26 Green Belt Layout within the Project Site

Figure 2-27 Green Belt Layout in Govt. Allocated Lands

2.19 Air Pollution Control Measures

Modulation control available in the boiler to regulate the air – fuel ratio for proper combustion. The

Other APC are as follows

Usage of LNG as fuel instead of Furnace Oil in boiler after expansion.

All the hydrocarbon safety valve discharge is connected to flare system.

All the process and product tanks blanketed with Nitrogen.

In the MOL Plant a dust scrubber has been installed.

The source of emission, capacity and the various Air Pollution Control (APC) measures proposed are

listed in Table 2.27.

Table 2-27 Existing Air Pollution Sources and Control Measures

S.No. Air Pollution sources Control Measures Stack Height

from GL(m)

1

Boiler- B 10 Ton/hr (Stack

Common for Three Boilers)

Stack

30 Boiler - C 10 Ton/hr (Stack


Boiler - D 21 Ton/hr (Stack


2 EO / PO Blow Down Unit Wet scrubber with stack 10

3 Flare Stack Stack 30

4 1500 KVA DG Set -I Stack 10.5

5 1500 KVA DG Set –II Stack 10.5

6 Lime Charging Hopper Dust collectors with stack 6

7 Lime Slacker Outlet Wet scrubber with stack 6

There are no stacks proposed for the expansion of Propylene Glycol. The Existing boiler itself has

sufficient capacity to run the proposed unit. The existing fuel oil will be replaced by LNG in the

proposed project of quantity 33000 SCM/day in boilers.

2.20 Odour Control Measures

All the storage tanks present in Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II are provided with Inert Gas

(Nitrogen) blanketing system and any vents from PVRV or PSV of a storage tank contains only inert

gas and no process vapours. Hence no process odours envisaged.

2.21 Water Pollution Control Measures

The effluent generated is treated in the existing Effluent Treatment plant having capacity of 3600

KLD. The Characteristics of existing effluent is given in Table 2.25. The Characteristics of effluent

to be generated from the proposed project is given in Table 2.26 respectively.

Table 2-28 Characteristics of Existing Effluent

S.No. Characteristics Unit ETP outlet -

Results

Standard specification by

TNPCB

1. pH -- 6.32 5.5 - 9.0

2. Oil & Grease mg/L 8 20 Max.

3. BOD (5 days) @

20 deg C

mg/L 49 100 Max.

4. COD mg/L 236 250 Max.

5. Sulphate mg/L 206 1000 Max.

6. Chloride mg/L 26792 --

7. Total Suspended

Solids

mg/L 88 100 Max.

8. Total Dissolved

Solids

mg/L 43656 --

9. Total Residual

Chlorine


10. Phosphate mg/L 2.26 --

11. Calcium mg/L 14749 --

12. Total Chromium mg/L 0.069 2 Max.

13. Hexavalent

Chromium


14. Phenolic

compounds


Table 2-29 Characteristics of Effluent to be generated from the proposed project (RO Rejects)

S.No. Characteristics Unit Expected result

1. pH -- 7.5 – 9.0

2. BOD (5 days) @ 20 deg C mg/L 5 - 25

3. COD mg/L 40 - 100

4. Chloride mg/L 6000

5. Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 15000

3 Description of Environment

3.1 Introduction

This chapter provides information on existing environmental status incorporating land use of study

area, air environment, water environment, biological environment and socio-economic environment.

3.2 Study Area

As per the standard Terms of Reference (ToR) notified on August 2010 for Synthetic Organic

chemical industry by MoEF & CC study area considered for this report is 10 Km radius around the

project site.

Figure 3-1 Toposheet of 10km radius around the project site

Table 3-1 Study area with Environmental surroundings around the project site

S.No Particulars Details

1. Geographical

Coordinates (centre

coordinates)

13° 9'6.82"N - 80°16'20.50"E

2. Elevation above

Mean

Sea Level

3-7 m

3. Present Land Use Industrial

4. Nearest Railway

station

Chennai Central - 6.51km, S

5. Nearest Airport Chennai International Airport- 18.93km, SSW

6.

Nearest Highway

SH 56(Tiruvottiyur- Ponneri-Panjetti)- 2.51km, N

Chennai – Srikakulam Highway- 3.60 km, SSW

7. Nearest Road Nearest Road (Chinna Sekkadu-Railway Colony) - 0.06 km,

ENE

8.

Nearest habitation

/Village

.

Chinna Sekkadu village at 0.64km in NW direction.

9. Nearest Port Chennai Port - 4.14 km, SE

10 Nearest Town Manali - Site present within Manali

11 Nearest City Site is located within Greater Chennai corporation

12. Densely populated

area

Chinnasekadu located at a distance of 0.64 km in NW

direction with a population of 12396.

13. Inland water bodies S.

No

Name Distance (~

km)

Direction

Lakes

1 Sathangadu Lake 0.17 W

2 Lake near Sekkadu 2.33 WNW

3 Periyathoppu Lake 2.46 NW

4 Kadappakkam Lake 5.06 NNW

5 Madavaram Eri/Retteri

Lake

5.85 W

6 Pulal/Red Hills Lake 8.35 W

River

7 Korttalaiyar/Kosisttalaiyar

R

2.72 NNE

8 Cooum/Kuvam R 7.65 S

9 Adyar River 13.80 S

Canal

10 Buckingham Canal 0.84 ESE

11 Kodungaiyur Canal 1.90 SW

12 Captain Cotton Canal 2.44 S

13 Korattur Eri Canal 7.24 W

14 Canal near Padiyanallur 11.31km WNW

15 Krishna River Canal 14.61km W

Tank

16 Korattur Tank 8.86 WSW

17 Ambattur Tank 14.08 WSW

18 Cholavaram Tank 14.56 WNW

Nala

19 Otteri Nala 4.69km S

Creek

20 Ennore Creek 9.44km NNE

14 Reserved Forests /

Protected Forests/

Notified Wildlife

Sanctuary / Notified

national parks /

Ecologically

sensitive areas

Alamadi RF is located approximately at a distance of

14.59 km towards WNW from the Project boundary

15 Defense

Installations

INS Adyar - 8.46 km , SSE

Cholavaram Air Field - 13.26 km, WNW

16 Archeologically

Important places /

sites

Old Town Wall Tondiarpet- 5.35 km, SSE

Tomb of David Yale and Joseph Hymners in the

compound of Law College-7.06 km, S

Ramparts, gates bastions, Ravelins with vaulted

chambers and water cisterns underneath; moat and

defense walls all round with glacis to the extent of the

existing barbed wire fence - 7.51km , S

King’s Barracks Block No.XXV Fort St. George-

7.62km, S

Big Warehouse south of the Church Library (in Block

No.II/7) Fort St. George- 8.01km, S

Nursing Sister’s House (Block 1/3) Fort St. George -

8.03km,S

Megalithic cists and cairns pottur-12.03km, W

17 Inter state boundary None

18 Hills/Valleys None

Figure 3-2 Environmental sensitive areas covering within 15 km from project boundary

3.2.1 Classification of the study Area:

Baseline information with respect to air quality, noise level, water, soil quality, biological

environment in the study area was collected by conducting primary sampling/ field studies during

End of December 2021 to End of March 2022. Baseline status of Land and Socio-economical

environment are also studied simultaneously. The environmental attributes studied are detailed out in

Table below.

Table 3-2 Classification of the study Area

S.No. Description Primary/Secondary Attributes

1 Project Site Primary Ambient air quality, Ground water,

Surface water, Noise levels, Flora,

Fauna, Socio economic aspects, Traffic

studies.

2 Area with

angular distance

of 2 km

surrounding the

project site

Primary Ambient air quality, Ground water,

Surface water, Flora, Fauna, Noise

levels (500 m radius from site), Traffic

study (at major traffic junctions)

3 Area with

angular distance

of 2 km up to 10

km surrounding

the project site

Secondary data from

Government /

Government approved

sources

Meteorological data, Surface water

bodies, Flora, Fauna, Socio economic

aspects, Land environment.

Table 3-3 Environmental Attributes

S.No. Attribute Details of Baseline data Remarks

1. Air Environment

i Ambient air quality Type of data: Primary data

Sampling Locations: Project site and 7

surrounding locations

within 7 km radius of the project site

Period: End of December to End of

March

Locations were

selected within 7 Km

radius of project site

Upwind – 2

Downwind – 2

Crosswind - 3

ii Noise Level Type of data: Primary data




Period: One time sampling

Locations were


radius of project site.

iii Meteorological

Data

Type of data: Secondary for choosing

the baseline monitoring locations

Source:2020 - Indian Meteorological

Department (IMD), Chennai

--

2 Water Environment

iv Ground water Type of data: Primary data

Sampling Locations: 7 surrounding

locations

--

Within 7 km radius of the project site

Period: Once during the study period

v Surface water Project site – Nil

Within 5 km – 1 No

Locations were


radius of project site

3 Land Environment

vi Land use &

land cover

Type of data : Secondary

Source: GIS Study for Land use/

Land cover details of 10 km radius

Land use/ land cover

classification was

made based on the

satellite data

collected from

LANDSAT_8,

OLI_TIRS and using

ARC _GIS / ERDAS

software.

vii Soil analysis Type of data: Primary data




Period: Once during the study period

--

4 Socio –

Economic

Environment

1. Primary data: Project site (10km

around the project site)

2. Secondary data :

Source : 2011 ‘Census of India’

--

5 Biological

Environment

1. Primary data: Project site and

selected locations in the 7 Km radius

from the project site (Period: February

2022)

2. Secondary data : From 2 Km upto

10 km radius from the project site

The proposed unit is

located in the Manali

Industrial Area. Study

area is confined

within 7km.

3.3 Land use Analysis

3.3.1 Land Use Classification

Land Use / Land Cover - Land Use refers to man's activity and the various uses, which are carried on

land. Land Cover refers to natural vegetation, water bodies, rock/soil, artificial cover and others,

resulting due to land transformation. The present Land Use/Land Classification map is developed

with following objectives. The main objective of the study is to classify the different land use within

10 km from the project boundary.

3.3.2 Methodology

Information of land use and land cover is important for many planning and management activities

concerning the surface of the earth (Agarwal and Garg, 2000). Land use refers to man's activities on

land, which are directly related to land (Anderson et al., 1976). The land use and the land cover

determine the infiltration capacity. Barren surfaces are poor retainers of water as compared to

grasslands and forests, which not only hold water for longer periods on the surface, but at the same

time allow it to percolate down.

The terms ‘land use’ and ‘land cover’ (LULC) are often used to describe maps that provide

information about the types of features found on the earth’s surface (land cover) and the human

activity that is associated with them (land use). Satellite remote sensing is being used for determining

different types of land use classes as it provides a means of assessing a large area with limited time

and resources. However, satellite images do not record land cover details directly and they are

measured based on the solar energy reflected from each area on the land. The amount of multi

spectral energy in multi wavelengths depends on the type of material at the earth’s surface and the

objective is to associate particular land cover with each of these reflected energies, which is achieved

using either visual or digital interpretation. In the present study the task is to study in detail the land

use and land cover in and around the project site. The study envisages different LULC around the

proposed project area and the procedure adopted is as below.

Figure 3-3 Flow Chart showing Methodology of Land use mapping

3.3.3 Satellite Data

IRS Resourcesat-2 LISS-III multispectral satellite data of 05th March 2016 was utilized for the

present study. Details of satellite data is given below. The rectification of imagery was carried out on

to bring the digital data on the earth coordinate system by means of ground control point (GCP)

assignments/SOI topo sheets.

3.3.4 Scale of mapping

Considering the user defined scale of mapping, 1:50000 IRS-P6, LISS-III data on 1:50000 Scale

was used for Land use / Land cover mapping of 10 km radius for proposed site. The description of

the land use categories for 10 km radius and the statistics are given for 10 km radius.

3.3.5 Interpretation Technique

Standard on screen visual interpretation procedure was followed. The various Land use / Land cover

classes interpreted along with the SOI topographical maps during the initial rapid reconnaissance of

the study area. The physiognomic expressions conceived by image elements of color, tone, texture,

size, shape, pattern, shadow, location and associated features are used to interpret the FCC imagery.

Image interpretation keys were developed for each of the LU/LC classes in terms of image elements.

February 2016 FCC imagery (Digital data) of the study area was interpreted for the relevant land use

classes. On screen visual interpretation coupled with supervised image classification techniques are

used to prepare the land use classification.

1. Digitization of the study area (10 km radius from the proposed site) from the topo maps

2. In the present study the IRS –P6 satellite image and SOI topo sheets of 66 C/4 & 66 C/8 have

been procured and interpreted using the ERDAS imaging and ARC-GIS soft ware adopting the

necessary interpretation techniques.

3. Satellite data interpretation and vectorisation of the resulting units

4. Adopting the available guidelines from manual of LULC mapping using Satellite imagery

(NRSA, 1989)

5. Field checking and ground truth validation

6. Composition of final LULC map

The LULC Classification has been done at three levels where level -1 being the broad classification

about the land covers that is Built-up land, agriculture land, waste land, wet lands, and water bodies.

These are followed by level –II where built-up land is divided into towns/cities as well villages. The

Agriculture land is divided into different classes such as cropland, Fallow, Plantation, while

wastelands are broadly divided into, Land with scrub and without Scrub and Mining and Industrial

wasteland. The wetlands are classified into inland wetlands, coastal wetlands and islands. The water

bodies are classified further into River/stream, Canal, Tanks and bay. In the present study level II

classification has been undertaken.

3.3.6 Field Verification

Field verification involved collection, verification and record of the different surface features that

create specific spectral signatures / image expressions on FCC. In the study area, doubtful areas

identified in course of interpretation of imagery is systematically listed and transferred on to the

corresponding SOI topographical maps for ground verification. In addition to these, traverse routes

were planned with reference to SOI topographical maps to verify interpreted LU/LC classes in such

a manner that all the different classes are covered by at least 5 sampling areas, evenly distributed in

the area. Ground truth details involving LU/LC classes and other ancillary information about crop

growth stage, exposed soils, landform, nature and type of land degradation are recorded and the

different land use classes are taken the Land use map is presented in Annexure

3.3.7 Description of the Land Use / land cover classes

Total geographic area of Tiruvallur district is 3423 Sq.Km. Urban Builtup area is 295.16

Sq.Km and Rural Builtup area is 272.76 Sq.Km. Details of land use/land cover statistics for

Tiruvallur district were given in Table 3-4 and Land Use pattern/cover of Tiruvallur district is given

in Figure 3-3.

Table 3-4 District land use/land cover statistics (2015-16) for Tiruvallur district

S.No Division of Land Use / Land Cover Area in

Sq.km

Area in

acres

Area in

Ha

Total

area %

1. Agriculture, Crop land 1834.25 453252.35 183425 53.59

2. Agriculture, Plantation 87.77 21688.41 8777 2.56

3. Agriculture, Fallow 115.92 28644.41 11592 3.39

4. Barren/Unculturable/Wastelands, Salt

Affected land

7.42 1833.52 742 0.22

5. Barren/Unculturable/ Wastelands,

Scrub land

190.58 47093.27 19058 5.57

6. Barren/Unculturable/Wastelands,

Sandy area

12.83 3170.36 1283 0.37


Gullied/Ravinous Land

0.11 27.18 11 0.00


Barren rocky

2.39 590.58 239 0.07

9. Builtup, Urban 295.16 72935.5 29516 8.62

10. Builtup, Rural 272.76 67400.36 27276 7.97

11. Builtup, Mining 7.54 1863.17 754 0.22

12. Forest, Evergreen/Semi evergreen 18.22 4502.25 1822 0.53

13. Forest, Deciduous 68.13 16835.26 6813 1.99

14. Forest, Forest Plantation 10.57 2611.9 1057 0.31

15. Forest, Swamp/Mangrooves 3.03 748.73 303 0.09

16. Forest, Scrub forest 0.03 7.41 3 0.00

17. Wetlands, Water bodies, Inland

wetland

0.65 160.62 65 0.02

18. Wetlands, Water bodies,

Reservoir/Lakes/Ponds

341.57 84403.65 34157 9.98

19. Wetlands, Water bodies,

River/stream/canals

67.33 16637.58 6733 1.97

20. Wetlands/Water bodies, Coastal

wetland

86.74 21433.89 8674 2.53

21. Total 3423 845840.415 342300 100

Figure 3-4 Land use/Land cover pattern for Tiruvallur district

3.3.8 Land use Land cover for the Study area

The land use pattern of the study area is 331.99Sq.Km given in Table 3-5, Land use pattern and land

use map of the study area is given in Figure 3-4 and Figure 3-5 respectively.

Table 3-5 Land use pattern of the Study Area

S.NO Description Area

(Sq.km)

Area

(ACRES)

AREA

(Hectare)

Percentage

(%)

1. Urban 153.63 37962.74 15363 46.28

2. Cropland 35.33 8730.22 3533 10.64

3. Rural 14.56 3597.85 1456 4.39

4. Reservoirs/Lakes/Ponds 13.64 3370.51 1364 4.11

5. Rivers/Stream/Canals 8.36 2065.80 836 2.52

6. Scrub land 7.13 1761.86 713 2.15

7. Coastal wetland 5.14 1270.12 514 1.55

8. Plantation 4.08 1008.19 408 1.23

9. Sandy area 2.49 615.27145 249 0.75

10. Fallow land 1.61 397.84 161 0.48

11. Salt affected land 0.04 9.88 4 0.01

12. Ocean 85.98 21246.09 8598 25.90

13. Total 331.99 82036.39 33199 100.0

Figure 3-5 Land Use Pattern for Study Area

Figure 3-6 Land use classes around 10 km radius from the project site

3.4 Hydrogeology

The district underlain by both porous and fissured formations. The important aquifer systems in

the district are considered by Unconsolidated & semi-consolidated formations and Weathered,

fissured and fractured crystalline rocks. The porous formations in the district include

sandstones and clays of Jurassic age (Upper Gondwana), marine sediments of Cretaceous age,

sandstones of Tertiary age and recent alluvial formations. As the Gondwana formations are well-

compacted and poorly jointed, the movement of ground water in these formations is mostly

restricted to shallow levels. Ground water occurs under phreatic to semi-confined conditions

in the inter-granular pore spaces in sands and sandstones and the bedding planes and thin

fractures in shales. In the area underlain by Cretaceous sediments, ground water development is

rather poor due to the rugged nature of the terrain and the poor quality of the formation water.

Quaternary formations comprising mainly sands, clays and gravels are confined to major

drainage courses in the district. The maximum thickness of alluvium is 30.0 m. whereas the

average thickness is about 15.0m. Ground water occurs under phreatic to semi-confined

conditions in these formations and is being developed by means of dug wells and filter

points. Alluvium which forms a good aquifer system along Araniyar and Korattalaiyar river

bed which is one of the major sources of water supply to urban areas of Chennai city and

also to the industrial units. Ground water generally occurs under phreatic conditions in the

weathered mantle and under semi-confined conditions in the fissured and fractured zones at deeper

levels. The thickness of weathered zone in the district is in the range of 2 to 12 m. The depth of the

wells ranged from 8.00 to 15.00 mbgl. The yield of large diameter wells tapping the weathered

mantle of crystalline rocks ranges from 100 to 500 lpm and are able to sustain pumping for 2 to 6

hours per day. The yield of bore wells drilled down to a depth of 50 to 60 m ranges from 20 to 400

lpm. The yield of successful bore wells drilled down to a depth of 150 m bgl during the ground water

exploration programme of Central Ground Water Board ranged from 1.2 to 7.6 lpm. The depth to

water level in the district varied between 2.38 – 7.36 m bgl during pre-monsoon (May 2006) and

0.79 – 5.30 m bgl during post monsoon (Jan 2007). The seasonal fluctuation shows a rise between

0.28 and 4.80 mbgl. The piezometric head varied between 2.20 to 10.30 m bgl (May 2006)

during premonsoon and 2.72 to 8.55 m bgl during post monsoon. The hydrogeology map of

Thiruvallur District is given in Figure 3-6.

Source:http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/TamilNadu/TIRUVALLUR.pdf

Figure 3-7 Hydrogeology Map of Thiruvallur District

3.4.1 Drainage Pattern

Araniyar, Korattalayar, Cooum, Nagari and Nandhi are the important rivers. The drainage

pattern, in general, is dendritic. All the rivers are seasonal and carry substantial flows during

monsoon period. Korattaliar river water is supplied to Cholavaram and Red Hill tanks by

constructing an Anicut at Vellore Tambarambakkam. After filling a number of tanks on its further

course, the river empties into the Ennore creek a few kilometres north of Chennai. The

Cooum River, flowing across the southern part of the district, has its origin in the surplus waters of

the Cooum tank in Tiruvallur taluk and also receives the surplus waters of a number of tanks. It

feeds the Chembarambakkam tank through a channel. It finally drains into the Bay of Bengal. The

drainage map of the Study Area is given as Figure 3-7.


Figure 3-8 Drainage map of study area

3.5 Geomorphology of District

The prominent geomorphic units identified in the district through interpretation of Satellite

imagery are Alluvial Plain, Old River Courses, Coastal plains, Shallow & deep buried

Pediments, Pediments and Structural Hills. The elevation of the area ranges from 183 m amsl in the

west to sea level in the east. Four cycles of erosion gave rise to a complex assemblage of fluvial,

estuarine and marine deposits. The major part of the area is characterised by an undulating

topography with innumerable depressions which are used as irrigation tanks. The coastal tract is

marked by three beach terraces with broad inter-terrace depressions. The coastal plains display

a fairly lower level or gently rolling surface and only slightly elevated above the local water surfaces

or rivers. The straight trend of the coastal tract is resultant of development of vast alluvial plains.

There are a number of dunes in the coastal tract. The Geomorphology Map of the Thiruvallur

District is shown as Figure 3-12.


3.5.1 Geomorphology of study area

Total geographical area of the study area is 331.99 Sq.Km. The Geomorphology pattern of

the study area is given in Table 3-6, Geomorphology pattern of the study area is given in

Figure 3-8. Geomorphology map of the study area is given in Figure 3-10.

Table 3-6 Geomorphology of study area

S.NO DESCRIPTION SQ.KM ACR HEC %

1. Coastal Origin –

Older Deltaic Plain

167.15 41303.60 16715 50.35


Younger Coastal

Plain

50.03 12362.66 5003 15.07

3. Waterbodies 12.36 3054.22 1236 3.72


younger Deltaic

Plain

7.90 1952.13 790 2.38

5. Anthropogenic

origin –

Anthropogenic

Terrain

5.23 1292.36 523 1.58

6. Fluvial origin –

active flood plain

3.34 825.33 334 1.01

7. Ocean 85.98 21246.09 8598 25.90

8. Total 331.99 82036.39 33199 100

Figure 3-9 Geomorphology pattern of the study area

Figure 3-10 Geomorphology map of Thiruvallur District

Figure 3-11 Geomorphology Map of Study Area

3.6 Geology:

The Thiruvallur district can be geologically classified into hard rock and sedimentary

(alluvial) formation. This district is principally made up of Archaean, upper Gondwana and

the tertiary formations. These are over laid by laterites and alluvium. The oldest of the

crystalline rocks of Archaean age are of Biotite and Hornblende Gneiss, Charnockite and

granite. These are intruded by Amphibole dykes, and occasionally with veins of quartz and

pegmatites. Granites and gneisses of Archaean age are mainly seen in Tiruthani taluk.

Geological map of Tamilnadu is given as Figure 3-11.

Source:http://nwm.gov.in/sites/default/files/Notes%20on%20Thiruvallur%20District.pdf

Figure 3-12 Geology map of Tamilnadu

3.7 Soil Profile in district

Soils in the area have been classified into Red soil, Black soil, Alluvial soil and colluvial soil. The

major part is covered by Red soil of red sandy/clay loam type. Ferruginous red soils are also seen at

places. Black soils are deep to very deep and generally occurs in the depressions adjacent to hilly

areas, in the western part. Alluvial soils occur along the river courses and eastern part of the

coastal areas. Sandy coastal alluvium (arenaceous soil) are seen all along the sea coast as a narrow

belt. Soil map of India is given in Figure 3-12.


Figure 3-13 Soil map of India

3.8 Water Environment

The district is part of the composite east flowing river basin having Araniyar, Korattalaiyar and

Cooum sub basins.

3.8.1 Ground water quality monitoring

Groundwater is the principal source for domestic and drinking purposes in almost all villages near

the study area. The quality of the groundwater received is influenced by pollution of soil and air,

industrial and domestic waste disposal, organic components, pathogenic microorganisms,

application of fertilizers and pesticides in agriculture, etc. Total Eight (08) ground water

monitoring locations were identified for assessment in different villages around the project site

based on the usage of sub surface water by the settlements/ villages in the study area. The

groundwater results are compared with the desirable and permissible water quality standards as

per IS 10500 (2012) for drinking water. Groundwater quality monitoring locations and results are

given in Table 3-7 and Table 3-8. Map showing the groundwater monitoring locations are given in

Figure 3-8.

Table 3-7 Ground water Monitoring locations

S.No Location Distance Direction

1. Project site (GW 1) - -

2. Kodungaiyur (GW 2) 2.9 SW

3. Madhavaram milk colony

(GW 3)

3.37 W

4. Manjambakkam (GW 4) 5.51 W

5. Rayapuram (GW 5) 5 SE

6. Manali new town (GW 6) 5 N

7. Thangal (GW 7) 2.81 E

8. Tondiarpet (GW 8) 3.30 SSE

Figure 3-14 Ground water monitoring locations

Sampling Procedure

Quality of ground water was compared with IS: 10500: 1991 (Reaffirmed 1993 With Amendment

No -3 July 2010) for drinking purposes. Water samples were collected as Grab sample from five

sampling locations in a 5-liter plastic jerry can and 250 ml sterilized clean glass/pet bottle for

complete physico-chemical and bacteriological tests respectively. The samples were analyzed as per

standard procedure / method given in IS: 3025 (Revised Part) and standard method for examination

of water and wastewater Ed. 21st, published jointly by APHA.

S. No Parameters Test Method

1 pH (at 25°C) IS:3025(P -11)1983 RA: 2012

2 Electrical Conductivity IS:3025(P -14) 2013

3 Colour IS:3025 (P -4)1983 RA: 2012

4 Turbidity IS:3025(P -10)1984 RA: 2012

5 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd

Edn.2012-2540-C

6 Total Suspended Solids IS:3025(P-17)-1984 RA:2012

7 Total Hardness as CaCO3 APHA 22nd

Edn.2012-2340-C

8 Calcium as Ca APHA 22nd

Edn2012.3500 Ca-B

9 Magnesium as Mg APHA 22nd

Edn.2012-3500 Mg-B

10 Chloride as Cl IS:3025(P -32)-1988 RA: 2014

11 Sulphate as SO4 APHA 22nd

Edn.2012-4500 SO4--E

12 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 APHA 22nd

Edn.2012-2320-B

13 Iron as Fe IS:3025(P -53):2003 RA: 2014

14 Silica as SiO2 IS:3025(P -35)1988 RA: 2014

15 Fluoride as F APHA 22nd

Edn.2012-4500-F-D

16 Nitrate as NO3 IS:3025(P -34):1988 RA: 2014

17 Sodium as Na IS:3025(P -45):1993 RA: 2014

18 Potassium as K IS:3025(P -45):1993 RA: 2014

Table 3-8 Ground water sampling results

Paramet

er

Uni

t

Proje

ct

Site

(GW

1)

Kod

unga

iyur

(GW

2)

Milk

Colony

(GW3)

Manjamp

akkam

(GW4)

Rayapur

am (GW

5)

Manali

New

Town

(GW 6)

Than

gal

(GW

7)

Tondia

rpet

(GW 8)

pH - 7.6 7.54 6.93 6.78 7.59 7.82 7.32 7.15

Electrical

Conducti

vity

µS/

cm

3080

4627 1445 2410 1747 3460 3380 1484

Colour Ha

zen 4

2 1 1 2 10 1 3

Turbidity NT

U

5

5.5 BQL(L

OQ:1)

BQL(LOQ

:1)

1.5 7 BQL(

LOQ:

1)

4.5

Total

Dissolved

Solids

mg/

l

1940

2802 795 1326 1005 2140 2070 855

Total

Suspende

d Solids

mg/

l

3

7 BQL(L

OQ:2)

BQL(LOQ

:2)

2.3 9.2 BQL(

LOQ:

2)

6.8

Total

Hardness

mg/

l 570

877 518 698 290 592 826 308

Calcium

Hardness

as CaCo3

mg/

l

362

450 385 573 200 338 552 255

Magnesiu

m

Hardness

as

MgCo3

mg/

l

208

427 133 125 89.8 254 274 53

Calcium mg/

l 145

180 154 229 80.1 135 221 102

Magnesiu

m

mg/

l 50.4

104 32.7 30.8 21.8 61.8 66.4 12.9

Chlorine mg/

l 640

846 143 337 288 724 626 245

Sulphate mg/

l 184

618 163 212 146.4 190 244 146

Alkalinit

y

mg/

l 461

295 200 174 282 376 452 140

Iron mg/

l 1.2

0.96 BQL 0.27 0.34 1.65 0.114 2.04

Silica mg/

l 52.3

49.1 35.3 37.4 34.1 72.5 71.4 28.4

Sodium mg/

l 520

775 115.4 293 235 648 500 218

Potassiu

m

mg/

l 83.5

58.3 15.2 24.2 29.4 88.7 72.1 16.5

Fluorides mg/

l

0.25

0.49 0.37 BQL(LOQ

:0.2)

BQL

(LOQ:0.2

)

BQL

(LOQ:0.2)

BQL

(LOQ:

0.2)

BQL

(LOQ:0.

2)

Nitrate mg/

l 19.2

5.46 42.8 45.3 17.54 7.305 23.95 23

Coliform 26 <2 17 30 17 <2 <2 <2 <2

E coli <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2

Interpretation of results:

Physical parameters of water:

The basic physical parameters of water include

Colour:

Value observed (True/ Apparent Color): 2 Hazel unit in GW2, GW. 3 Hazel unit in GW 8, 1 Hazel

unit in GW 3,4,7. 10 Hazel unit in GW 6.

Acceptable and permissible limits: 5 Hazel units and 15 Hazel units respectively. The value in the

project site is as less than the Permissible limits prescribed by IS 10500: 2012

Odour:

The water is odourless. As per the standards, the odour and taste should be agreeable.

pH:

Value observed: 6.78 – 7.82.

Acceptable and permissible limits: 6.5-8.5. The pH value is the measure of acid – base equilibrium.

The value of pH in the project site clearly indicates that water is neutral in nature.

Turbidity:

Value observed:1.5,5.5,7 in GW 5, GW2-GW1, GW 6 & BQL in other locations.

Acceptable and permissible limits:1 NTU & 5 NTU respectively. The value of turbidity generally

indicates the presence of phytoplanktons and other sediments. The value in the project site indicates

the water is less turbid and no any physical treatment is required to treat the turbidity of the water.

Total Dissolved Solids:

Value observed: 795 – 2802 mg/l.

Acceptable and permissible limits: 500 mg/L and 2000 mg/L respectively.

The TDS is the presence of the inorganic salts and small amounts of organic matter present in the

water. This is mainly due to the result of surface runoff as the cations and anions in the top soil is

carried away by the water. As per the Guidelines of WHO, if the value of TDS is greater than 1200

mg/L, it is designated as unacceptable. The value of TDS is found to be within the limit except

GW2, 4, 6, 7. The high value of TDS is due to the presence of salt deposits, and sea water intrusion.

Chemical parameters of water:

The chemical parameters of the drinking water include

Calcium:

Value observed: 80.1– 229 mg/L.

Acceptable and permissible limits:75mg/L and 200 mg/L respectively.

Calcium is the essential macronutrient. The value of the calcium is within the prescribed permissible

standards. The higher level of calcium may cause hardening in domestic equipment and will also

reduce the detergent efficiency. The value of calcium is found to be higher in GW 4 & 7 locations.

Magnesium:

Value observed: 12.9 – 104 mg/L.

Acceptable and permissible limits:30 mg/L and 100 mg/L respectively.

The value of Magnesium in the project site is less than the permissible limit. The increase in the

level of magnesium will cause diarrhea and vomiting in children.

Chloride

Value observed: 143-846 mg/L.

Acceptable and permissible limits: 250 mg/L and 1000 mg/L respectively.

The chloride level in the project site is less than the permissible limit.

Hardness:

Value observed in project site: 308 - 877 mg/L.

Acceptable and permissible limits:200 mg/L and 600 mg/L respectively.

The value of Hardness in the project site is within than permissible limit. The increase in the level of

hardness may cause corrosion and scaling problems, increased soap consumption and it also

contributes to the salty taste of water.

The value of heavy metals such as Arsenic, cadmium, lead, Mercury, Nickel Lead is found to be

BQL. Overall the ground water quality is within the standards except location 2&6.

3.8.2 Surface Water Analysis

Surface water sample were taken from 8 rivers nearby. The Sampling locations & results are given

below.


1. Kosasthalaiyar River (SW1) 8.96 NNE

2. Buckingham canal (SW2) 2.94 NE

3. Cooum river (u/s) SW 3 8.97 SSW

4. Buckingham canal (u/s) SW4 1.25 SSE

5. Cooum river (d/s) SW5 8.86 S

6. Puzhal lake SW 6 8.42 W

7. Retteri SW 7 7 W

8. Madhavaram lake SW 8 6.64 W

Table 3-9 surface water sample results

Parameter

s

Unit Cooum

river

(upstrea

m)

Buckingha

m canal

(upstream

)

Cooum

river

(downstrea

m)

Buckingha

m canal

(downstrea

m)

Madhavar

am Eri

Kosasthal

aiyar

river

Puzha

l lake

Retteri

pH - 7.56 7.5 6.96 7.87 7.14 7.2 7.89 7.79

Electrical

Conductivit

y

µs/c

m

3618 4210 2925 4960 2060 261 1067 1042

Turbidity NTU 45 5.2 28 6.5 15.5 4.2 3 6

Total

Dissolved

Solids

mg/l 2065 2836 1965 3026 1390 168 710 655

Total

Suspended

Solids

mg/

L

75 156 68 216 10.1 10 10 10

Total

Hardness

mg/

L

745 790 712 825 668 93 265 245

Calcium

Hardness as

CaCo3

mg/

L

430 146 386 170 107 26 128 116

Magnesium

Hardness as

MgCo3

mg/

L

315 104 285 146 97.3 6.9 65.8 49.4

Calcium Ca mg/

L

172 1222 165 1765 435 22.6 54 51

Magnesium

Mg

mg/

L

76.9 165 64.8 182 162 5.8 32 28.6

Chloride

Cl

mg/

L

656 227 586 325 210 75 160 176

Sulphte

SO4

mg/

L

189 0.21 176 0.45 BQL(LOQ:

0.1)

BQL(LO

Q:0.1)

152 150

Total

Alkalinity

mg/

L

520 85 480 105 65 8.5 195 218

Iron Fe mg/

L

0.52 0.95 0.48 0.97 0.21 BQL(LO

Q:0.2)

0.27 0.36

Silica SiO2 mg/

L

39.2 1008 29.6 1247 340 18.2 9.65 10

Sodium Na mg/

L

517 141 487 175 94 2.9 80 94

Potassium

K

mg/

L

95.2 11.5 87.2 13 11.5 4.2 9 12

Fluorides F mg/

L

BQL(L

OQ:0.2)

104 BQL(LOQ:

0.2)

113 9.4 BQL(LO

Q:2)

0.21 0.22

Nitrate

NO3

mg/

L

19.1 319 14.6 342 35.2 8.5 1.98 1.32

Chemical

Oxygen

mg/

L

77.3 0.5 63.5 1.2 4.2 5.5 32 38

Demand

Biological

Oxygen

Demand

mg/

L

22.1 900 19.7 865 22 7 8.26 9.86

Total

Kjedhal

Nitrogen

mg/

L

23.4 11 18.4 13 7 <2 27 42

Dissolved

Oxygen

mg/

L

BQL(L

OQ:2)

5.2 BQL(LOQ:

2)

5.5 15.5 4.2 5.5 4.5

Inference: The surface water quality is compared with the CPCB Water Quality Criteria against A,

B, C, D & E class of water. From the test result, it is found that the both the water does not fit Class

A (Drinking Water Source without conventional treatment but after disinfection). But they can be

used for outdoor bathing as it meets the requirements shown for class B water.

3.9 Climatology & Meteorology

Climate and meteorology of a place can play an important role in the implementation of any

developmental project. Meteorology is also the key to understand local air quality as there is an

essential relationship between meteorology and atmospheric dispersion involving wind in the

broadest sense of the term.

The year may broadly be divided into four seasons:

Winter season : December to February

Pre-monsoon season : March to May

Monsoon season : June to September

Post-monsoon season : October to November

i) Climate

The pre-monsoon rainfall is almost uniform throughout the district. The coastal regions receive more

rainfall than the interior ones. Northeast and Southwest monsoons are the major donors, with 54%

and 36% contribution each to the total annual rainfall. During normal monsoon, the district receives

a rainfall of 1200 mm. The normal annual rainfall over the district varies from 1105 mm to 1214

mm.

ii) Temperature

The months between March and May are generally hot with temperatures going up to an average

maximum of 36.6ºC. In winter (December - February) the average minimum temperature is 19.8ºC.

Rainfall:

The historical rainfall data of past years is collected. The maximum rainfall is observed in

November, 2015 with a rainfall of 1061.3 mm.

Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F

2014 0.5 3.4 0.0 0.0 35.7 117.6 50.9 130.9 130.6 196.3 135.0 106.9

2015 1.7 0.0 0.0 49.5 45.4 32.2 102.2 140.4 70.3 179.8 1061.3 574.0

2016 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 173.2 81.6 76.6 112.7 213.3 28.6 26.1 280.0

2017 16.4 0.1 0.0 0.0 14.4 67.8 98.8 228.6 98.7 287.6 335.7 49.3

2018 2.6 1.8 7.9 0.4 6.2 51.1 64.8 189.7 91.4 133.0 241.1 43.0

2019 0.2 0.3 0.1 2.7 5.6 39.3 150.7 130.9 108.8 303.3 205.6 184.1

2020 53.8 0.6 0.0 13.3 2.1 39.7 231.7 68.4 67.0 119.8 465.1 244.9

Source: IMD, GoI

iii) Relative humidity

High relative humidity between 58 and 84% prevail throughout the year. Relative humidity is

maximum in the morning and minimum in the evening. Higher rates of relative humidity are

observed between November and January i.e., 83 to 84%. In the months of June, the humidity is

lower i.e., around 58%. Average relative humidity in the morning and evening is 74 and 64%

respectively.

iv) Wind Speed:

Wind speed was in the range of 4 Km/hr to 12 Km/hr. The wind speed was almost close to each

other during the whole study period. The wind speed varied from 4 Km/hr to 24 Km/hr.

v) Wind Rose Diagram

The wind rose denotes a class of diagrams designed to display the distribution of wind direction at a

given location over a period of time. Wind roses are also useful as they project a large quantity of

data in a simple graphical plot.

The wind speed & wind direction data are taken and wind rose is plotted for (End of December

2020 to End of March 2021). The wind rose is plotted using WR Plot.

Figure 3-15 Windrose

Selection of Sampling Locations:

Eight Monitoring locations along with the project site is selected based on Wind Direction & Wind

Speed. All the monitoring locations are chosen in the downwind direction.

3.9.1 Ambient Air Quality

Environmental Parameters: Ambient Air

Monitoring Period End of December 2021 – End of March 2022

Design Criteria The monitoring stations are selected based on factors like

Topography / terrain, prevailing meteorological conditions

like predominant wind direction (End of December 2020 –

End of March 2021), etc, play vital role in selection of air

sampling stations. Based on these criteria, 8 air sampling

stations were selected in the area as shown below.

Monitoring Locations


1. Project site - -

2. Kodungaiyur 2.9 SW

3. Madhavaram milk

colony

3.37 W

4. Manjambakkam 5.51 W

5. Rayapuram 5 SE

6. Manali new town 5 N

7. Thangal 2.81 E

8. Tondiarpet 3.30 SSE

Methodology Respirable Particulate Matter (PM10) - Gravimetric (IS 5182:

Part 23:2006)

Particulate Matter PM2.5 - Gravimetric (Fine particulate

matter)

Sulphur Dioxide - Calorimetric (West & Gaeke Method) (IS

5182: Part 02: 2001)

Nitrogen Dioxide - Calorimetric (Modified Jacob &

Hocheiser Method) (IS 5182: Part 06:2006)

Frequency of Monitoring 2 days in a week, 4 weeks in a month for 3 months in a

season.

3.9.1.1 Ambient Air Quality: Results & Discussion

The test results of the ambient air quality monitored in project site and other seven locations were

summarized below.

Table 3-10 Ambient Air Quality - Results C

od

e PM 10 (µg/m3

) PM 2.5 (µg/m3

) SO2 (µg/m3

) NOx (µg/m3

)

Max

Min

Avg

98 p

erce

nti

le

Max

Min

Avg

98 p

erce

nti

le

Max

Min

Avg

98 p

erce

nti

le

Max

Min

Avg

98 p

erce

nti

le

AAQ 1 79 68 73 78 38 31 34 38 29 19 24 29 59 45 53 59

AAQ 2 58 48 53 58 29 23 25 29 16 10 13 16 27 19 23 27

AAQ 3 51 32 44 51 26 15 22 26 16 8 12 16 26 17 21 26

AAQ 4 60 52 55 59 30 24 27 30 17 12 14 17 30 24 27 30

AAQ 5 69 58 63 69 34 27 30 34 11 5 7 11 20 13 16 20

AAQ 6 69 59 65 69 36 28 33 36 22 14 18 22 42 33 37 41

AAQ 7 72 63 68 72 37 32 35 37 30 23 26 30 48 42 45 48

AAQ 8 82 75 78 82 36 32 34 36 33 21 27 33 45 37 41 45

NAAQ

Standar

ds -

Residen

tial

Area

100 (µg/m3

) 60(µg/m3

) 80 (µg/m3)

80 (µg/m3)

Table 3-11 Ambient Air Quality

S.No Parameter

s

Uni

ts

AAQ

1

AAQ

2

AAQ

3

AAQ

4

AAQ

5

AAQ

6

AAQ

7

AAQ

8

Carbon

monoxid

e

ETL/CHL/I

OP/029

mg/

m3

4 1.5 BQL(

LOQ

:1.1)

1.2 3 1.4 BQL(

LOQ

:1.1)

4

Lead IS: 5182

(P- 22

:2004(RA:2

014)

µg/

m3

BQL(

LOQ

:0.025

)

BQL(

LOQ

:0.025

)

BQL(

LOQ

:0.025

)

BQL(

LOQ

:0.025

)

BQL(

LOQ

:0.025

)

BQL(

LOQ

:0.025

)

BQL(

LOQ

:0.025

)

BQL(

LOQ

:0.025

)

Ozone IS: 5182

(P- 9)

:1974(RA:2

009)

µg/

m3

15.5 20.2

BQL(

LOQ

:10)

13.5 14.2 18.5 19.3

BQL(

LOQ

:10)

Ammoni

a

ETL/CHL/

SOP/002

µg/

m3

12.5 13.5 14.5 15.5 16.5 17.5 18.5 19.5

Benzene IS: 5182

(P- 11)

:2006(RA:2

012)

µg/

m3

BQL(

LOQ

:0.5)

BQL(

LOQ

:0.5)

BQL(

LOQ

:0.5)

BQL(

LOQ

:0.5)

BQL(

LOQ

:0.5)

BQL(

LOQ

:0.5)

BQL(

LOQ

:0.5)

BQL(

LOQ

:0.5)

Benzo(a)

pyrene

IS: 5182

(P-12)

:2004(RA:2

014)

ng/

m3

BQL

(LOQ

: 0.5)

BQL

(LOQ

: 0.5)

BQL

(LOQ

: 0.5)

BQL

(LOQ

: 0.5)

BQL

(LOQ

: 0.5)

BQL

(LOQ

: 0.5)

BQL

(LOQ

: 0.5)

BQL

(LOQ

: 0.5)

Arsenic ETL/INS/S

OP/002

ng/

m3

BQL

(LOQ

: 1)

BQL

(LOQ

: 1)

BQL

(LOQ

: 1)

BQL

(LOQ

: 1)

BQL

(LOQ

: 1)

BQL

(LOQ

: 1)

BQL

(LOQ

: 1)

BQL

(LOQ

: 1)

Nickel USEPA IO

– 3.2

ng/

m3

BQL

(LOQ

: 2.5)

BQL

(LOQ

: 2.5)

BQL

(LOQ

: 2.5)

BQL

(LOQ

: 2.5)

BQL

(LOQ

: 2.5)

BQL

(LOQ

: 2.5)

BQL

(LOQ

: 2.5)

BQL

(LOQ

: 2.5)

3.9.1.2 Interpretation of ambient air quality:

To assess the impact, AAQ were monitored in project site and seven locations in and around the

project site. The values of the AAQ in terms of NOx, Sox, PM10, PM 2.5 is maximum in the AAQ 8

than all other locations, which is located at a distance of 3.3 m in SSE. The observed concentrations

were found to be within the permissible limits as per the NAAQS prescribed by the CPCB. The

maximum value is observed near Tondiarpet (3km, SSE) for all the parameters. Though the location

is in the Crosswind, the incremental value is observed due to the cumulative effect of movement of

vehicles in the area.

Figure 3-16 Maximum Value of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx

Figure 3-17 Minimum Value of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx

Conclusion: Ambient air quality is observed to be within NAAQS limits at all locations in study

area.

3.10 Noise Environment

Table 3-12 Noise Analysis

Environmental Parameters: Noise Analysis

Monitoring Period End of December 2021 – End of March 2022

Design Criteria Based on the Environmental settings in the study area



1. Project site – N1 - -

2. Kodungaiyur - N2 2.9 SW

3. Madhavaram milk

colony –N3

3.37 W

4. Manjambakkam –

N4

5.51 W

5. Rayapuram – N5 5 SE

6. Manali new town –

N6

5 N

7. Thangal – N7 2.81 E

8. Tondiarpet – N8 3.30 SSE

Methodology Noise level measurements were taken at the selected

locations using noise level meter both during day and night

time. Noise level measurements were taken continuously

for 24 hours at hourly intervals.

Frequency of Monitoring Noise samples were collected from 8 locations - Once in a

season.

Ambient Noise Levels are monitored in the chosen 8 Locations including the project Site and the

monitoring results are summarized below.

3.10.1 Day Noise Level (Leq day)

Table 3-13 Day Noise Level (Leq day)

N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8

Max 55 54 52 52 56 52 51 60

Min 47 44 42 43 49 45 42 52

Avg 52 51 48 49 53 48 47 55

Figure 3-18 Day Time Noise Levels (Day time shall mean from 6.00 a.m. to 10.00 p.m)

3.10.2 Night Noise Level (Leq Night)

Table 3-14 Night Noise Level (Leq Night)

N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8

Max 45 44 40 42 47 45 42 52

Min 37 37 32 35 42 40 33 46

Avg 41 40 36 38 44 42 38 49

Figure 3-19 Night noise levels (Night time shall mean from10.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m.)

Inference: Noise levels at the plant site were reported to be within the noise limits prescribed for

industrial area. As per NAAQS w.r.t. noise prescribed by CPCB, the day time and night time noise

levels in a residential area shall not exceed 55 and 45 dB(A) Leq respectively whereas for industrial

area shall not exceed 75 dB (A) for day time and 70 dB (A) for night time. Noise level in the study

area was found to exceed the standards in few locations due to rural, urban activities and vehicular

traffic in the region, which represents a typical urban area.

The noise level in the project site is within the CPCB standards.

3.11 Soil Environment

The project site is not prone to sheet erosion and gully erosion.

3.11.1 Baseline Data

The present study of the soil quality establishes the baseline characteristics which will help in future

in identifying the incremental concentrations if any, due to the operation Phase of the proposed

project. The sampling locations have been identified with the following objectives:

To determine the impact of proposed project on soil characteristics and

To determine the impact on soils more importantly from agricultural productivity

point of view.

Table 3-15 Soil Quality Analysis

Environmental Parameters: Soil Analysis

Monitoring Period End of Dec 2021 - End of March 2022

Design Criteria Based on the Environmental settings in the study area



1. Project site - -

2. Kodungaiyur 2.9 SW

3. Madhavaram milk

colony

3.37 W

4. Manjambakkam 5.51 W

5. Rayapuram 5 SE

6. Manali new town 5 N

7. Tondiarpet 3.30 SSE

Methodology Composite soil samples using sampling augers and field

capacity apparatus

Frequency of Monitoring Soil samples were collected from 8 locations Once in a

season

To assess the soil quality of the study area, 8 monitoring stations were selected and the results are

summarized below

Table 3-16 Soil Quality Analysis

Param

eter

Unit Project

Site

Kodungaiy

ur

Milk

Colony

Manja

mpakka

m

Rayapura

m

Manali

New

Town

Thandaiy

artpettai

PH - 7.15 7.85 8.15 7.14 7.18 6.72 7.17

Electric

al

Conduc

tivity

µs/c

m

0.37 0.49 0.33 1.96 0.43 0.133 0.72

Water

Holdin

g

Capacit

y

% 2.67 2.17 1.16 7.26 8.7 1.65 3.1

Chlorid

es

mg/k

g

22 19.2 18 61 50.5 32.4 97.3

Calciu

m

mg/k

g

58 60.3 61 73 22.8 BQL

(LOQ 10)

17.7

Sodium mg/k

g

110 89 120 145 36.2 26.8 46.5

Potassi

um

mg/k

g

62 26.4 80 86 14.3 BQL(LO

Q 5)

6.39

Organi

c

% 0.32 0.31 0.29 0.32 0.52 0.42 0.32

matter

Magnes

ium

mg/k

g

20 15.2 16 41 10.8 BQL(LO

Q 10)

10.8

Sulphat

es

mg/k

g

31 30.6 35 81 54.1 24.5 123

Cation

Exchan

ge

Capacit

y

meq/

100g

6.8 10.2 9.5 15.9 9.5 6.3 12.7

Carbon

ate

mg/k

g

NIL NIL NIL NIL Nil Nil NIL

Bicarbo

nate

mg/k

g

51 54.3 49 110 71.3 56.8 119

Nitroge

n

meq/

100g

0.012 0.015 BQL(LOQ

0.01)

0.01 0.02 0.025 0.021

Phospo

rous

meq/

100g

35 18 42 45 12 10 37.8

Physical Properties:

The water holding capacity was found in the range of 1.16% to 3.1%.

Chemical Properties:

Chemical characteristics of soils include pH, exchangeable cations and fertility status in the

form of NPK values and organic matter. The value of the pH is slightly alkaline and it ranges from

6.72 to 8.15. The soil in the project site is sodic in nature, which challenges because they tend to

have very poor structure which limits or prevents water infiltration and drainage.

3.12 Ecology and Biodiversity

Ecology and Biodiversity is studied for 5 km radius around the project site. Project site and 2 km

around the project site is considered as core zone and from 2 km to 5 km radius, it is considered as

buffer zone.

Primary field survey is carried out for the assessment of flora and fauna in the core zone

Secondary data from Journals/Literature were studied and compiled to understand the species

present in the buffer zone.

3.12.1 Methods available for floral analysis

Plot Sampling Methods

Quadrat – 2D shape (e.g. square or rectangle, or other shape) used as a sampling unit

Transect

o Line transects feature only a length dimension, usually defined by a tape stretched

across the area to be sampled.

o Belt transects have a width as well as length.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Water_infiltration

o Pace-transects are established when the observer strides along an imaginary line

across the sample site, and uses their foot placement to determine specific sampling

points.

Plot less Sampling Methods

Closest individual method - Distance is measured from each random point to the nearest

individual.

Nearest neighbour method - Distance is measured from an individual to its nearest neighbour.

Random pairs method - Distance is measured from one individual to another on the opposite

side of the sample point.

Point-centered quarter (PCQ) method - Distance is measured from the sampling point to the

nearest individual in each quadrat.

3.12.2 Field study& Methodology adopted

To assess the suitability of the methodology, random field survey was done. Field survey was

conducted around 5 km radius from the project site and five locations were chosen based on the

species density. Quadrat method is chosen for the proposed study as compared to other sampling

methods, because they are relatively simple to use. Quadrat plots are uniform in size and shape and

distributed randomly throughout the sample area, which makes the study design straightforward.

They are also one of the most affordable techniques because they require very few materials.

3.12.3 Study outcome

Phytosociological parameters, such as Density, Frequency, Basal Area, Abundance and

Importance Value Index of individual species (Trees) were determined in randomly placed quadrate

of different sizes in the study area. Relative frequency, relative basal area and relative density were

calculated and the sum of these three represented Importance Value Index(IVI) for various species.

For shrubs, herbs and grasses, Density, Frequency, Relative Density & Relative Frequency were

found.

Sample plots were selected in such a way to get maximum representation of different types of

vegetation and plots were laid out in different part of the study area of 5 km radius. Analysis of the

vegetation will help in determining the relative importance of each species in the study area and to

reveal if any economically valuable species is threatened in the process.

Table 3-17 Calculation of Density, Frequency (%), Dominance, Relative Density, Relative

Frequency, Relative Dominance & Important Value Index

Parameters Formula

Density Total No. of individuals of species/ Total No. of Quadrats used in

sampling

Frequency (%) (Total No. of Quadrats in which species occur/ Total No. of Quadrats

studied) * 100

Dominance Total Basal Area /Total area sampled

Abundance Total No. of individuals of species/ No. of Quadrats in which they occur

Relative Density (Total No. of individuals of species/Sum of all individuals of all species)

* 100

Relative Frequency (Total No. of Quadrats in which species occur/ Total No. of Quadrats

occupied by all species) * 100

Relative Dominance Dominance of a given species/Total Dominance of all species

Important Value Index Relative Density + Relative Frequency + Relative Dominance

Table 3-18 Tree Species in the core Zone

S. No. Scientific Name Local Name

Tota

l N

o.

of

spec

ies

Tota

l of

Qu

ad

ran

ts

wit

h s

pec

ies

Tota

l N

o.

of

Qu

ad

ran

ts

Den

sity

Fre

qu

ency

(%)

Ab

un

dan

ce

Dom

inan

ce

Rel

ati

ve

Den

sity

Rel

ati

ve

Fre

qu

ency

Rel

ati

ve

Dom

inan

ce

IVI

IUCN

Conservatio

n Status

1 Ficus carica Athi maram 2 2 6 0.

3

3

33.33 1 0.2

8

2.7

0

2.8

2

4.45 9.9

7

Least

Concern

2 Cassia siamea ManjalKonrai 2 2 6 0.

3

3

33.33 1 0.0

7

2.7

0

2.8

2

1.11 6.6

3

Least

Concern

3 Acacia nilotica Karuvelai 4 4 6 0.

6

7

66.67 1 0.2

8

5.4

1

5.6

3

4.45 15.

49

Least

Concern

4 Bambusa vulgaris Moongil 4 4 6 0.

6

7

66.67 1 0.5

0

5.4

1

5.6

3

7.92 18.

96

Not assessed

5 Anacardium occidentale Cashew 2 2 6 0.

3

3

33.33 1 0.4

4

2.7

0

2.8

2

6.96 12.

48

Not assessed

6 Alstoniascholaris Elilaipalai 2 2 6 0.

3

3

33.33 1 0.2

7

2.7

0

2.8

2

4.31 9.8

3

Least

Concern

7 Butea monosperma Parasa 3 3 6 0.

5

0

50.00 1 0.2

3

4.0

5

4.2

3

3.61 11.

89

Not assessed

8 Aegle marmelos Vilvam 1 1 6 0.

1

7

16.67 1 0.1

6

1.3

5

1.4

1

2.50 5.2

6

Not assessed

9 Causuarinaequisetifolia Savukku 2 2 6 0. 33.33 1 0.2 2.7 2.8 3.34 8.8 Not assessed

3

3

1 0 2 6

10 Albizia amara Wunja 1 1 6 0.

1

7

16.67 1 0.2

0

1.3

5

1.4

1

3.22 5.9

8

Not assessed

11 Cocos nucifera Thennai 15 6 6 2.

5

100.0

0

2.5 0.1

5

13.

39

6.4

5

2.39 22.

24

Not assessed

12 Artocarpus

heterophyllus

Palaa 2 2 6 0.

3

3

33.33 1 0.1

8

2.7

0

2.8

2

2.85 8.3

7

Not assessed

13 Bombax ceiba Sittan 4 4 6 0.

6

7

66.67 1 0.0

8

5.4

1

5.6

3

1.27 12.

31

Not assessed

14 Azadirachta indica Veppam 10 6 6 1.

6

7

100 1.6

7

0.1

3

8.9

3

6.4

5

2.39 22.

24

Not assessed

15 Delonix regia Cemmayir-

Konrai

1 1 6 0.

1

7

16.67 1 0.2

1

1.3

5

1.4

1

3.34 6.1

0

Least

Concern

16 Delonixelata Perungondrai 1 1 6 0.

1

7

16.67 1 0.1

7

1.3

5

1.4

1

2.62 5.3

8

Least

Concern

17 Dalbergia sissoo Shisham 1 1 6 0.

1

7

16.67 1 0.1

5

1.3

5

1.4

1

2.29 5.0

5

Not assessed

18 Ficus benghalensis Alai 2 2 6 0.

3

3

33.33 1 0.0

8

2.7

0

2.8

2

1.19 6.7

1

Not assessed

19 Annona squamosa Sitapalam 1 1 6 0.

1

7

16.67 1 0.2

3

1.3

5

1.4

1

3.61 6.3

7

Not assessed

20 Citrullus colocynthis Kumatti 1 1 6 0.

1

16.67 1 0.1

4

1.3

5

1.4

1

2.18 4.9

4

Not assessed

7

21 Ficus religiosa Arasamaram 3 3 6 0.

5

0

50.00 1 0.0

9

4.0

5

4.2

3

1.35 9.6

3

Not assessed

22 Polyalthia longifolia Nettilinkam 5 3 6 0.

8

3

50.00 1.6

7

0.1

4

6.7

6

4.2

3

2.18 13.

16

Not assessed

23 Musa paradise Vaazhai 3 3 6 0.

5

0

50.00 1 0.0

8

4.0

5

4.2

3

1.19 9.4

7

Not assessed

24 Prosopis juliflora Vaelikaruvai 3 3 6 0.

5

0

50.00 1 0.2

1

4.0

5

4.2

3

3.34 11.

62

Not assessed

25 Mangifera indica Mamaram 8 6 6 1.

3

3

100.0

0

1.3

3

0.0

7

7.1

4

6.4

5

1.11 14.

71

Data

insufficient

26 Terminalia catappa Nattuvadamai 2 2 6 0.

3

3

33.33 1 0.1

8

2.7

0

2.8

2

2.85 8.3

7

Not assessed

27 Morindapubescens Nuna 6 6 6 1 100 1 0.2

4

5.3

6

6.4

5

3.74 15.

55

Not assessed

28 Thespesia populnea Poovarasam 3 3 6 0.

5

0

50.00 1 0.1

5

4.0

5

4.2

3

2.39 10.

67

Not assessed

29 Tectona grandis Thekku 3 3 6 0.

5

0

50.00 1 0.1

2

4.0

5

4.2

3

1.88 10.

16

Not assessed

30 Tamarindus indica Puli 8 6 6 1.

3

3

100 1.3

3

0.2

0

7.1

4

6.4

5

3.09 16.

69

Not assessed

31 Syzygiumcumini Naval 1 1 6 0.

1

7

16.67 1 0.1

1

1.3

5

1.4

1

1.79 4.5

5

Not assessed

32 Psidium guajava Segapu 3 3 6 0.

5

0

50.00 1 0.0

9

4.0

5

4.2

3

1.43 9.7

1

Not assessed

33 Ziziphus mauritiana Elandai 1 1 6 0.

1

7

16.67 1 0.2

8

1.3

5

1.4

1

4.45 7.2

1

Not assessed

34 Citrus medica Elumichai 2 2 6 0.

3

3

33.33 1 0.2

3

2.7

0

2.8

2

3.61 9.1

3

Not assessed

Total 74 71 6.3

5

Table 3-19 Shrubs in the Core Zone

S. No. Scientific Name Local Name

Tota

l N

o. of

spec

ies

Tota

l of

Qu

ad

ran

ts

wit

h s

pec

ies

Tota

l N

o. of

Qu

ad

ran

ts

Den

sity

Fre

qu

ency

(%)

Ab

un

dan

ce

Rel

ati

ve

Den

sity

Rel

ati

ve

Fre

qu

ency

IUC

N

Con

serv

ati

o

n S

tatu

s

1 Jatropagossypifolia Kaatamanaku 28 17 24 1.17 0.71 1.65 14.43 17.17 Not

Assessed

2 Lantana trifolia Shrub verbana 10 3 24 0.42 0.13 3.33 5.15 3.03 Not

Assessed

3 Robiniapseudoacacia Black locust 17 5 24 0.71 0.21 3.4 8.76 5.05 Least

Concern

4 Lantana camara Unnichedi 9 6 24 0.38 0.25 1.5 4.64 6.06 Not

Assessed

5 Calotropis gigantea Erukam 14 12 24 0.58 0.50 1.17 7.22 12.12 Not

Assessed

6 Stachytarpheaurticifolia Rat tail 15 9 24 0.63 0.38 1.67 7.73 9.09 Not

Assessed

7 Datura metal Ummattangani 5 4 24 0.21 0.17 1.25 2.58 4.04 Not

Assessed

8 Hibiscus rosa sinensis Sembaruthi 3 2 24 0.13 0.08 1.5 1.55 2.02 Not

Assessed

9 Tabernaemontanadivaricata Crepe Jasmine 3 3 24 0.13 0.13 1 1.55 3.03 Not

Assessed

10 Chloromolaena odorata Venapacha 9 6 24 0.38 0.25 1.5 4.64 6.06 Least

Concern

11 Euphorbia geniculata Amman Pacharisi 3 3 24 0.13 0.13 1 1.55 3.03 Not

Assessed

12 Catharanthus roseus Nithyakalyani 3 3 24 0.13 0.13 1 1.55 3.03 Not

Assessed

13 Woodfordiafruiticosa Velakkai 3 3 24 0.13 0.13 1 1.55 3.03 Least

Concern

14 Morindapubescens Mannanunai 2 2 24 0.08 0.08 1 1.03 2.02 Not

Assessed

15 Acalypha indica Kuppaimeni 20 8 24 0.83 0.33 2.5 10.31 8.08 Not

Assessed

16 Parthenium hysterophorous Vishapoondu 50 13 24 2.08 0.54 3.85 25.77 13.13 Not

Assessed

Table 3-20 Herbs & Grasses in the core zone

S. No. Scientific Name Local Name T

ota

l N

o. of

spec

ies

Tota

l of

Qu

ad

ran

ts

wit

h s

pec

ies

Tota

l N

o. of

Qu

ad

ran

ts

Den

sity

Fre

qu

ency

(%)

Ab

un

dan

ce

Rel

ati

ve

Den

sity

Rel

ati

ve

Fre

qu

ency

IUC

N

Con

serv

ati

on

sta

tus

1 Plumbago zeylanica Chittiramoolam 3 3 30 0.10 0.10 1 1.19 3.23 Not assessed

2 Mimosa pudica Thottacherungi 6 5 30 0.20 0.17 1.2 2.38 5.38 Least concern

3 Sida acuta Malaidangi 10 3 30 0.33 0.10 3.33 3.97 3.23 Not assessed

4 Scrophularia nodosa Sarakkothini 15 7 30 0.50 0.23 2.14 5.95 7.53 Not assessed

5 Helicteresisora Valampuri 2 2 30 0.07 0.07 1 0.79 2.15 Not assessed

6 Cynodondactylon Arugu 12 6 30 0.40 0.20 2 4.76 6.45 Not assessed

7 Sporobolus fertilis Giant Parramatta Grass 9 4 30 0.30 0.13 2.25 3.57 4.30 Not assessed

8 Viburnum dentatum Viburnum 5 5 30 0.17 0.17 1 1.98 5.38 Least concern

9 Heraculem spondylium Hog Weed 20 10 30 0.67 0.33 2 7.94 10.75 Not assessed

10 Laportea canadensis Peruganchori 30 20 30 1.00 0.67 1.5 11.90 21.51 Not assessed

11 Euphorbia hirta Amman Pacharisi 5 4 30 0.17 0.13 1.25 1.98 4.30 Not assessed

12 Tridax procumbens Vettukaayathalai 5 4 30 0.17 0.13 1.25 1.98 4.30 Not assessed

13 Tephrosia purpurea Kavali 20 4 30 0.67 0.13 5 7.94 4.30 Not assessed

14 Sida cordifolia Maanikham 45 4 30 1.50 0.13 11.25 17.86 4.30 Not assessed

15 Tridax procumbens Cuminipachai 15 4 30 0.50 0.13 3.75 5.95 4.30 Not assessed

16 Ruelliastrepens Grandinayagam 25 4 30 0.83 0.13 6.25 9.92 4.30 Not assessed

17 Senna occidentalis Nattamsakarai 25 4 30 0.83 0.13 6.25 9.92 4.30 Not assessed


Margalef:

Biodiversity index is a quantitative measure that reflects how many different type of species, there

are in a dataset, and simultaneously takes into account how evenly the basic entities (such as

individuals) are distributed among those types of species. The value of biodiversity index increases

both when the number of types increases and when evenness increases. For a given number of type

of species, the value of a biodiversity index is maximized when all type of species are equally

abundant. Interpretation of Vegetation results in the study area is given below.

Table 3-21 Calculation of species diversity

Description Formula

Species diversity – Shannon – Wiener

Index H=(pi)*ln(pi)]

Where pi : Proportion of total sample represented by species

i:number of individuals of species i/ total number of

samples

Evenness H/Hmax

Hmax = ln(s)= maximum diversity possible

S=No. of species

Species Richness by Margalef

RI = S-1/ln N

Where S = Total Number of species in the community

N = Total Number of individuals of all species in the

community


Margalef for trees

i. Species Diversity

Scientific Name Common Name No. of

Species

Pi ln (Pi) Pi x ln (Pi)

Ficus carica Athi maram 2 0.017857 -4.02535 -0.07188

Cassia siamea ManjalKonrai 2 0.017857 -4.02535 -0.07188

Acacia nilotica Karuvelai 4 0.035714 -3.3322 -0.11901

Bambusa vulgaris Moongil 4 0.035714 -3.3322 -0.11901

Anacardium occidentale Cashew 2 0.017857 -4.02535 -0.07188

Alstoniascholaris Elilaipalai 2 0.017857 -4.02535 -0.07188

Butea monosperma Parasa 3 0.026786 -3.61989 -0.09696

Aegle marmelos Vilvam 1 0.008929 -4.7185 -0.04213

Causuarinaequisetifolia Savukku 2 0.017857 -4.02535 -0.07188

Albizia amara Wunja 1 0.008929 -4.7185 -0.04213

Cocos nucifera Thennai 15 0.133929 -2.01045 -0.26926

Artocarpus heterophyllus Palaa 2 0.017857 -4.02535 -0.07188

Bombax ceiba Sittan 4 0.035714 -3.3322 -0.11901

Azadirachta indica Veppam 10 0.089286 -2.41591 -0.21571

Delonix regia Cemmayir-

Konrai

1 0.008929 -4.7185 -0.04213

Delonixelata Perungondrai 1 0.008929 -4.7185 -0.04213

Dalbergia sissoo Shisham 1 0.008929 -4.7185 -0.04213

Ficus benghalensis Alai 2 0.017857 -4.02535 -0.07188

Annona squamosa Sitapalam 1 0.008929 -4.7185 -0.04213

Citrullus colocynthis Kumatti 1 0.008929 -4.7185 -0.04213

Ficus religiosa Arasamaram 3 0.026786 -3.61989 -0.09696

Polyalthia longifolia Nettilinkam 5 0.044643 -3.10906 -0.1388

Musa paradise Vaazhai 3 0.026786 -3.61989 -0.09696

Prosopis juliflora Vaelikaruvai 3 0.026786 -3.61989 -0.09696

Mangifera indica Mamaram 8 0.071429 -2.63906 -0.1885

Terminalia catappa Nattuvadamai 2 0.017857 -4.02535 -0.07188

Morindapubescens Nuna 6 0.053571 -2.92674 -0.15679

Thespesia populnea Poovarasam 3 0.026786 -3.61989 -0.09696

Tectona grandis Thekku 3 0.026786 -3.61989 -0.09696

Tamarindus indica Puli 8 0.071429 -2.63906 -0.1885

Syzygiumcumini naval 1 0.008929 -4.7185 -0.04213

Psidium guajava Segapu 3 0.026786 -3.61989 -0.09696

Ziziphus mauritiana Elandai 1 0.008929 -4.7185 -0.04213

Citrus medica Elumichai 2 0.017857 -4.02535 -0.07188

Total 112 -3.22

H (Shannon Diversity Index) =3.22

Table 3-22 Shrubs

Scientific Name Common

Name

No. of

Species


Jatropagossypifolia Kaatamanaku 28 0.14433 -1.93565 -0.27937

Lantana trifolia Shrub verbana 10 0.051546 -2.96527 -0.15285

Robiniapseudoacacia Black locust 17 0.087629 -2.43464 -0.21335

Lantana camara Unnichedi 9 0.046392 -3.07063 -0.14245

Calotropis gigantea Erukam 14 0.072165 -2.6288 -0.18971

Stachytarpheaurticifolia Rat tail 15 0.07732 -2.55981 -0.19792

Datura metal Ummattangani 5 0.025773 -3.65842 -0.09429

Hibiscus rosa sinensis Sembaruthi 3 0.015464 -4.16925 -0.06447

Tabernaemontanadivaricata Crepe Jasmine 3 0.015464 -4.16925 -0.06447

Chloromolaena odorata Venapacha 9 0.046392 -3.07063 -0.14245

Euphorbia geniculata Amman

Pacharisi

3 0.015464 -4.16925 -0.06447

Catharanthus roseus Nithyakalyani 3 0.015464 -4.16925 -0.06447

Woodfordiafruiticosa Velakkai 3 0.015464 -4.16925 -0.06447

Morindapubescens Mannanunai 2 0.010309 -4.57471 -0.04716

Acalypha indica Kuppaimeni 20 0.103093 -2.27213 -0.23424

Parthenium hysterophorous Vishapoondu 50 0.257732 -1.35584 -0.34944

194 -2.3656


Table 3-23 Herbs

Scientific Name Common Name No. of

Species


Plumbago

zeylanica

Chittiramoolam 3 0.011905 -4.43082 -0.05275

Mimosa pudica Thottacherungi 6 0.02381 -3.73767 -0.08899

Sida acuta Malaidangi 10 0.039683 -3.22684 -0.12805

Scrophularia

nodosa

Sarakkothini 15 0.059524 -2.82138 -0.16794

Helicteresisora Valampuri 2 0.007937 -4.83628 -0.03838

Cynodondactylon Arugu 12 0.047619 -3.04452 -0.14498

Sporobolus fertilis Giant Parramatta

Grass

9 0.035714 -3.3322 -0.11901

Viburnum

dentatum

Viburnum 5 0.019841 -3.91999 -0.07778

Heraculem

spondylium

Hog Weed 20 0.079365 -2.5337 -0.20109

Laportea

canadensis

Peruganchori 30 0.119048 -2.12823 -0.25336

Euphorbia hirta Amman Pacharisi 5 0.019841 -3.91999 -0.07778

Tridax procumbens Vettukaayathalai 5 0.019841 -3.91999 -0.07778

Tephrosia purpurea Kavali 20 0.079365 -2.5337 -0.20109

Sida cordifolia Maanikham 45 0.178571 -1.72277 -0.30764

Tridax procumbens Cuminipachai 15 0.059524 -2.82138 -0.16794

Ruelliastrepens Grandinayagam 25 0.099206 -2.31055 -0.22922

Senna occidentalis Nattamsakarai 25 0.099206 -2.31055 -0.22922

252 -2.56298


ii. Evenness

Table 3-24 Species Richness (Margalef)

Details H Hmax Evenness Species Richness (Margalef)

Trees 3.22 3.5 0.9 7

Shrubs 2.36 2.77 0.85 2.84

Herbs 2.56 2.83 0.9 2.89

From the above, it can be interpreted that tree community has higher diversity. While the shrub

community shows less diversity. It is also observed that most of the quadrates havecontrolled

generation of plant species with older strands. Higher tree species diversity canbe interpreted as a

greater number of successful species and a more stable ecosystem where more ecological niches are

available, environmental change is less likely to be damaging to the ecosystem as a whole. Species

richness is high for tree community when compared with herbs and shrubs.

3.12.6 Frequency Pattern

To understand the frequency pattern, the observed frequency is compared with the Raunkiaer’s

frequency. Any deviation from Raunkiaer’s frequency implies disturbed community.

Classes of species in a community and normal value of class according to Raunkiaer

Table 3-25 Frequency Pattern

Class Frequency (%) Normal Value in the class

A 1-20 53

B 21-40 14

C 41-60 9

D 61-80 8

E 81-100 16

Where A>B>C>=<D<E

Table 3-26 Raunkiaer’s class for the observed species

S. No. Scientific Name Local Name Frequency

(%)

Class as per

Raunkiaer’s Law

1. Ficus carica Athi maram 33.33 B

2. Cassia siamea ManjalKonrai 33.33 B

3. Acacia nilotica Karuvelai 66.67 D

4. Bambusa vulgaris Moongil 66.67 D

5. Anacardium

occidentale

Cashew 33.33 B

6. Alstoniascholaris Elilaipalai 33.33 B

7. Butea monosperma Parasa 50.00 C

8. Aegle marmelos Vilvam 16.67 A

9. Causuarinaequisetifolia Savukku 33.33 B

10. Albizia amara Wunja 16.67 A

11. Cocos nucifera Thennai 100 E

12. Artocarpus

heterophyllus

Palaa 33.33 B

13. Bombax ceiba Sittan 66.67 D

14. Azadirachta indica Veppam 100 E

15. Delonix regia Cemmayir-

Konrai

16.67 A

16. Delonixelata Perungondrai 16.67 A

17. Dalbergia sissoo Shisham 16.67 A

18. Ficus benghalensis Alai 33.33 B

19. Annona squamosa Sitapalam 16.67 A

20. Citrullus colocynthis Kumatti 16.67 A

21. Ficus religiosa Arasamaram 50.00 C

22. Polyalthia longifolia Nettilinkam 50.00 C

23. Musa paradise Vaazhai 50.00 C

24. Prosopis juliflora Vaelikaruvai 50.00 C

25. Mangifera indica Mamaram 100 E

26. Terminalia catappa Nattuvadamai 33.33 B

27. Morindapubescens Nuna 100 E

28. Thespesia populnea Poovarasam 50.00 C

29. Tectona grandis Thekku 50.00 C

30. Tamarindus indica Puli 100 E

31. Syzygiumcumini naval 16.67 A

32. Psidium guajava Segapu 50.00 C

33. Ziziphus mauritiana Elandai 16.67 A

34. Citrus medica Elumichai 33.33 B

Figure 3-20 Raunkiaer’s class for the observed species

Interpretation: The observed frequency is A>B>C<D>E, which follows Raunkiaer’s Distribution

Frequency and hence the ecology is undisturbed.

3.12.7 Floral study in the Buffer Zone:

Economically important Flora of the study area

Agricultural crops:Paddy, Maize are the main crop grown. Different fruits like Banana, papaya,

mangoes, guava and vegetables like brinjal, drumsticks, onion, Coriander alsogrown by the local

people.

Medicinalspecies:The nearby area is also endowed with the several medicinalspecies which are

commonly available in the shrub forest and waste lands. The commonmedicinal species of the region

are Asparagus racemosus (satamulli), Aegle marmelos (golden apple),Azadirachta indica (Neem)

etc.

Rare and endangered floral species:There are no rare or endangered or threatened (RET) species

of in the study area. During the vegetation survey, there are noany species which are endangered or

threatened under IUCN (International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural

resources)guidelines.

3.12.8 Faunal Communities

Both direct and indirect observation methods were used to survey the fauna.

Point Survey Method: Observations were made in each site for 15 minutes duration.

Road Side Counts: The observer traveled by motor vehicles from site to site, all sightings

were recorded (this was done both in the day and night time). An index of abundance of each

species was also established.

Pellet and Track Counts: All possible animal tracks and pellets were identified and recorded

(South Wood, 1978).

Additionally, survey of relevant literature was also done to consolidate the list of fauna distributed in

the buffer zone.

Based on the Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 (WPA 1972, Anonymous. 1991, Upadhyay 1995,

Chaturvedi and Chaturvedi 1996) species were short-listed as Schedule II or I and considered herein

as endangered species. Species listed in Ghosh (1994) are considered as Indian Red List species.

Methodology Adopted:

Point Survey method was adopted for this development project where observations were made in

each site for 15 minutes duration (10 times).

Study in the core zone:

Point Survey method was adopted for the study within 2 km radius and the following species were

observed

Study in the core Zone

Mammals: No wild mammalian species was directly sighted during the field survey. Discussion

with local villagers located around the study area also could not confirm presence of any wild animal

in that area. Three stripped Palm Squirrel, Common Indian Hare, Common mongoose, Common

Mouse etc were observed during primary survey.

Avifauna: Since birds are considered to be the indicators for monitoring and understanding human

impacts on ecological systems (Lawton, 1996) attempt was made to gather quantitative data on the

avifauna by walk through survey within the entire study area and surrounding areas. From the

primary survey, a total of 26 species of avifauna were identified and recorded in the study area. The

diversity of avifauna from this region was found to be quite high and encouraging.

The list of fauna species found in the study area is mentioned in Table below.

Table 3-27 list of fauna species

Scientific Name Common Name Schedule of wild life

protection act

IUCN conservation

status

Mammals

Funambulus

pennanti

Palm Squirrel IV Least Concern

Mus rattus Indian rat IV Not listed

Bandicota

bengalensis

Indian mole rat IV Least Concern

Funambulus

palmarum

Three stripped palm

squirrel

IV Least Concern

Herestesedwardsii Common Mangoose IV Not listed

Mus musculus Common Mouse IV Least Concern

Bandicota indica Rat IV Least Concern

Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare IV Least Concern

Felis catus Cat Not listed Not listed

Canis lupus

familiaris

Indian dog Not listed Not listed

Bos Indicus Indian Cow Not listed Not listed

Bubalus bubalis Buffalo I Not listed

Sus scrofa

domesticus

Domestic pig Not listed Not listed

Birds

Milvus migrans Black kite IV Least concern

Vanellus indicus Red wattled lapwing IV Least concern

Saxicoloidesfulicatu

s

Indian Robin IV Least concern

Pycnonotuscafer Red vented Bulbul IV Least concern

Phragamaticolaaedo

n

Thick billed warbler IV Least concern

Pericrocotuscinnam Small Minivet IV Least concern

omeus

pseudibispapillosa Black lbis IV Least concern

Eudynamysscolopac

eus

Koel IV Least concern

Ergettagarzetta Little Erget IV Least concern

Psittaculakrameni Rose ringed parakeet IV Least concern

Bubulcus ibis Cattle Erget IV Least concern

Dicrurusmarcocercu

s

Black drongo IV Least concern

Streptopelia

chinensis

Spotted dove IV Least concern

Columba livia Rock pigeon IV Least concern

Corvus splendens House crow IV Least concern

Cypsirurusbalasiensi

s

Asian palm swift IV Least concern

Ardeolagrayii Pond heron IV Least concern

Elanus caeruleus Black-winged kite IV Least concern

Alcedoatthis Small blue kingfisher IV Least concern

Cuculuscanorus Common Cukoo IV Least concern

Centropus sinensis Greater coucal IV Least concern

Phalacrocraxniger Little comorant IV Least concern

Perdicula asiatica Bush Quail IV Least concern

Alauda gulgula Oriental skylark IV Least concern

Passer domesticus House sparrow IV Least concern

Meropsorientalis Green bee eater IV Least concern

Reptiles & Amphibians

Chameleon

zeylanicum

Chameleon IV Not listed

Calotes versicolor Common garden

lizard

II Not listed

Bungarus caeruleus Common krait IV Not listed

Ophisops

leschenaultia

Snake eyed lizard -- Not listed

Bufo melanostictus Toad IV Least concern

Ptyas mucosa Rat snakes IV Least concern

Hemidactylus sp. House lizard -- Not listed

Butterflies

Danaus chrysippus Plain Tiger -- Not listed

Papiliodemoleus Common lime -- Not listed

Euploea core Common crow -- Least concern

Danaus genutia Common tiger -- Not listed

Euremabrigitta Small grass yellow -- Least concern

3.13 Demography & Socio Economics

A socio-economic study was undertaken in assessing aspects which are dealing with social and

cultural conditions, and economic status in the study area. The study provides information

such as demographic structure, population dynamics, infrastructure resources, and the status of

human health and economic attributes like employment, per-capita income, agriculture, trade, and

industrial development in the study area. The study of these characteristic helps in

identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts on socio-economic and parameters of human

interest due to proposed project developments. The parameters are:

Demographic structure

Infrastructure Facility

Economic Status

Health status

Cultural attributes

Awareness and opinion of people about the project and Industries in the area.

Table 3-28 Demographic status around 10km radius

S.

No

Villages Population HH Sex Ratio Literacy rate SC ST

Male Female Male Female

1. Perungavoor 5710 1276 2974 2736 2375 1908 2148 26

2. Sirugvaur 99 31 56 43 51 32 16 0

3. Vilangadupakkam 5668 1481 2864 2804 2195 1895 4033 67

4. Payasambakkam 1097 268 563 534 460 380 169 5

5. Vadaperumbakkam 1682 433 859 823 723 592 1280 1

6. Puzhal 90733 22729 46120 44613 37981 33035 25242 470

7. Madavaram 788 205 394 394 295 265 217 23

8. Mathur 27674 6886 14081 13593 11815 10439 4585 37

9. Kosapur 780 190 358 422 277 264 713 8

10. Ariyalur 2693 697 1357 1336 1088 887 1716 0

11. Manali 311 88 166 145 96 64 118 0

12. Vichoor 5765 1437 2868 2897 2211 1896 2925 9

13. Kadapakkam 2941 787 1436 1505 1194 1002 825 0

14. Edayanchavadi 12119 3142 6042 6077 4969 4371 1402 5

15. Sadayankuppam 5348 1355 2704 2644 2126 1895 1406 165

3.13.1 Literacy & Education

The school education system in Tamil Nadu is characterized by high literacy rates, enrolment and

Completion rated and impressive facilities for higher education. Mostly significantly education

system has been made accessible to marginalized groups and women. Higher enrolment rated in

primary and upper primary classes are an important indicator for education empowerment of the

people.

3.13.1.1 Literacy rate

The Comparison of Male and Female Literacy Rate to the 2001 and 2011 census details is given

below;

Figure 3-21 Comparison of Male and Female Literacy Rate to the 2001 and 2011 census

The literacy rate is 84% in 2011 in the district. There was an increase in literacy rate by 7% in

between 2001 and 2011. There has been a positive change in both male and female literacy rates,

with a 4.4 % increase in literacy among men and approximately 10 % increase among the women

during the same period. The higher level in female literacy is encouraging from the gender

perspective.

3.13.2 Employment details

The workers details of Main Workers who has employment for more than 6 months and marginal

workers who are seasonal workers and Non-Workers has been compared with the 2001 and 2011

census details is shown below;

Figure 3-22 Employment details

Workers Participation Rate (WPR) is the proportion of workers to the total population. While, the

total population in this district has increased from 2,754,761in 2001 to 3,728,104 registering an

increase by 35.33% during the same period.

Occupation: Agriculture is the prevalent occupation in tiruvallur with 47% of the population

engaged in it. The major crop grown in tiruvallur is Paddy followed by sugarcane, groundnuts,

cereals and pulses. Koasthalai river along with tanks and wells are the main sources of irrigation in

this district.

The district leads in the production of fruits, vegetables and flowers in the State. The major

horticultural crops are Mango, Cashew and Banana.

Socio-economic survey methodology

Purposive sampling methods were used for selecting respondents (male and female) for household

survey. For official information of village, Gram Panchyat member has been chosen. Structured

questionnaire was used for survey. For group discussion, Panchyat bhavan, Aanganwadi bhavan,

community halls were used. Out of total 15 villages, 3 villages (20%) were surveyed for which

selection criteria is based on proximity to the project site and area with dense and scarce populations

were chosen.

The villages chosen for primary study area

Manali

Puzhal

Madhavaram

10 households were surveyed in each village and the collective response are summarized below.

3.13.3 Salient features in the study area:

House pattern: It is notable that nearly 98% of the houses were pakka at survey area.

Employment: Main occupation of the people in the study area was professionals

Fuel: All the households use LPG for cooking purpose

Main Crops: The cash crops include cotton, sugarcane, oilseeds, coffee, tea, rubber, coconut,

gingelly and chillies. The important horticultural products are bananas and mangoes.

Migration: During survey, it was found that local population were migrating for employment

purpose. Since due to the presence of various industrial units, migration from other places were also

noted.

Sanitation: All the households were having toilet facilities in their houses. Drainage system was

maintained in the study area.

Drinking Water Facilities: Ground water is the major source of drinking water in the villages

wherein hand pumps, tap water and dug wells are installed.

Transportation Facility: For transportation purpose Auto, Public and Private Bus services

were available. Transportation facilities were frequently available in the study area and connecting

major cities. Private vehicles like Bicycles & Motor Cycles were mostly used by villagers for

transportation purpose

Key Socio economic Indicator

The consolidated report of the primary study revealing the exact scenario prevailing in the area based

on the survey conducted in the 10 houses each in 5 villages (Total of 50 Houses) is listed below

S. No Indicator Percentage/Nos.

1 People below age 18 38

2 People age limit above 18 62

3 Literates 75

4 Illiterates 25

5 % of people employed in company 50

6 % of people self employed 43

7 % of people seasonally employed 3

8 % of people unemployed 4

9 % of houses covered with LPG Cooking gas 80

10 % of houses covered with toilet facility 70

11 % of houses covered with piped water supply 60

Awareness and Opinion about the project

The respondents all the villages are aware about this project.

Since most of the respondents were about the project, some of the people welcomed this

project for the employment opportunity but they need commitment that, only local people should be

hired for the construction work.

The skill based employment should be given to the local people.

Road accident may increase due to transport and associated activities.

Expectation from the project

Local employment

Plantation at nearby areas and ensure their survival rate.

Increase educational facility in Govt. School and promote vocational & higher educational

institute.

3.14 Traffic Survey

Traffic study is carried out including type and frequency of vehicles, transportation of materials and

additional traffic due to the proposed project based on IRC:106-1990- Guideline for capacity of

urban road in plain area. The existing parking arrangements are sufficient for the proposed project.

S.

No

.

Type of

Vehicle

Existin

g

Vehicle

s

Existin

g PCU

Propos

ed

Vehicle

s

Propos

ed PCU

Total

Vehicles

after

project

implementa

tion

PCU

factors

IRC

(SP 41)

Total PCU

after project

implementati

on

1. Motor

cycles or

Scooters

etc.

325 243.75 19 14.25 344 0.75 258

2. Three

Wheelers/

Auto

Rickshaw

112 224 3 3.6 115 2.0 227.6

3. Four

Wheelers/

Cars

120 120 6 6 126 1.0 126

4. Truck/Bus 340 1258 25 92.5 365 3.7 1350.5

5. Agricultur

al Tractor

3 12 0 0 3 4.0 12

6. Light

commercia

l vehicle

62 86.8 2 2.8 64 1.4 89.6

Total 958 1944.55 55 119.15 1013 12.85 2063.7

Traffic Volume after Implementation of the Project

For the Road Volume of Traffic Volume

(V)

Capacity

(C)

V/C

Ratio

LOS

Category*

Traffic

Classification

Existing 958 1944.55 3600 0.54 “B” Stable Traffic

Flow

After

implementation

1013 2063.7 3600 0.57 “B” Stable Traffic

Flow

*LOS categories are A-Free Flow, B- Stable Traffic Flow, C- Restricted Flow, D- High Density

flow, E- Unstable flow, F- Forced or breakdown flow

Due to proposed project there will be slight increment in the vehicle movement but the level of

service (LOS) anticipated will be Stable Traffic flow.

4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures

4.1 Introduction

An environmental impact is defined as any change to the environment, whether adverse or

beneficial, resulting from a facility's activities, products, or services. The anticipation of the possible

& potential Environmental impact due to the proposed project is a key step in EIA. Based on the

impacts assessed, appropriate mitigation measures should be adopted to maintain the environment

with less or no damage.

4.2 Environmental Impacts

Environmental Impacts can be group into Primary impacts & Secondary Impacts

Primary Impacts: These impacts are directly attributed by the project

Secondary Impacts: These are those which are induced by primary impacts and include the

associated investments and changed patterns of the social and economic activities by the action.

Assessment of impacts is done for the following Environmental Parameters:

Land Environment

Water Environment

Air Environment

Noise Environment

Biological Environment


Table 4-1 Impact on Environment during Construction Phase

S.

No.

Impact on

Environme

nt

Activity

/ Aspect

Anticipat

ed

Impacts

Impact Classification Total

Marks

M1*M2*

M3*M4*

M5*M6

Weight

age

Dir

ect

(D)/

Indir

ect

(ID

)

Man

dat

ory

(M)/

Not

Man

dat

ory

(NM

)

Loca

l(L

)/

Wid

espre

ad

(W)

Tem

pora

ry

(T)/

Per

man

ent

(P)

Long T

erm

(LT

)/ S

hort

Ter

m (

ST

)

Mit

igat

ion

avai

lable

(yes

/No)

Marks Marks Marks Marks Marks Marks

D/I

D

M1 M/

NM

M2 L/W M3 T/P M4 LT/S

T

M5 Y/N M6

AIR ENVIRONMENT

Air Site Clearance

& Excavation

Dust &

Vehicula

r

Emission

s

D 2 M 2 L 1 T 1 ST 1 Y 1 4 N

Air Construction

activities

Dust

emission

s from

construct

ion

activities

D 2 NM 1 L 1 T 1 ST 1 Y 1 2 N

Air Point source

emissions

from

operation of

DG sets

Particula

te matter

&

Gaseous

emission

s

(includin

g worst

D 2 M 2 W 2 T 1 LT 2 Y 1 16 Y

condition

of

operating

all DG

sets)

Air Line source

emissions

from

movement of

construction

& other

vehicles,

machineries

Fugitive

dust &

gaseous

emission

s from

vehicle

exhaust

D 2 NM 1 W 2 T 1 LT 2 Y 1 8 N

WATER ENVIRONMENT

Water Site

preparation &

infrastructure

development

Use of

large

quantity

of water

for dust

suppressi

on,

consolid

ation &

compacti

on

D 2 NM 1 L 1 P 2 LT 2 Y 1 8 N

Water Excavation

for below

ground level

structures

Impacts

on

hydrogeo

logy due

to

dewateri

ng

D 2 NM 1 L 1 P 2 LT 2 Y 1 8 N

Water Construction Impact D 2 NM 1 W 2 P 2 LT 2 Y 1 16 Y

Activities on

competin

g users

due to

large

consump

tion of

water for

curing,

dust

suppressi

on,

construct

ion,

domestic

use etc

Water Loose

excavated

earth & loose

constructions

material at the

site

Contami

nation of

surface

water

body

(drain

passing

through

the

site)&aq

uatic life

D 2 NM 1 L 1 T 1 ST 1 Y 1 2 N

Water Storm water

from the site

Improper

channeli

zation

may lead

to

contamin

D 2 NM 1 L 1 T 1 ST 1 Y 1 2 N

ation of

surface

water &

ground

water by

non

point

sources

of

pollution

like

litter,

oil&

grease,

loose

earth

Water Storm water

from the site

Clogging

of storm

water

drainage

system

by stilt &

other

materials

may lead

to the

flooding

condition

s

D 2 NM 1 L 1 T 1 ST 1 Y 1 2 N

Water Temporary

stay of

construction

workers

Impact

on

surface/

ground

D 2 M 2 L 1 T 1 ST 1 Y 1 4 N

water

quality

due to

untreated

discharg

e of

sewage

& solid

waste

from the

labor

colony

NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise Constru

ction

activitie

s

Noise &

Vibratio

n due to

construct

ion

activities

D 2 M 2 L 1 T 1 ST 1 Y 1 4 N

LAND ENVIRONMENT

Soil Infrastru

cture

develop

ment

Compact

ion of

soil by

earth

moving

vehicles

D 2 NM 1 L 1 T 1 ST 1 Y 1 2 N

Soil Site

clearanc

e &

excavati

on

Erosion

&

modifica

tion of

surface

D 2 NM 1 L 1 T 1 ST 1 Y 1 2 N

Soil Storm

water

Improper

channeli

D 2 NM 1 L 1 T 1 LT 2 Y 1 4 N

zation

may lead

to loss of

fertile

top soil

along

with

surface

run off

and

subseque

nt loss of

water

holding

and

infiltratio

n

capacity

of soil

Soil Tempor

ary stay

of

construc

tion

workers

Impact

due to

untreated

discharg

e of

sewage

& solid

waste in

to the

land

D 2 NM 1 L 1 T 1 LT 2 Y 1 4 N

Soil Constru

ction

waste &

MSW

Improper

disposal

of

construct

D 2 M 2 L 1 T 1 LT 2 Y 1 8 N

ion

waste &

MSW in

to the

land

BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Biologic

al

Site

clearanc

e &

excavati

on

Loss of

vegetatio

n and

loss of

habitat

of faunal

species

(resource

loss)

D 2 NM 1 L 1 P 2 LT 2 Y 1 8 N

Biologic

al

Constru

ction

activitie

s

Vibratio

n due to

moveme

nt /

operation

of heavy

machiner

y

D 2 NM 1 L 1 T 1 ST 1 Y 1 2 N

SOCIO ECONOMIC

Socio

Economi

c

Tempor

ary stay

of

construc

tion

workers

Impact

on native

social

fabric of

the site

surround

ings like

cultural

diversity,

D 2 NM 1 L 1 T 1 ST 1 Y 1 2 N

possible

increase

in anti-

socialacti

vities

etc

Socio

Economi

c

Constru

ction

workers

Unhygie

nic site

sanitatio

n

facilities

may

cause

health

damage

to

construct

ion

workers

D 2 M 2 W 2 T 1 LT 2 Y 1 16 Y

OTHERS

Disaster

manage

ment

Fire &

other

hazards

Absence

of proper

fire

protectio

n

systems

may lead

to fire

hazards

D 2 M 2 L 2 T 2 ST 2 Y 1 32 Y

Disaster

manage

ment

Fire &

other

hazards

Absence

of

signage,

mock

D 2 M 2 L 2 T 2 ST 2 Y 1 32 Y

drills &

assembly

points

Table 4-2 Impact on Environment during Operation Phase

S.

No

Impact

on

Environ

ment

Activity/As

pect

Anticipated

Measures

Impact Classification

Direct (D)/

Indirect(ID)

Mandator

y (M)/ Not

Mandator

y (NM)

Local (L)/

Widespre

ad (W)

Temporary(T

)/

Permanent(P)

Long

Term

(LT)/Shor

t term

(ST)

Mitigati

on

availabl

e

(Yes/N

o)

Total

Mark

s

Obtai

ned

M1 x

M2…

x M6

Wheth

er

Signifi

cant or

not

Marks Marks Marks Marks Marks Marks

D/ID M1 M/N

M

M

2

L/

W

M3 T/P M4 LT/S

T

M

5

Y/

N

M

6

AIR ENVIRONMENT

1 Air Unloading

of raw

materials

of raw

materials &

Products

of

products

Deterioration

of

ambient air

quality due

to fugitive

emissions

during

handling and

storage of

chemicals

D 2 M 1 L 1 P 2 LT 2 Y 1 8 Y

2 Air Fuel

consumptio

n

and Flue gas

Particulate

Matter &

Gaseous

Emissions

D 2 M 2 L 2 P 2 ST 1 Y 1 16 Y

generation

due to

operation of

Boilers and

Thermic

Fluid

Heater

(including

worst

condition of

operating all

DG sets)

3 Air Process gas

generation

due to

operation of

reaction

vessel

Deterioration

of ambient

air quality

D 2 M 1 L 1 P 2 ST 2 Y 1 8 Y

4 Air Fugitive

emission

from

process and

raw material

storage are

Particulate

Matter &

Gaseous

Emissions

D 2 M 2 L 1 P 2 ST` 2 Y 1 16 Y

WATER ENVIRONMENT

1 Water Washing of

leakage /

spillage

due to material

handling

Unplanned

handling

of

materials

D 2 M 2 L 1 T 1 ST 1 Y 1 4 Y

2 Water Consumption

of

fresh water for

industrial

operation

No ground

water

extraction

D 1 M 2 L 1 P 2 LT 2 Y 1 8 Y

4 Water Wastewater

generation due

Contamina

tion of

D 2 M 2 W 1 P 1 LT 1 Y 1 4 Y

to

industrial

operation

ground

water

sources

due to

improper

handling

5 Water Storage,

handling

and disposal of

liquid effluent

and

hazardous

wastes

Contamina

tion due to

spillage of

effluent

and

hazardous

wastes

D 2 M 2 W 2 P 2 LT 2 Y 1 32 Y

6 Water Storm Water Improper

Channeliz

ation may

lead to

contamina

tion of

water

body

D 2 M 2 L 1 P 2 LT 2 Y 1 8 N

NOISE ENVIRONMENT

1 Noise Noise

generation

due to plant

operations

Hearing defects

to

workers

D 2 M 1 L 1 P 2 LT 2 Y 1 8 N

LAND ENVIRONMENT

1 Soil Leakage /

spillage

due to material

handling

Contamination of

soil

due to leakages /

spillages of

chemicals

D 2 M 2 L 1 P 2 LT 2 Y 1 16 Y

2 Soil storage, Contamination D 2 M 2 L 1 P 2 LT 2 Y 1 16 Y

handling

and disposal of

liquid effluent

and

hazardous

wastes

soil due to

spillage of

effluent and

hazardous wastes

3 Soil Development

and

maintenance of

green belt

Improvement in

soil

quality due to

plantation

activity

D 1 M 1 W 1 P 1 LT 1 Y 1 1 Y

4 Soil Development

and

maintenance of

green belt

Benefit to local

flora

and fauna

beautification of

plant

site

D 1 M 1 W 1 P 1 LT 1 Y 1 1 Y

5 Soil Storm Water Non-point

sources of

pollution like

litter, oil &

grease, loose

earth. Clogging

of storm water

drainage system

by silt & other

material may

lead to flooding

D 2 NM 1 L 1 P 2 LT 2 Y 1 8 N

BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

1 Biological storage,

handling

and

adverse

effect on

floral

D 2 NM 1 L 1 T 1 ST 1 Y 1 2 N

disposal of

liquid

effluent and

hazardous

wastes

emissions

species

grown as part

of green belt

development

OTHER ASPECTS

1 Occupational

health

&

Safety

Material

handling

and storage

Accidents

involving

workers

leakages of

chemicals

leading to

emergency

within in

plant

premises

D 2 M 2 L 2 T 1 ST 1 Y 1 8 Y

2 Occupational

health

&

Safety

Industrial

operation

Chances of

accidents

to workers /

employees

D 2 M 1 W 2 T 1 ST 1 Y 1 4 Y

3 Occupational

health

&

Safety

Storage,

handling

and disposal

of liquid

effluent and

hazardous

wastes

Detrimental

(Acute/

chronic)

effect on

worker’s

health due to

exposure to

effluent

and

D 2 M 1 W 2 T 1 ST 1 Y 1 4 Y

hazardous

waste

as well as

gaseous

emissions

3 Disaster

Management

Fire & other

Hazards

Absence of

trained

personnel &

mock drills

may lead to

major fire

accidents

&non

maintenance

of system

D 2 NM 1 L 1 P 2 LT 2 Y 1 8 N

4 Biodiversity Impacts on

the

drainage,

loss of tree

cover, loss

of critical

species

The loss of

biodiversity

will lead to

disturbance

in the local

ecology

D 2 NM 1 L 1 P 2 LT 2 Y 1 8 N

5 Socio economic Generation

of

direct and

indirect

employment

generation of

job

opportunities

for local

people

D 1 M 1 L/

W

1 P 2 LT 1 Y 1 1

Table 4-3 Impact & Mitigation measures on Land Environment

Aspect Impact Mitigation Measures

Construction Phase

Site Clearance and Excavation Impacts during Construction Phase:

The construction of the proposed project

involves Site Clearance. Hence there will be

loss of top soil leading to erosion

In addition to that, during Construction

phase, Solid waste like litters, Cement

residue, scraps and also settlement of dust

may pollute the soil.

Mitigation Measures during Construction

Phase

Topsoil required for the establishment of

vegetation will be stockpiled and covered in

the North Side of the project site.

Also, the excavated earth and other

construction waste materials like concrete

blocks will be used for site filling & leveling.

Proper Maintenance of site will be done and

the same will be monitored by a special team

headed by an Environmental Engineer to

ensure the site is Litter free.

Oil spillage Spillage of oil & grease from DG set,

Vehicles during construction phase will

pollute the soil as they pose chemical hazards

and decrease the quality of soil.

Proper training will be given to avoid

spillage. Containers for storing fuel and oil

will be covered tightly

Operation Phase

Leakage / spillage due to material handling The main impact during the material handling

is the leakage/ spillage of chemicals which

may lead to contamination of soil

environment. The soil quality gets affected.

Proper training will be given to avoid

spillage. Containers for storing fuel ,

chemicals and oil will be covered tightly

Storage, handling and disposal of liquid

effluent and hazardous wastes

Contamination of soil may occur due to

spillage of effluent and hazardous wastes.

This may lead to acute or chronic detrimental

effect to the workers causing health disorder.

The spent oil will be stored in drums and the

lids are tightened properly to avoid leaks

during handling/disposal. The ETP sludge

will be collected in a bag and moved to

storage without spillage. The hazardous

wastes will be stored in concrete covered

shed.

Improper management of Wastewater

Improper management of the wastewater

from the project site may affect the soil and

also stagnant water in the project site acts a

breeding place for mosquitoes causing water

borne diseases like Malaria, Dengue etc

The project site has got well laid storm water

system. The wastewater will be routed to

ETP and water stagnation will be avoided.

Improper management of Storm water flow

Improper management of Storm water may

lead to erosion

The project will have proper storm water

management with RWH structures like storm

water trench (600mm x750 mm) will be

provided around the periphery of the project

site. In addition to that, green belt plantation

with native tree species of greater girth will

be provided around the periphery of the

project site for a width of 3m. Along with

that, grasses or cover crops are allowed to

grow under their foliage to prevent erosion of

soil. No surface will be unpaved to prevent

the loss of topsoil.

Table 4-4 Impact & Mitigation measures on Water Environment


Construction Phase

Dumping of Construction waste

There may be chances for the dumping of

Construction waste and disposal of

wastewater generated by construction

labors into Buckingham canal (700m, E),

which may pose a serious Environmental

threat to the flora and fauna which are

using these water bodies.

The proponent will engage a third party for the

collection of non-recyclable wastes. For the

management of recyclable waste, the proponent

will hand over the same to concerned contractor

(Paint Cans & Barrels, Glass etc if any). In

addition to that, construction debris such as

concrete blocks, etc will be used in laying

internal roads. Domestic waste generated by

construction workers will be handed over to

local body on a daily basis.

Installation, testing, and commissioning of plant

equipment and machineries

Water consumption for hydraulic testing of

machineries.

Since the proposed project is expansion activity,

there will be meagre quantity of water usage.

Possible reuse of water will be made during

equipment and machineries testing.

Operation Phase

Washing of leakage / spillage due to material

handling

Improper management of the wastewater

from the project site may affect the ground

water and nearby surface waters.

The project site has got well laid storm water

system. The wastewater will be routed to ETP

and water stagnation will be avoided.

Improper Management of Storm water Improper management of Storm water may

lead to flooding

The project will have proper storm water

management with RWH structures like storm

water trench (600mm x750 mm) will be

provided around the periphery of the project site.

In addition to that, green belt plantation with

native tree species of greater girth will be

provided around the periphery of the project site

for a width of 3m. Along with that, grasses or

cover crops are allowed to grow under their

foliage to prevent erosion of soil. No surface will

be unpaved to prevent the loss of top soil.

Extraction of Ground water There may be chances of ground water

extraction, which may lead to ground water

depletion and also less resource availability

to the competent users

There is no extraction of ground water. Source

of water is from CMWSSB and DM water.

Table 4-5 Impact & Mitigation measures on Air Environment


Construction Phase

Site clearance

There may be chance of dusting due to site

cleaning, excavation, foundation and

construction

Storage of sand and other such dispersible material by

covering with

tarpaulin sheet

Keeping minimum inventory/stock of sand and other such

dispersible material at site Proper storage of excavated

materials with use of protective sheets

Periodical water sprinkling to prevent dusting

Storage of topsoil in covered and isolated area for its

replenishing and reuse for green belt development

Use of RMC to possible extent Excavated materials to

transport in sound manner to prevent dust spread during

movement

Loading and Unloading of

Construction Materials

Transportation as well as loading / unloading of

construction materials,

equipment and machineries

All transportation vehicles will be suitably covered with

tarpaulin & overloading of the vehicles will be avoided.

PUC certified vehicles will be used to avoid the exhaust

emission.

Operation Phase

Handling of raw materials and

products

Deterioration of ambient air quality due

to fugitive emissions during handling and

storage of chemicals, Unloading of raw

materials, Storage of raw materials &

Products, Loading of products

Regular checking / inspection and periodic maintenance of

chemical storage and transfer equipment and machineries.

Transportation and handling of chemicals as per

established SOPs and precaution measures as per MSDS.

Provision of adequate ventilation system Periodical

review of storage area and related SOPs implementation.

Handling of raw materials and Odour problem may cause health issues to the Implementation of closed handling system for odorous

products

workers causing nausea, insomnia and

discomfort

chemicals.

All odorous chemicals are procured in bulk quantity and

taken in through closed system.

Generation of flue gas and fugitive

emission during operation

Fuel consumption and Flue gas generation due

to operation of Boilers. Thermic Fluid Heater;

Process gas generation due to operation of

reaction vessels Fugitive emission from process

and raw material storage area may detoriate the

ambient air quality which affects the respiratory

system.

Process operations to be done as per established SOPs of

production plan.

No fugitive emission is envisaged. All the raw materials

are stored in bullets with nitrogen blanketing. The pumps

are provided with double mechanical seal to avoid any

leaks.

Adequate stack height will be provided for proper

dispersion of gaseous pollutants into atmosphere.

Usage of PPEs

4.2.1 AERMOD SOFTWARE

AERMOD Software Version 8.0.1 was used for air dispersion modelling and is applicable to a wide

range of buoyant or neutrally buoyant emissions up to a range of 50 km. In addition to more straight

forward cases, AERMOD is also suitable for complex terrain and urban dispersion scenarios.

AERMOD is a steady-state plume model. In the stable boundary layer (SBL), it assumes the

concentration distribution to be Gaussian in both the vertical and horizontal. In the convective

boundary layer (CBL), the horizontal distribution is also assumed to be Gaussian, but the vertical

distribution is described with a bi-Gaussian probability density function (pdf). This behavior of the

concentration distributions in the CBL was demonstrated by Willis and Deardorff (1981) and Briggs

(1993). Additionally, in the CBL, AERMOD treats “plume lofting,” whereby a portion of plume

mass, released from a buoyant source, rises to and remains near the top of the boundary layer before

becoming mixed into the CBL. AERMOD also tracks any plume mass that penetrates into the

elevated stable layer, and then allows it to re-enter the boundary layer when and if appropriate.

For sources in both the CBL and the SBL AERMOD treats the enhancement of lateral dispersion

resulting from plume meander. The GLC for all the parameters such as PM10, SO2, and NO2 likely

to be emitted from the various stacks of the proposed project have been predicted using above

mathematical model.

The following methodology is adopted for the prediction based on above model.

1. Input Parameters

The input parameters required for the mathematical model uses micrometeorological data and

potential of the air pollutants. The details of all the input parameters are discussed here below.

Micrometeorological Data

Micrometeorological data viz. ambient temperature, Relative Humidity, wind speed, wind direction,

Cloud Cover, Rainfall, Radiation etc. required for the mathematical modeling.

Potential of the Air Pollutants

The probable sources of air pollution are flue gas emission and process gas emission. The details of

stack emissions viz, physical stack height, inner diameter of the stack at exit, gas exit temperature,

gas exit velocity, quantity of pollutant discharge etc. have been considered and taken for the

processing of mathematical model.

The ground level concentration of pollutants as simulated by software tool is compared with the

AAQ monitoring results, to infer percentage increase in emissions due to the proposed project.

Table 4-6 Existing Stack Emission Details

S.N

o

Stack

details

No.

of

Stac

k

Stack details Emission per stack (g/s)

Typ

e of

fuel

Heig

ht

(m)

Tem

p

(C)

Di

a

(m

)

Exit

veloci

ty

(m/s)

Flow

gas

flow

rate

(Nm3/h

r)

PM SO2 NOX CO

1. Boiler-

B(10TP

H)-

connecte

d to

stack

1 FO 30

158 1.

5

10.28 45099 0.29

69

0.51

36

1.99

19

0.20

55

2. Boiler-

C(10TP

H)-

connecte

d to

stack

3. Boiler-

D(21TP

H)-

connecte

d to

stack

FO 30 148 1.

5

7.8 35023 0.29 2.87 0.55 0.32

4. 1500

KVA

DG Set –

I

1 Dies

el

10.5 450 0.

4

34.2 15984 0.09 0.06 1.16 -

5. 1500

KVA

DG set -

II

1 Dies

el

10.5 450 0.

4

34.2 15984 0.09 0.06 1.16 -

Total (g/s) 0.76

69

3.50

36

4.86

19

0.52

55

Note:

1. Boiler - B 10 TPH with Economiser + Boiler – C10 TPH with Economiser will be standby boiler

for the above with a common stack.

2. Only Boiler D will be operational and Boiler B&Boiler C will be kept standby.

3. Only one DG set will be operational during power failure. Other DG Set will be kept standby

Table 4-7 Proposed Stack Emission Details

S.

N

o

Stack

detail

s

Coordinates Ty

pe

of

fu

el

Fuel

quant

ity

(Natu

ral

Gas )

(SCM

/day)

Stack details Emission per stack

(g/s)

E N Hei

ght

(m)

Te

mp

(◦C

)

D

ia

(

m

)

Exit

velo

city

(m/s

)

Flow

gas

flow

rate

(Nm3/hr)

P

M1

0

SO2 NO

X

CO

1 Boiler

.E-30

TPH(

Stack

comm

en for

three

boiler

s)

80◦16’

15.97”

13◦9’1

2.16”

L

N

G

33000 30 14

0

1.

5

5.76

9

2425

0

- 0.00

366

0.8

556

0.5

133

Note:

1. Furnace Oil will be replaced with LNG for existing boilers. LNG will be used as fuel for

proposed 30TPH boiler and this leads to reduction in emission. No process emissions are

envisaged. Hence, there is no stack is proposed for the proposed expansion since the existing stack is

found to be sufficient to handle proposed emission. The existing FO is replaced with LNG of 33000

SCM/Day is proposed.


Note: 1. Emission details, stack details and fuel quantity provided by proponent

Figure 4-1 Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of SO2 within 10 km Radius of the Study Area

Table 4-8 Estimated Top 10 Highest Concentrations of Sulphur Dioxide Obtained Through Modeling

S.No UTM Coordinates (m) Conc (µg/m3) Elevation

E N

1. 421102.1 1454091 2.55582 7.1

2. 420109.2 1454091 2.49795 4.8

3. 421102.1 1455084 1.83484 5.3

4. 420109.2 1453098 1.66505 4

5. 420109.2 1455084 1.48873 8.7

6. 419116.2 1453098 1.42615 5.2

7. 421102.1 1453098 1.34127 -1.4

8. 419116.2 1454091 1.29314 13.1

9. 420109.2 1452105 1.2413 3.5

10. 420109.2 1451112 0.96933 5

Figure 4-2 Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of NOX within 10 km Radius of the Study Area

Table 4-9 Estimated Top 10 Highest Concentrations of oxide of Nitrogen Obtained through Modeling


E N

1. 421102.1 1454091 7.74208 7.1

2. 420109.2 1454091 5.53245 4.8

3. 421102.1 1455084 3.12486 5.3

4. 420109.2 1453098 2.95283 4

5. 420109.2 1455084 2.79481 8.7

6. 419116.2 1454091 2.75524 13.1

7. 419116.2 1453098 2.63313 5.2

8. 420109.2 1450119 2.57184 6.8

9. 420109.2 1452105 2.43754 3.5

10. 420109.2 1449126 2.38233 6.9

Figure 4-3 Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of PM10 within 10 km Radius of the Study Area

Table 4-10 Estimated Top 10 Highest Concentrations of PM10 Obtained through Modeling


E N

1. 420109.2 1454091 0.22003 4.8

2. 421102.1 1454091 0.17526 7.1

3. 421102.1 1455084 0.16978 5.3

4. 420109.2 1453098 0.1347 4

5. 419116.2 1453098 0.12949 5.2

6. 420109.2 1455084 0.12673 8.7

7. 420109.2 1452105 0.09991 3.5

8. 419116.2 1454091 0.09662 13.1

9. 420109.2 1451112 0.08565 5

10. 421102.1 1453098 0.08422 4

Figure 4-4 Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of CO within 10 km Radius of the Study Area

Table 4-11 Estimated Top 10 Highest Concentrations of CO Obtained through Modeling


E N

1. 421102.1 1454091 7.7626 7.1

2. 420109.2 1454091 6.09071 4.8

3. 421102.1 1455084 3.75386 5.3

4. 420109.2 1453098 3.46332 4

5. 419116.2 1454091 3.19374 13.1

6. 420109.2 1455084 3.19284 8.7

7. 419116.2 1453098 3.14313 5.2

8. 420109.2 1452105 2.88379 3.5

9. 421102.1 1453098 2.65308 4

10. 418123.3 1454091 2.16026 8.2

4.2.1.1 Results and Discussion

Maximum pollutant concentrations of PM, SO2, NOx observed due to proposed expansion for

an 24hr-average period have been studied and CO maximum concentration for 1 hr- average period

have been studied . The total increase in concentrations above baseline status to estimate the

percentage increase and summarized in Table 4-12.

Table 4-12 Total Maximum GLCs of the cumulative emissions

Pollutant Max.

Baseline

conc

Location of

Max. Baseline

Conc.

Estimated

incremental

Conc (µg/m3)

Total

conc.

(µg/m3)

NAAQ

Standards

%

increase

PM 10 82 Tondiarpet 0.22 82.22 100 0.26

SOX 33 Tondiarpet 2.5 35.5 80 7.04

NOX 59 Project Site 7.74 66.74 80 11.5

CO (mg/

m3)

4 Site & 8 7.76 11.76 4000 66

The incremental concentration of PM10, SOx, NOx and CO is observed to be 0.26%, 7.04%,

11.5% and 66 % respectively. The total pollutant concentrations of PM10, SO2, NOx and CO are

82.22 µg/m3, 35.5 µg/m3, 66.74 µg/m3 and 11.76 mg/m3

which is observed to be within NAAQ

standards.

Table 4-13 Impact & Mitigation measures on Noise Environment


Construction Phase

Working of Construction

Machineries

Generation of noise and

vibration due to

operation / working of

construction machineries

causing hearing defects in

workers / employees working

with the

machineries

Avoid construction activities

during

nighttime

Periodical servicing and

lubrication of moving parts of

machineries for reducing tear

and wear

Provision of PPEs (earmuffs,

ear plug) to workers working

with machineries generating

loud noise

Installation, testing and

commissioning

of plant equipment and

machineries

Chances of hearing defects to

workers engaged in activity

Provision of PPEs (ear muffs,

ear plug) to workers working

with machineries generating

loud noise

Provision of acoustic enclosures

and vibrating absorbance pads

Operation Phase

Noise generation due to plant

operations

Continuous operation may lead

to hearing defects to workers

Proper foundation, alignment

and installation of rubber

padding as well acoustic

enclosures for noise and

vibration generating equipments

and machineries

Preparation and implementation

of preventive maintenance

schedule for equipment’s and

machineries

Provision of PPEs to workers

Isolation of high noise

generating machineries

“Work permit system” for

restricted entry to high noise

generating areas

Ensure effectiveness of

implementation of preventive

maintenance schedule for

equipments and machineries

Regular monitoring of noise

levels with plant area as well

factory premises as per

Environmental monitoring plan

Table 4-14 Socio Economic Environment


Construction & Operation Phase

Socio Economic

Generation of direct and indirect

employment

Allocation of fund for CER

activities

Priority shall be given to local

people based on their

educational qualification and

skills

Table 4-15 Biological Environment


Operation Phase

Greenbelt development

development and maintenance

of green belt

Benefit to local flora and fauna

Aesthetic beautification of plant

site

Table 4-16 Occupational Health and safety


Construction Phase

Handling of materials during

construction

Working at height, construction

of building, use of lift and

elevators may pose accident to

workers

Impart adequate training to

workers / labours working on site

Make them aware about risks

involved

Provision of required PPEs for

the related work

Preparation and implementation

of safe work procedures

Operation Phase

Material handling and storage

during operation

Industrial Operations

Chances of accidents to workers

Spillages / leakages of

chemicals leading to emergency

within in plant premises

Provision of necessary safety

measures (i.e. safety showers and

fire extinguishers) for storage

area

Provision of PPEs to workers to

avoid any kind of accident

Training to workers for safe

handling of chemicals

Training to workers for handling

emergency situations and

application of safety measures

Availability of first aid kits and

necessary medical provision in

plant premises at prominent

locations preparation of onsite

emergency plan and awareness

of the same to employees /

workers

Periodical safety audit of the

plant for ensuring effectiveness

of safety measures proposed /

implemented

Periodical mock drills for

ensuring effectiveness of training

to works

Supervision by experts / EHS

head Agreement / contract with

local medical services

Storage, handling and

disposal of liquid effluent and

hazardous waste

Detrimental (Acute/ chronic)

effect on worker’s health due to

exposure to effluent and

hazardous waste as well as

gaseous emissions

Handling of hazardous wastes

within premises through trolleys

and handcarts.

Persons involved in effluent

handling and hazardous waste

storage should be aware about

risks involved and SOPs to

follow for safe work.

Use of PPEs to avoid exposure.

Transportation of wastes to be

done in environmentally sound

manner.

Ensuring of use of PPEs by

workers

5 ANALYSES OF ALTERNATIVES

5.1 Introduction

Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II proposes “Expansion of Propylene Glycol Plant by 50000

MTPA” at Manali Industrial Area, Sathangadu Village, Manali, Chennai – 600 068, Ambattur Taluk,

Thiruvallur District.

The range of alternatives selected for the purpose of analysis includes:

Site alternative

Alternative for technologies

5.2 Site Alternative

The proposed Propylene Glycol unit will be built near the existing Propylene Glycol plant to utilize

the utility nearby. Since the proposed project is expansion within the existing facility, no alternative

sites were considered.

5.3 Alternative for Technologies

The proposed project involves expansion in the existing manufacturing unit of Propylene Glycol

Plant by 50000 MTPA.

5.3.1 Water supply stream

The total raw water requirement of 3247 KLD for the existing usage is met from Chennai Metro

Water Supply and Sewerage Board. After expansion, there will be an additional requirement of water

over the existing water agreement, for which a request letter given to CMWSSB and the reply letter

from CMWSSB is enclosed as Annexure - 9. Since the proposed project uses the existing water

source no alternative water supply is considered.

5.3.2 Technology

It is proposed to set up an additional 50000 MTPA Propylene Glycol plant at MPL-Plant II facility.

Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II utilizes the technology of Technip, France for the existing

Propylene oxide and the technology of Enichem Italy for the existing Propylene Glycol along with

Press Industria for manufacture of existing Polyol.

An alternative technology offered by Thyssenkrupp Industrial solutions was explored, but on

comparing with the technology of Technip France, it didn’t offer better energy conservation and

economic benefits.

Hence, for the proposed expansion facility of Propylene Glycol manufacturing facility, the

technology of Technip, France has been considered since it offers less energy consumption and

improvement in product quality. So, no alternative technology is considered.

6 Environmental Monitoring Program

6.1 Introduction

Environmental monitoring is an essential tool for sustainable development and ensuring effective

implementation of environmental management plan and mitigation measures. Environmental

monitoring will be undertaken primarily to determine the environmental effects of the proposed

project activities on human and secondarily to understand the cause and effect relationships between

project activity and environmental change. Environment monitoring is a repetitive and systematic

measurement of the characteristics of environmental components to test specific hypotheses of the

effect of project on the environment. Environmental monitoring program enables the proponent to

identify the deviation of environmental quality due to the proposed project activities.

6.2 Environmental Monitoring Plan

The summarized form of post monitoring details is presented in the following Table 6-1

Table 6-1 Post Environmental Monitoring plan

S.

No

Particulars Frequency of

monitoring

Parameters for Monitoring

1. Air pollution monitoring

Ambient air quality within

the Premises

Once in a month PM, SO2, NOX, NO2, CO, VOC

Ambient air quality within

the premises

Once in a month All 12 parameters as given in

NAAQS

Ambient air quality at 1

location in

Prevalent Down Wind

Direction


NAAQS

Ambient air quality at 1

location in

Up Wind Direction


NAAQS

Stack monitoring Continuous. SPM, SO2, NO2 ,CO, CO2 and

O2

2. Noise monitoring

At two locations

within the

Premises

Once in a month Noise Levels in dB(A)

3. Soil Quality monitoring

One location near

Hazardous waste

storage area at site and one

location outside site

Once in a year Physicochemical properties,

Nutrients, Heavy metals as per IS

2720 (All Parts)

4. Effluent Quality Monitoring

Inlet and outlet of ETP Twice a month

for Inlet/Outlet of

ETP. Continuous

monitoring of

ETP outlet for

pH, Temperature,

Flow, TSS, COD

& BOD.

pH, Temp, TDS, TSS, Chloride,

Sulphide, Sulphate, fluoride,

Phenolic compounds, Oil and

Grease, BOD, COD, Total

Residual Chlorine, Calcium,

Total Chromium, Hexavalent

Chromium, Phosphates. All the

Parameters are to be verified as

per CPCB Standard Guidelines.

5. Workplace Monitoring Noise – Once in

a month

VOC –

Continuous Lux

levels – Once in a

year

Noise, VOC, Lux

6 Marine Quality Monitoring Once in a year

jointly with TPL &

KPL

Temp, Salinity, pH, TSS, DO,

BOD, Nutrients- Ammoniacal

Nitrogen, Nitrate Nitrogen, Nitrite

Nitrogen, Phosphate

Phosphorous. Petroleum

hydrocarbon, Heavy Metals- Ni,

Co, Cu, Cd, Pb, Cr, Hg, Fe, Mn

and Zn. Along with the

Biological Oceanographic Status.

The Online Monitoring for Ambient Air (PM10 and PM2.5) and Effluent (BOD, COD, Temperature

and Flow of Effluent) is given in Figure 6-1 and Figure 6-2 respectively.

Figure 6-1 Online Monitoring of Ambient air (PM10 and PM2.5)

Figure 6-2 Online Monitoring of Effluent (BOD, COD, Temperature and Flow of Effluent)

6.3 Environmental Monitoring Methodologies

Monitoring of environmental samples shall be carried out as per the guidelines provided by MoEF &

CC/ CPCB/ SPCB-Tamil Nadu. The methods conducted or applied shall be approved or sanctioned

by any recognized body or authority i.e. MoEF & CC/ CPCB/ SPCB-Tamil Nadu.

6.4 Budget for Environmental Monitoring Plan

Particulars and frequency of Environmental Monitoring is given in Table 6-2

Table 6-2 Budgetary allocation for Environmental Monitoring

S. No Particulars Frequency of monitoring Cost in INR

Lakhs

1. Air pollution monitoring

Stack monitoring Continuous. 2.55

Ambient Monitoring

within the premises, 1

location in Prevalent

Down Wind and Up

Wind Direction

Once in a month

1.4

2. Noise monitoring

At two locations

within the premises

Once in a month 0.075

3. Soil Monitoring

One location near

Hazardous waste

storage area at site

Once in a year 0.5

and one location

outside site

4. Effluent Quality Monitoring

Inlet and outlet

of ETP

Twice a month for 16 parameters.

Continuous monitoring of outlet of

ETP for pH, Temperature, Flow, TSS,

COD & BOD.

2.55

5. VOC monitoring Online 0.5

Total 7.575

6.5 EHS Policy and Environment Management Cell

Apart from carrying out business only, unit will also be taken care of its responsibilities towards the

Environment. The unit believes in sustainable development and is equally concerned about

environment preservation and pollution control. The unit will provide an adequate Environmental

Management System to meet desired norms of effluent discharge (Water + Air + Solid) as per the

statutory requirements for their proposed expansion project and will continue its endeavor for the

pollution prevention and betterment of environment.

Unit established a well-organized Environmental Management Cell (EMC) which performs all the

environmental management activities. The unit prepared Environment, Occupational Health &

Safety (EHS) Policy for effective and efficient working with view of environment protection.

The EHS Policy formulated is complied with statutory norm with regards to the Environment,

Occupational Health & Safety and strive for the continuous improvement to prevent pollution,

reduce wastages, conserve energy, reduced risk and health hazards. All employees at each cadre of

the unit will be made aware about the EHS Policy of the company and policy will be posted at

various prominent places in the unit.

Apart from EHS policy, there will be different SOPs related to EHS of the unit, which will

be implemented and reviewed periodically.

The following SOPs are prepared for the safe & smooth functioning of operations and the same will

be continued after expansion:

1. Work Permit System

2. Accident Reporting & Investigation

3. General Safety Rules and Regulation

4. Procedure for Safe use of Personal Protective Equipment

5. Procedure for Handling of Hazardous Chemicals

6. Safe Handling of Gas Cylinders

7. SOP for Use of Goods Forklift

8. SOP for Use of Safety Shower

9. Role of HSE Representative

10. Procedure for Effluent Collection and Treatment

11. Procedure for Handling of Hazardous & Non-Hazardous waste

12. Medical check up

All the above SOPs have following basic contents –

a) Safe preparedness of system to start.

b) Safe Shut down procedure of system.

c) Safe handling of system.

d) PPE required to handle the system.

e) Trouble shooting of the system.

f) Operational control procedures

Employees will be made aware about the relevant SOPs in their working area at the time of

recruitment and whenever the SOPs are amended.

For effective implementation of the monitoring program, it is also necessary to have a permanent

organizational set-up. Unit will set set-up permanent environmental management cell (EMC) for the

effective implementation and monitoring of environmental management system as given in Figure 6-

3.

Figure 6-3 Environment Management Cell

Role of Plant Head:

Responsible for entire activities of Unit and to define HSE policy and ensure that this policy

is understood, implemented, and maintained at all levels in the organization.

Responsible to provide adequate resources for achieving improved Occupational Health

Safety and environmental performance and setting organizational HSE objectives and targets.

Responsible for reviewing HSE management system at appropriate intervals, to ensure its

continuing and effectiveness. Monitoring of effectiveness of the system shall be done

through Management Reviews

Responsible for procurement of raw material (Indigenous & Imported) and engineering

goods as per the specifications

Overall responsible to ensure that legal requirements are met as per the legal register.

7 ADDITIONAL DETAILS

7.1 Public Consultation

The Proposed project is located in notified Manali Industrial Area. Public Hearing is exempted under

the provisions as per para 7 III stage (3) (b) of the EIA notification, 2006

7.2 Risk Assessment

The Consequence analysis study has been carried out for Chlorine, Propylene, Propylene

Oxide and Ethylene Oxide storage tank. The summaries of consequences observed with

major receptors are as follows

For Propylene Oxide Storage Tank, the radiation profile (4 kw/m2) received at maximum

distance due to Late pool fire in Catastrophic rupture scenario is 591.7 m at 1.5 m/s wind

speed and stability classes D and F. The major receptors are employees within the facility.

For Propylene Oxide Storage Tank, the radiation profiles (12.5 kw/m2 & 37.5 kw/m2)

received at maximum distance due to Late pool fire in 150 mm leak scenario is 343 m and

547 m respectively at 1.5 m/s wind speed and stability classes D and F. The major receptors

are employees within the facility.

For Propylene Storage Tank, the radiation profiles (4 kw/m2, 12.5 kw/m2& 37.5 kw/m2)

received at maximum distance due to Jet fire in 150 mm leak scenario is 391.6 m, 304.4 m

and 249.6 m respectively at 1.5 m/s wind speed and stability classes D and F. The major

receptors are employees within the facility.

For Chlorine Storage Tank, maximum Spreading distance due to Cloud dispersion in 50 mm

leak scenario is 4000 m at 5 m/s wind speed, 29.9 ppm Concentration and stability class D.

The major receptors are employees within the facility and surrounding industries.

For Ethylene Oxide Storage Tank, maximum Spreading distance due to Cloud dispersion in

50 mm leak scenario is 2550 m at 5 m/s wind speed, 52.7 ppm Concentration and stability

class D. The major receptors are employees within the facility and surrounding industries

Figure 7-1 Propylene Oxide, Ethylene Oxide, Chlorine & Propylene Storage Tank with bund

wall (Isolated area)

The detailed Risk Assessment report is enclosed as Annexure - 25.

Material Safety Data Sheet is enclosed as Annexure – 33 and the Disaster Management Plan is

enclosed as Annexure - 26. Copy of compliance report on the EC condition submitted six month

once to MoEF & CC regional office is enclosed as Annexure - 35.

7.3 R&R Action Plan

It is not applicable. The project site is located within the existing plant land area.

8 Project Benefits

8.1 Improvements in Physical Infrastructure

In the proposed expansion project, it has been planned to set up Roof top Cooling tower which will

be located at the top floor of the PG processing unit. This will reduce the pump head requirement of

cooling water circulation pumps and thereby conservation of electrical energy (power) will be

achieved.

8.2 Improvements in Social Infrastructure

This project aims to reduce India’s dependence on imports.

This project will generate revenue in the form of Taxes to the Government.

Propylene Glycol caters majorly to the Pharma Grade industries and this project aims to meet the

growing demand in this sector. The projected market demand in India for Propylene Glycol is having

growth rate of 6%.

8.3 Employment Potential-Skilled, Semi-Skilled & unskilled

This project provides opportunity for Potential-Skilled, Semi-Skilled and Unskilled employment.

During Construction phase, this project will provide employment for 60 Nos. of Semi- skilled

workers.

During Operational phase, this project will provide employment for 10 Nos. of Potential – skilled

workers.

8.4 Benefits of Propylene Glycol (PG)

Propylene Glycol (PG) is essentially used as a solvent in the pharmaceutical industry for oral,

injectable and topical formulations, and further in food, fragrance and other industrial applications. It

is an excellent solvent and extractant and can be used as a humectant as well in sanitizers. Propylene

Glycol (PG) is the main product, and Di-Propylene Glycol (DPG) and Tri-Propylene Glycol (TPG)

are the by-products.

Another major use of PG is its use as an ingredient in engine coolants, deicing fluids and antifreeze.

It has replaced ethylene glycol as the base fluid for aircraft deicing formulations and a coolant in the

food industry. Propylene glycol is preferred over ethylene glycol due to its much lower toxicity.

Industrial grade PG is used in the production of polyglycols for hydraulic and brake fluids.

Propylene glycol is used as a solvent and extractant. Solvent applications include alkyd resins,

printing inks and coatings.

Propylene glycol finds broad use as a humectant in the pharmaceutical, products, sanitizers,

cosmetic, animal food and tobacco industries. Cosmetics include personal care products such as

antiperspirants and deodorants. In these applications, PG keeps the moisture content of the materials

in a narrow range despite fluctuations in environmental humidity.

A major use of DPG is speciality plasticizers, and TPG have many applications in the fragrance,

cosmetic and personal care industries while a fragrance-grade DPG is used as a carrier for cosmetics

and fragrances. DPG is also used in the manufacture of UPRs.

Propylene glycol may see some substitution by glycerine in antifreeze and de-icing applications as

well as a replacement as a humectant in food applications.

This project will provide direct and in-direct employments. Also, the State and Central Government

gets benefited from the Taxes and Duties on the revenue generated out of this project. It also enables

in reduction of India’s dependence on imports.

9 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

This project is not under scoping stage.

10 Environment Management Plan

10.1 Introduction

The main purpose of the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is to identify project specific

actions that will be undertaken by the project authority for mitigation of the specific impacts

identified for the proposed project. These actions will be incorporated into project management

system and integrated into the implementation at various stages of proposed of project. The EMP

describes both generic good practice measures and site-specific measures, the implementation of

which is aimed at mitigating potential impact associated with the project activity.

10.2 Objectives of EMP

To suggest the formation of a core group (Environment Management Cell) responsible for

implementation of environmental control & protective measures as well as monitoring of such

implementation.

To ensure project components are compliant with all laws and approval conditions

Continue baseline monitoring

Facilitate a continual review of post construction and operation activities.

To suggest preventive and mitigation measures to minimize adverse impact and to maximize

beneficial impact like

Preparation of afforestation or Greenbelt Development scheme.

Preparation of rain water harvesting scheme and energy conservation actions.

To prepare a capital cost estimate and annual recurring cost for Environmental Management Plan.

To prepare a detailed action plan for implementation of mitigation measures.

Measure the effectiveness and success of proposed mitigation measures

10.3 EMP Structure and Organization

This EMP is designed as an overriding document in a hierarchy of control plans, and sets out the

overarching framework of environmental management principles that will be applied to the project

during preconstruction, construction and operation phase of the project.

The EMP contains guiding environmental principles and procedures for communication, reporting,

training, monitoring and plan review to which all staff, contractors and subcontractors are required to

comply with throughout the preconstruction, construction and operation phases of the proposed

projects The typical HSE Department Organogram is given in Figure 10.1

Figure 10-1 Typical HSE Department Organogram

The EMP should also be considered as an overall framework document that establishes the terms of

reference for all project environmental and social sub-plans including the following:

Environmental Supervision Plan (construction);

Environmental Monitoring Plan (construction and operation); and

Social and Health Management Plan (construction and operation).

10.4 EMP Roles and Responsibilities

This section describes the organizational structure and responsibilities for implementation of the

EMP as shown below in Table 10.1

Table 10-1 Responsibility for EMP Implementation

S.No. Members of

Organization

Responsibility for EMP

1 Mr. M. Karthikeyan

WTD (Operations)

[OCCUPIER], B.Tech

Overall responsibility for environmental performance

Decision-maker on applicable policies.

Overall supervisory role during the construction phase

Overall responsibility for EMP implementation during

Whole Time Director (Operations)

GM (Operations)

AGM (SHE)

HEAD (Operations)

Shift In - Charge

Shift ETP Supervisor

ETP Operators

the operating phase

Responsible for changes to the EMP as part of an

adaptive

approach to environmental and social management

2 Mr. T. Balaguru,

AGM (Safety, Health

& Environment), Dip.

in Chemical

Technology, Dip. in

Industrial Safety, PG

Dip. in Petrochemical

Technology

Develop an environmental unit, headed by the Project

Environmental Officer to implement EMP

responsibilities.

Oversight, implementation, monitoring and compliance

of the EMP and any approval conditions, including

construction supervision and performance of all staff,

contractors and all subcontractors

Review of EMP performance and implementation of

correction action, or stop work procedures, in the event

of breaches of EMP conditions, that may lead to serious

impacts on local communities, or affect the reputation

of the project.

Ensuring effective communication and dissemination

of the content and requirements of the EMP to

contractors and subcontractors

Assisting the contractor with implementation of EMP

sub- plans

Ensuring compliance to all project social commitments,

including implementation of corporate social

responsibility.

Report environmental performance of the project

directly to MoEF& CC

Report on environmental performance also to

other

Government regulators as required.

3 Mr. Sivaramakrishnan,

Deputy Plant Head

(Operations), B.Tech.

Implementation of the Environmental Monitoring Plan

during construction and operation.

Supervision of contractor performance of

implementation of the Construction.

Reporting any incidents or non-compliance with the

EMP to the PCB.

Ensuring adequate training and education of all staff

involved in environmental supervision.

Making recommendations to the MoEF&CC

regarding

EMP performance as part of an overall commitment

to continuous improvement.

4 Mr. R. Sivasankaran

Head (Projects)

Preparation and implementation of the Construction

Management Plan

Prepare and maintain records and all required reporting

data as stipulated by the EMP, for submission to the

Supervising Engineer.

Ensure that all construction personnel and

subcontractors are informed of the intent of the EMP

and are made aware of the required measures for

environmental and social compliance and performance

During construction, maintain traffic safety along

access roads, with special emphasis on high trafficked

areas

5 Mr.S.Vasudevan,

Manager (Safety,

Health &

Environment)

A.M.I.I.Ch.E, Dip. in

Industrial Safety

Report to MoEF&CC on project compliance with

environmental and social commitments in the EMP,

EIA and other applicable standards.

10.5 Environmental Management Plan for Construction Phase

Environmental impacts during the construction phase can be attributed to the site preparation activity

and the mobilization of workforce. The impacts of the construction phase on the environment would

be basically of transient nature and are expected to wear out gradually on completion of the

construction programme. However, once the construction of the project is completed and its

operations started, these operation stage impacts would overlap the impacts due to the construction

activities.

In order to mitigate such impacts and restrict them within tolerable levels, the following measures

shall be adopted:

1 Proper and prior planning of approach and access roads, and appropriate sequencing and

scheduling of all major construction activities.

2 Adoption of appropriate soil conservation programme and its timely implementation in the

proposed project site.

3 Initiation of an appropriate landscape programme including plantation of trees and flowering

plants in and around the project site particularly, at all available spaces which would serve

the dual purpose of controlling fugitive dust and abatement of noise levels in addition to

improving the aesthetics of the area.

4 Water sprinkling in the vulnerable areas to suppress the dust generated during excavation,

levelling and other operations.

5 Use of properly tuned construction machinery & vehicles in good working condition with

low noise & emission and engines turned off when not in use.

6 Control of quality of construction wastewater within the construction site through suitable

drainage system with traps for arresting the sediment load for its proposed disposal into the

main natural drainage system around the site.

7 Implementation of suitable disposal methods of sediment/ construction debris at designated

places to avoid water logging at construction site.

8 Provision of protective gears such as ear mufflers etc. for construction personnel exposed to

high noise levels.

10.6 Environmental Management Plan for Operation Phase

Monitoring during the operation phase will reflect those environmental and socio-economic issues

that may persist upon completion of construction activities. Monitoring will focus on evaluating the

effectiveness of project mitigation measures and continue baseline monitoring and sampling. The

mitigation measures to prevent adverse impact during the operation phase of the project shall focus

on the following:

1. Air quality

2. Noise environment

3. Water quality and water resources

4. Solid and hazardous waste

5. Land environment

6. Socio Economic

10.6.1 Air Quality Management

The major air pollution sources from the industry are Boiler & DG set. DG sets will be occasionally

run only during power failure for running critical equipments. The details of proposed source of air

pollution & corresponding Air Pollution control measures are already given in Chapter 2, Section

2.17. The AAQ Online Monitoring of PM10, PM2.5 connected to TNPCB & CPCB is given in

Figure 10.3.

Adequate stack height is provided for DG and boiler to disperse the pollutants. Adequate green belt

is available and being maintained to mitigate the pollution arising due to movement of vehicles.

a) Fugitive emission control

There will not be any fugitive emissions from the company as all the storages are provided with

nitrogen blanketing. However, VOC (Volatile Organic Carbon) sensors are provided and monitoring

of fugitive emissions from Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II program is being done. The

same will be continued after the proposed expansion. The Online Monitoring of Stack and VOC is

given in Figure 10.2 .

Figure 10-2 Online Monitoring photographs of VOC, PM, SOx, CO and NOx

Figure 10-3 AAQ Online Monitoring of PM10, PM2.5 connected to TNPCB & CPCB

10.6.2 Noise Environment

Following measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact of operation phase of the project on

the surrounding noise environment.

All the noise generating equipment’s will be designed / operated to ensure that noise level does not

exceed 70-75 dB (A) at plant boundary as per the requirement of Central / State Pollution Control

Board.

Noise generating sources will be maintained properly to minimize noise generated by them.

Compliance with noise control norms will be given due importance at the time of purchase of

various equipment’s and it will be mentioned while placing the purchase orders and guarantee for

noise standards will be sought from suppliers.

Green belt will act as a noise barrier.

Training will be imparted to personnel to generate awareness about effects of noise and importance

of using PPEs.

10.6.2.1 Green Belt Development

A comprehensive green belt development plan was prepared for the Manali Petrochemicals Limited-

Plant-II in consultation with eminent ecologist and consequently, a large number of trees were

planted inside the premises to enhance the aesthetic look of the Plant as well as to serve the purpose

of a pollution sink. Utmost priority is given to the Tree plantation activity, which is undertaken on a

regular basis. The Species of trees selected as per CPCB Guidelines provided. The Green Belt

Photographs of Plant-II is given in Figure 10-4 & Figure 10-5.

Figure 10-4 Green Belt Photographs

Figure 10-5 Green Belt Photographs (Newly developed)

10.6.3 Water and Wastewater Management

A. Existing

Total raw water requirement of the existing facility is 3247 KLD (Treated Water from CMWSSB is

the main water source). There is no fresh water used in the process

Approx. 2451 KLD of effluent and 15 KLD of Sewage is generated in the existing facility. On total,

2466 KLD is disposed to Deep Sea after treatment.

B. Proposed

Total raw water requirement of the proposed facility will be 810 KLD (Treated Water from

CMWSSB is the main water source). There will be no fresh water to be used in the process Approx.

105 KLD of effluent and 1 KLD of Sewage will be generated in the proposed facility. On total, 105

KLD, after treatment will be disposed to Deep Sea and 1KLD after treatment in STP will be reused

for green belt.

The Water and wastewater management is given in Table 10-2 and Table 10-3 respectively.

The Photographs of Online monitoring of BOD & COD effluent is given in Figure 10-6. The

Photographs of Online monitoring of Flow & Temperature of effluent is given in Figure

10-7. In Diffuser area, Buoy Float has been installed for identifying the diffuser point location. The

Photographs of Effluent discharge pipeline to sea from plant and Buoy Float at disposal point is

given in Figure 10.8. It is around 750 to 800 meters from the sea shore.

Figure 10-6 Photographs of Online Monitoring on BOD & COD of effluent

Figure 10-7 Photographs of Online Monitoring on Flow, Temperature of effluent and pH

Table 10-2 Water Management

S.No Requirement Existing Proposed After Expansion

1 Raw water (KLD) 3247 810 4057

2 Reuse of treated effluent The effluent generated in STP of 16 KLD is reused

in green belt. No other reuse of water is practiced-

All the traded effluent is Disposed to Deep Sea

after ETP treatment.

The total Source of water for the entire plant is

treated water from CMWSSB.

Table 10-3 Wastewater Management

Unit Liquid waste (KLD) Disposal Method Facility Details

Existing Proposed Total After

expansion

Sewage 15 1 16 Existing: Disposed in Deep

Sea after treatment in ETP

Proposed: Reused to

greenbelt after treatment in

STP.

Existing-

Combined with

Plant Effluent.

Proposed- STP of

capacity 20 KLD.

Effluent

2451

105

2556

Existing: Disposed in Deep

Sea after treatment in ETP

Proposed: Disposed in Deep

Sea after treatment in ETP.

ETP of capacity

3600 KLD

Figure 10-8 Effluent discharge pipe line to sea and buoy float at disposal point

The raw water used in the Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II is a Secondary treated

sewage and tertiary treated RO collected from CMWSSB. The main source of water itself is

retreated water which leads to conservation of fresh water resource. The Treated effluent will be

discharged into deep sea which is observed to be within the discharge approval limit of 8000 KLD as

per the CRZ clearance 11-20/2009-IA.III dated 03.07.2009 and its amendment 11-20/2009-IA.III

dated 03.06.2011 and also within 2574 KLD as per Consent order issued by TNPCB which is

enclosed as Annexure - 2. CRZ clearance document is also enclosed as Annexure – 10. The Latest

CRZ Compliance statement is also enclosed as Annexure - 14. The industrial effluent is discharged

into deep sea through the pipeline where its outlet of pipe is at a distance of 750 m from Sea Shore.

The effluent will be disposed to marine with compliance to CPCB/ MoEF & CC norms for marine

disposal. The Effluent discharge pipeline drawing is enclosed as Annexure - 15. The Water Quality

Modeling for the effluent discharged to deep sea from the Pipe line is enclosed as Annexure - 16.

10.6.3.1 Rainwater Harvesting

Rainwater harvesting is an important component of area wise resource use and environmental

management. The total amount/quantity of water i.e., received in the form of rainfall over an area is

called the rain water endowment of that area, out of which the amount of water that can be

effectively harvested is called the rain water harvesting potential. The collection efficiency accounts

for the fact that all the rain water falling over an area cannot be effectively harvested due to losses on

account of evaporation, spillage or run off etc.,

Figure 10-9 Existing Rainwater Harvesting in Project site

Rainwater Harvesting will be implemented at project site to conserve rainwater. Roof top area,

greenbelt/ green area, road/paved area and open areas proposed in the project site are considered for

rainwater which can be harvested. The approximate quantities of rainwater that can be harvested at

project site is given in Table 10-4

The calculations are based on the following values:

The heaviest 24hr rainfall- 452.4mm

Average No of rainy days are 59.1

Run of co-efficient is 0.85.

Source: Climatology normals 1971-2000

Table 10-4 Rainwater Harvesting methods and quantification

S.

No.

Land Use Area

(Ac)

Area

(m2)

Volume

per hr

(m3/hr)

Run off

Coefficient

Volume

harvested

(m3/hr)

Volume

of runoff

harvested

for 1 hr

rainfall

(KL)

Rainwater

Harvesting

method

Existing

1 Drumming

shed

0.56 2268 42.8 0.85 36.3 36.3

Roof top

Collection

and

directed to

pit for

recharging

ground

water table

Proposed

2

Electrical

substation

Location

0.40

1628

30.7

0.85

26.1

26.1

3 Control

Room

0.09 350 6.6 0.85 5.6 5.6

4

Chlorine

shed

location

0.14

576

10.9

0.85

9.2

9.2

5 CPP fuel

Shed

0.40 1628 30.7 0.85 26.1 26.1

Total runoff harvested for 1 hr of rainfall (KL) 103.3

Around 103.3 KL/hr of runoff harvested for 1 hr of rainfall. In Existing, the rainwater harvesting is

collected by roof top method from Drumming shed and redirected to rainwater harvesting pit to

recharge the groundwater table. The same method will be used for the expansion. Existing and

Proposed Rainwater Harvesting Layout is enclosed as Annexure - 24. It is proposed to install 4 Nos.

of RWH pits within the Plant – II site. The rain water collected from the roofs of respective buildings

passed on to respective RWH pits layered with sand, pebbles and gravel. In the pit, collected rain

water percolates through this bed to the land beneath thus increasing and sustaining the ground water

level.

10.6.4 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

During operation phase is likely to generate various types of solid waste which can be broadly

categorized as Hazardous Waste and Municipal Solid Waste. Further, the generated solid waste may

include biodegradable, recyclable and inert compounds. Municipal solid wastes will be segregated as

organic and inorganic wastes. Organic wastes and inorganic wastes will be disposed to municipal

bins.

The hazardous wastes (Waste Lube Oil) will be stored separately in hazardous waste storage area

and disposed to TNPCB authorized vendors within a stipulated period of time and the ETP Sludge to

Common TSDF Landfill Facility. Hazardous waste materials will be properly disposed as per the

Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules 1989 and

subsequent amendment in 2016.

Solid and hazardous wastes generated in the facility and their disposal methods are detailed in the

Chapter 2 & Section 2.20.

10.6.5 Land Environment

Following measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact during operational phase of the project

on the land environment.

Air emissions are effectively controlled by appropriate air pollution control systems and

therefore deposition of air pollutants in and around the premises and surrounding area is not

envisaged.

Organic wastes and inorganic wastes will be disposed in municipal bins. All the hazardous

wastes generated from the project will be properly stored in a concrete floored covered shed

and disposed as per the Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary

Movement) Rules 2016.Hence there may not be any impact to the land environment.

As the treated trade effluent will be discharged to sea as per the approval limit and treated

sewage will be treated in STP and reused, the impact on land environment is not envisaged.

The hazardous wastes (Waste Lube Oil) will be stored separately in hazardous waste storage

area and disposed to TNPCB authorized vendors within a stipulated period of time and the

ETP Sludge to Common TSDF Landfill Facility. Hazardous waste materials will be properly

disposed as per the Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary

Movement) Rules 1989 and subsequent amendment in 2016.

Thus, no impact on land is envisaged due to discharge of gaseous emission, solid waste or liquid

effluent from the proposed project.

10.6.6 Socio – Economic Environment

The proponent is committed to the socio – economic upliftment of the people in region and has

actively involved in formulating and implementing proactive measures as part of the corporate social

responsibility. Moreover, various modes of direct and indirect employment i.e., transportation,

increased business opportunities to shopkeepers, small scale business entrepreneurs etc. will lead to

development of the area.

10.7 Occupational Health and Safety

Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II has Occupational Health Centre at our both plants and have

one full time medical officer for both OHCs. Further, MPL has tie-up with M/s Anand hospital for

providing medical services during emergency situation and other medical service like medical tests

as and when required.

We have extended free transport facility for employee pick-up and drop to attend duty in addition to

conveyance allowance. Subsidized canteen facility is also provided to all employees including

contract workers round the clock service. Floater Mediclaim facility is provided to all employees.

The Anand Hospital is tied up with the Plant for the health and safety of employees. The medical

reports of workers carrying out job inside plant areas enclosed as Annexure – 27.

The lists of medical test to be carried out on periodical basis to employees are

Complete Blood Count

Blood Sugar Random

Urea

Total Cholesterol

Urine Routine

ECG

PFT

X-ray

Audiometry for Nitrogen plant employees

The workers are provided with proper health and safety measures. Personal protection equipment’s

are given to the employers and made sure they wear it during the work. Regular health camps are

conducted for all the workers alike. The Health & Safety department makes sure all the workers are

not exposed to any kind of toxicity and is within the prescribed limit. Copy of EHS policy enclosed

as Figure 10.15. The OHC is managed by A Doctor assisted by Male Nurses and First Aid certified

Ambulance Driver.

The main objectives are

Maintenance and promotion of workers’ health and working capacity.

Improvement of working environment by following well-being program for its employees.

Monitor the workplace to maintain industrial hygiene practices.

Development of work culture in a direction which will support health and safety at work and

thereby promoting positive social climate for smooth operation that will enhance

productivity.

Area monitoring.

Employees to undergo annual health check-up.

All personnel will be provided with personal protective equipment’s individually as required.

A. Construction Phase

During the construction phase the following measures will be employed.

The existing Occupational Health Centre to address the emergencies that may arise.

Personnel will be trained about firefighting systems and first aid practices.

Regular monitoring of occupational health of employees

Personal Protective equipment’s will be provided to the workers.

B. Operational phase

1 General functions of the safety committee will be;

2 Conduct routine workplace inspections.

3 Provide Personal Protective Equipment.

4 Develop and implement safe work procedures and rules.

5 Provide on-going safety training & Enforce safety rules and appropriate discipline.

6 Promote safety awareness and reduce the potential for injury/loss.

7 Identify workplace hazards.

8 Enforce of safety rules, measure safety performance & reduce frequency/severity of injuries.

10.7.1 Safety Practice in MPL

The highest standards of safety are being implemented by examining the potential hazards,

accessibility, constructability, operability and maintainability to ensure a safe and environmentally

sound plant and facilities.

Work permit system for hot work, high elevation, confined space entry and cold work

Lock out and tag out for electrical equipment release.

Mock drill conducted for different scenarios.

Safety alert messages communicated for unsafe practices

Carrying our root cause analysis and prevention of recurrence for any near miss incidents.

Frequent safety survey carried out to prevent any unsafe acts

Ensuring TREM card while transporting hazardous cargo

PPEs (Personnel Protective Equipment) are issued to employees and contractors

Safety belts, lifting tools and tackles are checked and certified by competent person.

Vehicles are allowed inside premises with valid documents and spark arrestors.

Safety instruction slip is handed over to all the visitors and truck drivers.

Interlock system available for the safety of the plant.

Fire hydrant is always kept under pressure with jockey pump running.

SCBA (Self-contained breathing apparatus), fire extinguishers are tested at regular intervals

Safety Audit conducted every year through DISH/DGFASLI approved auditors.

Plant safety inspections carried out regularly to eliminate unsafe conditions

Aim zero accidents, all near miss incidents, accidents investigated to eliminate recurrence

Checklist system used for upkeeping all fire fighting equipments, deluges, sprinklers,

All fire call points checked manual actuation to ensure the working condition

Emergency siren checked every day at 8.00hours to ensure the working condition

Smoke detectors installed and connected with hooters at Electrical cable bay, Substations,

control room, Admin block, Lab buildings

MSDS ensured for all the chemicals handled at MPL

Risk committee meeting conducted and minutes given input to APEX Committee

Safety committee meeting conducted every month, reviewed all safety aspects and Safety

Beacon given to learn from others experience

All portable tools, welding machine checked and certified for use inside MPL with ELCB

Adequate scaffolding with safety belt ensured for working at height jobs

Emergency plan updated based on addition of Plant equipments and obtained for approval

from DISH

Fire License renewed every year

OFF Site Mock drill was conducted/practiced with District collector coordination

All hot works taken by close LEL monitoring and confined space entry jobs by following

special protocols

The List of PPE’s used in the plant while handling toxic substance are listed below

1 Self-contained Air Breathing apparatus

2 On line Air Mask

3 Gloves:

a) Cotton

b) Leather

c) Asbestos

d) PVC Gloves

e) Surgical Gloves

f) Electrical Gloves

4. Dust Mask

5. Organic vapor mask

6. Safety Shoes

7. Safety Helmets

8. Safety Goggles –various types

9. Welding Shield

10. Welding Goggles

11. Gum Boot

12. Ear muff

13. Ear Plugs

14. PVC Suits

15. Cotton over coat

16. Asbestos suit.

17. Safety belt.

18. Fire soot

19. Toxic material handling soot

Figure 10-10 Self Contained Breathing Apparatus

10.7.2 Work Zone Monitoring Equipments

The unit has multi gas / toxic gas & oxygen detectors. Gas detectors are used to check LEL of

Propylene Oxide, Propylene & Ethylene Oxide, VOC concentration in atmosphere, in confined

spaces like inside the reactor, overhead tanks and oxygen detector can be used for checking oxygen

concentration in atmosphere and also in confined spaces like inside the reactor, overhead tanks.

The unit has provision of Hydrocarbon Sensors (HCS) for measuring concentrations of Propylene,

Propylene Oxide, Ethylene Oxide in the atmosphere and Chlorine sensor for measuring

concentration of chlorine in the atmosphere. The unit also has VOC monitoring stations at specific

locations.

All these sensors will provide the alarm once the threshold limit is crossed. The list of LEL detectors

installed in MPL-Plant-II is listed in Table 10.5. The threshold limit for all hydrocarbons in Manali

Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II is given below,

• LEL for Propylene : 2% v/v

• LEL for Propylene Oxide : 1.7% v/v

• LEL for Ethylene Oxide : 3% v/v

Table 10-5 Installation of LEL Detectors at Plant-II

S.No Tag No Plant Location

1 AIK101 PO K101 Suction (G.Floor)

2 AIC105 PO PO Stripper Pump(G.Floor)

3 AI1105 PO GC Room (G.Floor)

4 AIE116 PO E116 (G.Floor)

5 AI1403 PO Near C1402 (G.Floor - Near PC1403A/B)

6 AI1501 PO Near FL1501/2/3 (2ND Floor-Filter Top)

7 AI2101 PG Near MX2101 (G.Floor)

8 AI3102 POLYOL-TI Near SA3102 Reactor Top (2ND Floor)

9 AI3105 POLYOL-TI Near PC3101 (G. Floor)

10 AI7101 PRH STR Near X7101

11 AI7301 EO STR Near SR7301

12 AI7302 EO STR Near PC 7301 A/B

13 AI7401 PO STR Near PO Day Tank Pumps

14 AI7402 PO STR Near PO Storage Pumps

15 AIP621 POLYOL TII P621 (G. Floor)

16 AIFCV202 POLYOL TII EO/PO FCV (2ND Floor)

17 AIX214 POLYOL TII EO/PO Block Valve (3RD Floor)

18 AIA621 POLYOL TII A621 (3RD Floor)

Figure 10-11 Hydrocarbon Sensors control

10.7.3 Trainings Provided

Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II has improved the safety standards by providing training to

the employees which are given below. The organization chart of safety department is given in Figure

10-12.

• Firefighting training to employees at regular intervals

• Training contractors in safety aspects

.

• First aid training by St Johns Ambulance is conducted to 30 persons every year.

• PEP talk is given to employees and contractors to follow safety, regularly.

• Contractor safety meeting is conducted and information on safe practices is shared.

• Feed-back forms help to improve the training methodology followed.

• Refresher training program conducted for different safety

topics to employees/contractors

• EMS/ESS placed in the plant based on training output

• Performance monitoring done with need of training is indicated

Figure 10-12 Organization chart of safety department

10.7.4 Facilities Available

Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II has provided various facilities to cover the safety measures.

They are as follows.

• Fire tender and dedicated fire crew to tackle emergencies.

• Mutual aid agreement in place with TPL, in case of need.

• Sprinkler system for bullets storing hazardous chemicals with AUTO deluge

• Fire water pumps and diesel driven pumps as back up.

• Gas Sensors at vantage points to alert in case of leaks.

• Smoke detectors at important places and alert messages given to control room.

• Automatic sprinkler system with Deluges for all critical storages.

• Plant premises is protected with liquid ring fire water system with Fire hydrant points.

• Fire call points placed in the entire plant premises to activate emergency alarm

• Fire alarm panel with electronic display available at control room and safety

• Three siren is available for emergency communication

• Paging system available for all the plants for communication.

• All plant is protected with trip logic with hardware alarm system

• Dedicated fire water reservoir s available to mitigate the emergency requirements and

ensured always full by entry of water inlet to FH reservoir.

Figure 10-13 Fire Alarm Control

10.8 Environmental Management Cell

A separate environment management cell, HSE department consisting of qualified engineers is in

place which monitors all aspects of environmental impacts being caused due to process units at

Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II. The environment management cell is re-constituted and

meets once in every 3 months. The details enclosed as Annexure – 39.

10.9 Corporate Environmental Policy

The Environmental, Health and Safety policy of Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II is given in

Figure 10-14 and Figure 10-15.

Figure 10-14 HS policy of Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II

Figure 10-15 Environment policy of Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II

10.10 Budgetary Provision for Environmental Management Plan

M.s Manali Petrochemicals Limited-Plant-II allocates budget every year towards expenditure of

environment related jobs is summarized in Table 10-6.

Table 10-6 Budget for EMP

S.No Equipment Capital cost

(lakh)

Recurring cost

(lakhs) per Annum

1 Air Pollution Control 1200 40

2 Water Pollution Control 204 540

3 Solid waste management 0 5

4 Storm Water and RWH Management 7 0

5 Occupational health and safety 0 84

6 Environmental monitoring and management 0 8

Total 1411 677

10.11 Corporate Environmental Responsibility The company is aware of the obligations towards the Environment and to fulfill the social

obligations. As per OM F. No: 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 1st May 2018 M/s MPL will Allocate 0.75%

of the project cost (125 Crores) towards CER i.e. 0.75% of 125 Crores = 0.9375Crores. As per CEPI

compliance for CPA 2 times of slab to be allotted (2 * 0.9375) =1.875 Crores. The detailed cost

breakup is given in Table 10-7.

Table 10-7 CER Cost Breakup

S.No Focus Areas Amount (INR) Total

(Crores) 1st

year

2nd

year

3rd

year

4th

year

5th

year

1 Avenue Plantation/Plantation in

community areas

0.2 0.03 0.035 0.05 0.08 0.395

2 Drinking water system 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.12 0.62

3 Sanitation 0.03 0.1 0.15 0.1 0.09 0.47

4 Health Centres 0.02 0.035 0.04 0.045 0.035 0.175

5 Solid waste management facilities 0.025 0.01 0.05 0.08 0.05 0.215

Total 0.375 0.375 0.375 0.375 0.375 1.875

10.12 Corporate Social Responsibility

CSR activities shall be carried out as per corporation’s CSR policy. Existing activities and spending

for the Period 2019-2020, 2020 -2021 enclosed as Annexure 40. The Photographs of CSR activity is

attached as Annexure.

11 Summary & Conclusion

An Environmental Impact Assessment Study has been carried out and assessed for the proposed

project based on the ToR and baseline quality data collected for the study area. Identification and

anticipation of the potential environmental impacts due to the proposed project with a delineation of

appropriate impact mitigation measures in an Environmental Management plan during both

construction and operation phases is provided in the EIA report prepared.

Based on the above evaluation the significance, value addition, impact on various components of

environment during construction and operation phases is summarized below;

Manali Industrial area attracts CEPI score of 84.15 and Manali Petrochemicals Limited-

Plant-II will comply the CEPI guidelines by MoEF & CC.

Covering letter has been enclosed with this EIA report submission of product mix change and

without increasing the number of products and the cumulative production capacity of 58088

MTPA’ by TNPCB and Pollution load assessment committee vide Lr.No.

T5/TNPCB/F.0112AMB/RL/2019 dt. 16-09-2019. Subsequently, CTO (Direct) was issued

vide Order No. 2005228692412 (under Air act) and Order No. 2005128692412 (under Water

act) dt. 25-02-2020 for the above.

The project proponent will follow all the statutory norms and guidelines as per CPCB /

MoEF & CC to safeguard environment.

No land acquisition is carried out since the existing land area is used for proposed expansion.

The incremental concentration of PM10, SOx, NOx and CO is observed to be 0%, 0.087%,

9.237%, and 0.751% respectively. The total pollutant concentrations of PM10, SO2, NOx

and CO are 75.1 µg/m3, 11.51 µg/m3, 25.78 µg/m3 and 785.86 µg/m3 which is observed to

be within NAAQ standards.

Green Belt cover to an extent of 40.82% of the total land area has been completed to comply

the CEPI / MoEF & CC conditions.

RO Plant will be installed to treat the cooling tower / boiler blow down, DM plant

regeneration water and recycle the permeate to cooling tower as makeup.

R-LNG will be used in boilers which is a clean fuel.

On total after expansion 4057 KLD of raw water will be taken from existing water source

(i.e. Chennai Metro Water Supply and Sewage Board). The additional requirement of water

over the existing water agreement for which a request letter provided to CMWSSB and the

reply letter from CMWSSB is enclosed as Annexure - 9. No water will be drawn from

ground water sources.

New STP Plant will be installed for a capacity of 20 KLD to treat the sewage generated from

the facility.

The Effluent/Sewage generated in the facility will be treated in ETP / STP and will be

disposed to marine in compliance to CPCB/MoEF & CC norms for marine disposal and

reused in green belt respectively.

There is no land disposal practiced in M/s MPL-Plant-II. The Hazardous waste generated like

Rotary Equipment (Waste Lube Oil) Generated- Spent Oil will be disposed through TNPCB

authorized recyclers. The ETP Sludge is disposed to common TSDF as landfill.

The Consequence analysis study has been carried out for as Chlorine, Propylene, Propylene

Oxide and Ethylene Oxide storage tank. The recommendations and mitigation measures of

Risk Assessment will be implemented.

The project will induce direct and indirect employment generation for local communities as

well as state & region as a whole and preference will be given to the local communities as per

MPL Policy.

12 Disclosure of Consultant

12.1 Introduction

This chapter presents the details of the environmental consultants engaged, their background and the

brief description of the key personnel involved in the project. Specific studies on the mining project

have been carried out by engaging engineers/experts of Ecotech Labs Pvt. Ltd, Chennai. Ecotech

Labs Pvt. Ltd (ETL), Chennai is NABET accredited consultancy organization. ETL is equipped with

in-house, spacious laboratory, accredited by NABL (National Accreditation Board for Testing &

Calibration Laboratories), Department of Science & Technology, Government of India and MoEF &

CC.

12.2 Eco Tech Labs Pvt. Ltd – Environment Consultant

Eco Tech Labs Pvt. Ltd is a multi-disciplinary testing and research laboratory in India. Eco Tech labs

provides high quality services in environmental consultancy, engineering solution, chemical and

microbiological laboratory analysis of food, water and environment (Air, Water, Soil) with highest

accuracy.

12.2.1 Quality Policy

We, at Eco Tech Labs Pvt. Ltd. engaged in providing Environmental consulting services and

we are committed to strengthen our capabilities in all areas of our operations in line with

customer requirements & expectations, applicable legal requirements & stakeholders

expectations.

We are committed to establish and maintain Quality Management System (QMS) for

continual improvement in processes and Services

We are committed to provide customized solutions in realistic, time bound and cost effective

to achieve highest degree of customer satisfaction and Environmental improvement.

We shall establish, maintain & periodically review our documented management systems,

objectives and performance in consultation with our employees and prevailing best practices.

Effective communication of organization’s policy and objectives to employees and seeking

feedbacks from all our employees and concerned stakeholders for continual improvement.

Expansion of Propylene Glycol Plant by 50000 MTPA

Documents

Transcript of Expansion of Propylene Glycol Plant by 50000 MTPA